Home

WRF Model

Contents

1. use_hirs2obs fasle true to read in data from hirs2 bufr use_hirs3obs false true to read in data from hirs3 bufr use_hirs4obs false true to read in data from hirs4 bufr use_mhsobs false true to read in data from mhs bufr use_msuobs false true to read in data from msu bufr use_amsuaobs false true to read in data from amsua bufr use_amsubobs false true to read in data from amsub bufr use_airsobs false true to read in data from airs bufr rane false true to read in data from airs bufr use_hsbobs false true to read in data from hsb bufr use_ssmisobs false true to read in data from ssmis bufr use_obs_errfac false true apply obs error tuning factors if errfac dat is available for conventional data only wrfvar5 check_max_iv true true reject the observations whose innovations O B are larger than a maximum value defined as a multiple of the observation error for each ob servation i e inv gt obs_error factor gt fails_error_max the default maximum value is 5 times the observation error the factor of 5 can be WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 46 WRF Data Assimilation max error t Max error uv Max error pw Max error q Max error p Max error rv max error rf amp wrfvar6 max _ext_its ntmax eps amp wrfvar7 cv_options asl 3 as2 3 as3 3 max error ref max error thickness 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 1 200 0 01 max_ext_its
2. C NCLFORTSTART subroutine compute_tk tk pressure theta nx ny nz integer nx ny nz real tk nx ny nz pressure nx ny nz theta nx ny nz C NCLEND Now compile this code using the NCL script WRAPIT WRAPIT myTK90 stub myTK f 90 NOTE You may need to copy the WRAPIT script to a locate location and edit it to point to a FORTRAN 90 compiler If the subroutine compiles successfully a new library will be created called myTK90 so note the change in name from the FORTRAN 77 library This library can similarly be linked to an NCL script to calculate TK See how this is done in the example below load NCARG_ROOT lib ncarg nclscripts csm gsn_code ncl load NCARG_ROOT lib ncarg nclscripts wrf WRFUserAR W ncl external myTK90 myTK90 so begin t wrf_user_getvar a T 5 theta t 300 p wrf_user_getvar a pressure 5 dim dimsizes t tk new dim 0 dim 1 dim 2 float myTK90 compute_tk tk p theta dim 2 dim 1 dim 0 end WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 18 POST PROCESSING RIP4 RIP which stands for Read Interpolate Plot is a Fortran program that invokes NCAR Graphics routines for the purpose of visualizing output from gridded meteorological data sets primarily from mesoscale numerical models It was originally designed for sigma coordinate level output from the PSU NCAR Mesoscale Model MM4 MM5S but was generalized in April 2003 to ha
3. compile h help message where em stands for the Advanced Research WRF dynamic solver which currently is the Eulerian mass coordinate solver Type one of the above to compile When you switch WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 5 MODEL from one test case to another you must type one of the above to recompile The recompile is necessary to create a new initialization executable i e real exe and ideal exe there is a different ideal exe for each of the idealized test cases while wrf exe is the same for all test cases If you want to remove all object files except those inexternal directory and executables type clean Type clean a toremove built files in ALL directories including configure wrf the original configure wrf will be saved to configure wrf backup This is recommended if you make any mistake during the process or if you have edited the configure wrf or Registry EM file Hint If you have trouble compiling routines like solve_em F you can try to run the configure script with optional argument s 1 e configure s This will configure to compile solve_em F and a few other routines with reduced optimization If you would like to turn off optimization for all the code say during code development and debugging you can run configure script with option d configure d a Idealized case For any 2D test cases labeled in the case names serial or OpenMP smpar compile optio
4. d for debug The code builds relatively quickly and has the debugging switches enabled but the model will run very slowly since all of the optimization has been deactivated This script takes only a few seconds to run Compilation The compile script is used to compile the WRF code after it has been configured using the configure script This csh script performs a number of checks constructs an argument list copies to Registry Registry the correct Registry core file for the core being compiled and the invokes the UNIX make command in the top level directory The core to be compiled is determined from the user s environment if no core is specified in the environment by setting WRF_core_CORE to 1 the default core is selected currently the Eulerian Mass core for ARW The Makefile in the top level directory directs the rest of the build accomplished as a set of recursive invocations of make in the subdirectories of WRF Most of these makefiles include the configure wrf file from the top level directory The order of a complete build is as follows 1 Make in external directory a make inexternal io_ gribl grib_share int netcdf for Grib Edition 1 binary and netCDF implementations of I O API b make in RSL_LITE directory to build communications layer DM_PARALLEL only WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 3 SOFTWARE c makeinexternal esmf _time_ 90 directory to build ESMF time manager library d make in external f
5. setenv RIP ROOT my path RIP4 The RIP_ROOT environment variable can also be overwritten with the variable rip_root in the RIP user input file UIF A second environment variable you need to set is NCARG_ROOT Typically for cshrc shell setenv NCARG ROOT usr local ncarg for NCARG V4 setenv NCARG ROOT usr local ncl for NCL V5 Compiling RIP and associated programs Since the release of version 4 5 the same configure compile scripts available in all other WRF programs have been added to RIP4 To compile the code first configure for your machine by typing configure WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 20 POST PROCESSING You will see a list of options for your computer below is an example for a Linux machine Will use NETCDF in dir usr local netcdf pgi Please select from among the following supported platforms 1 PC Linux i486 1586 i686 x86 64 PGI compiler 2 PC Linux i486 i586 i686 x86 64 g95 compiler 3 PC Linux 1486 1586 1686 x86 64 gfortran compiler 4 PC Linux 1486 1586 i686 x86 64 Intel compiler Enter selection 1 4 Make sure the netCDF path is correct Pick compile options for your machine This will create a file called configure rip Edit compile options paths if necessary To compile the code type compile After a successful compilation the following new files should be created rip RIP post processing program Before using this program first con
6. Variable Names Value Description amp time_control Time control run_days 1 run time in days run_hours 0 run time in hours Note if it is more than 1 day one may use both run_days and run_hours or just run_hours e g if the total run length is 36 hrs you may set run_days 1 and run_hours 12 or run_days 0 and run_hours 36 run_minutes 0 run time in minutes run_seconds 0 run time in seconds start_year max_dom 2001 four digit year of starting time start_month max_dom 6 two digit month of starting time start_day max_dom 11 two digit day of starting time start_hour max dom 12 two digit hour of starting time start minute max dom 00 two digit minute of starting time start_second max dom 00 two digit second of starting time Note the start time is used to name the first wrfout file It also controls the start time for nest domains and the time to restart end_year max_dom 2001 four digit year of ending time WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 37 MODEL end_month max_dom end_day max_dom end_hour max_dom end minute max_dom end_second max_ dom interval seconds input from file max_dom fine input_stream max_dom history interval max_dom history interval d max_dom history interval h max_dom history interval_m max_dom history interval s max_dom frames per outfile max_dom 06 12 12 00 00 10800 T logical 60 two digit month of ending
7. amp dynamics rk_ord diff opt km_opt 50000 50 50 50 3000 1 0 1 0 7 5 Vert infl full weight height for LML obs regime 4 moisture Vert infl ramp to zero height for LML obs regime 4 moisture Min depth through which vertical infl fen remains 1 0 Min depth m through which vert infl fen decreases from to 0 Max depth m in which vert infl function is nonzero Scale factor applied to time window for surface obs Scale factor applied to horiz radius of influence for surface obs Max pressure change cb allowed within horiz radius of influence Diffusion damping options advection options time integration scheme option Runge Kutta 2nd order Runge Kutta 3rd order recommended turbulence and mixing option no turbulence or explicit spatial numerical filters km_opt IS IGNORED evaluates 2nd order diffusion term on coordinate surfaces uses kvdif for vertical diff unless PBL option is used may be used with km_ opt 1 and 4 1 recommended for real data case evaluates mixing terms in physical space stress form x y z turbulence parameterization is chosen by specifying km_opt eddy coefficient option constant use khdif and kvdif 1 5 order TKE closure 3D Smagorinsky first order closure 3D Note option 2 and 3 are not recommended for DX gt 2 km horizontal Smagorinsky first order closure recommended for real data case WRF ARW V3 User s Guide MODEL
8. The min and max values of 3d fields will be for the z level of the field S Print list of fields available for each time plus a sample value for each field Sample value is taken from the middle of model domain S xyz Print list of fields available for each time plus a sample value for each field Sample value is at point x y z in the model domain t t1 t2 Apply options only to times t1 to t2 t2 is optional If not set options will only apply to t1 times Print only the times in the file WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 2 UTILITIES AND TOOLS ts Generate time series output A full vertical profile for each variable will be created tsxy X Y VAR VAR will generate time series output for all VAR s at location X Y ts Il lat lon VAR VAR will generate time series output for all VAR s at x y location nearest to lat lon lev z Work only with option ts Will only create a time series for level z rot Work only with option ts Will rotate winds to earth coordinates diag Add if you want to see output for the diagnostics temperature K full model pressure and model height tk pressure height v VAR Print basic information about field VAR V VAR Print basic information about field VAR and dump the full field out to the screen w VAR Write the full field out to a file VAR out Default Options are att s SPECIA
9. Times Time DateStrLen XLAT M Time south _north west_east XLAT M units degrees latitude XLAT M description Latitude on mass grid XLONG M Time south_north west _east XLONG M units degrees longitude XLONG M description Longitude on mass grid XLAT V Time south north stag west_east XLAT V units degrees latitude XLAT V description Latitude on V grid XLONG V Time south_north_ stag west _east XLONG V units degrees longitude XLONG V description Longitude on V grid XLAT U Time south _north west _east_ stag XLAT U units degrees latitude XLAT U description Latitude on U grid XLONG U Time south_north west _east_stag XLONG U units degrees longitude XLONG U description Longitude on U grid CLAT Time south _ north west_east CLAT units degrees latitude CLAT description Computational latitude on mass grid CLONG Time south_north west_east CLONG units degrees longitude CLONG description Computational longitude on mass grid AAPFAC M Time south_north west _east AAPFAC M units none AAPFAC M description Mapfactor on mass grid MAPFAC V Time south _ north stag west_east APFAC V units none AAPFAC V description Mapfactor on V grid APFAC U Time south_north west _east_ stag AAPFAC U units none AAPFAC U descri
10. To run real data initialization program compiled using serial or OpenMP smpar options type real exe gt amp real out Successful completion of the job should have real_em SUCCESS EM_REAL INIT printed at the end of real out file It should also produce wrfinput_dO1 and wrfbdy_d01 files In real data case both files are required Run WRF model by typing wrf exe A successful run should produce one or several output files with names like wrfout_d lt domain gt lt date gt where lt domain gt represents domain ID and WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 9 MODEL lt date gt represents a date string with the format yyyy mm dd_hh mm ss For example if you start the model at 1200 UTC January 24 2000 then your first output file should have the name wrfout_d01 2000 01 24 12 00 00 The time stamp on the file name is always the first time the output file is written It is always good to check the times written to the output file by typing ncdump v Times wrfout_d01_ 2000 01 24 12 00 00 You may have other wrfout files depending on the namelist options how often you split the output files and so on using namelist option frames per outfile You may also create restart files if you have restart frequency restart interval in the namelist input file set within your total integration length The restart file should have names like wrfrst_d lt domain gt lt date gt The time stamp on a restart file is the time tha
11. Use of the surface FDDA option in OBSGRID creates a file called wrfsfdda_dn This file contains the surface analyses at INTF4D intervals analyses of T TH U V RH QV PSFC PMSL and a count of observations within 250 km of each grid point Due to the input requirements of the WRF model data at the current time _OLD and data for the next time _NEW are supplied at each time interval Due to this requirement users must take care to specify the same interval in the WRF fdda section for surface nudging as the interval used in OBSGRID to create the wrfsfdda_dn file OBS_DOMAINdxx These files can be used in WRF for observational nudging The format of this file is slightly different from the standard wrf_obs little_r format See Chapter 5 of this User s Guide for details on observational nudging The d in the file name represents the domain number The xx is just a sequential number These files contain a list of all of the observations available for use by the OBSGRID program e The observations have been sorted and the duplicates have been removed e Observations outside of the analysis region have been removed e Observations with no information have been removed e All reports for each separate location different levels but at the same time have been combined to form a single report e Data which has had the discard flag internally set data which will not be sent to the quality control or objective analysis port
12. data ungribbed NAM Then the resulting model domain would use data as shown in the figure below WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 24 WPS GFS If no field is found in more than one source then no prioritization need be applied by metgrid and each field will simply be interpolated as usual of course each source should cover the entire simulation domain to avoid areas of missing data Parallelism in the WPS If the dimensions of the domains to be processed by the WPS become too large to fit in the memory of a single CPU it is possible to run the geogrid and metgrid programs in a distributed memory configuration In order to compile geogrid and metgrid for distributed memory execution the user must have MPI libraries installed on the target machine and must have compiled WPS using one of the DM parallel configuration options Upon successful compilation the geogrid and metgrid programs may be run with the mpirun or mpiexec commands or through a batch queuing system depending on the machine As mentioned earlier the work of the ungrib program is not amenable to parallelization and further the memory requirements for ungrib s processing are independent of the memory requirements of geogrid and metgrid thus ungrib is always compiled for a single processor and run on a single CPU regardless of whether a DM parallel configuration option was selected during configuration Each of the standard WRF I O API formats NetCDF GRIB1
13. dfi cutoff seconds 3600 should not be longer than the filter window For time specification it typically needs to integrate backward for 0 5 to 1 hour and integrate forward for half of the time If option dfi write filtered input is set to true a filtered wrfinput file wrfinput initialized _d01 will be produced In Version 3 2 a constant boundary condition option is introduced for DFI To use it set constant _ bc 1 in amp bdy control If a different time step is used for DFI one may use time step dfi to setit WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 21 MODEL k Using sst_update option The WRF model physics does not predict sea surface temperature vegetation fraction albedo and sea ice For long simulations the model provides an alternative to read in the time varying data and update these fields In order to use this option one must have access to time varying SST and sea ice fields Twelve monthly values vegetation fraction and albedo are available from the geogrid program Once these fields are processed via WPS one may activate the following options in namelist record amp time control before running program real exe and wrf exe sst_update 1 in amp physics io form auxinput4 2 auxinput4 inname wrflowinp_d lt domain gt created by real exe auxinput4 interval 360 360 360 io form auxinput4 2 l Using Adaptive Time Stepping Adaptive time stepping is a way to maximize the time step tha
14. 1 85973 compile output rwxr xr x 1 4257 configure rw r r 1 2486 configure wps WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 7 WPS drwxr xr x 4 4096 geogrid lrwxrwxrwx 1 23 geogrid exe gt geogrid src geogrid exe rwxr xr x 1 1328 link _grib csh drwxr xr x 3 4096 metgrid lrwxrwxrwx 1 23 metgrid exe gt metgrid src metgrid exe rw r r 1 1101 namelist wps rw r r 1 1987 namelist wps all_ options sfw r sr 1 1075 namelist wps global w r r s 1 652 namelist wps nmm ewe rssre gt 1 4786 README drwxr xr x 4 4096 ungrib lrwxrwxrwx 1 21 ungrib exe gt ungrib src ungrib exe drwxr xr x 3 4096 util The model coarse domain and any nested domains are defined in the geogrid namelist record of the namelist wps file and additionally parameters in the share namelist record need to be set An example of these two namelist records is given below and the user is referred to the description of namelist variables for more information on the purpose and possible values of each variable amp share wrf_ core ARW max_dom 2 start_date 2008 03 24 12 00 00 2008 03 24 12 00 00 end_date 2008 03 24 18 00 00 2008 03 24 12 00 00 interval seconds 21600 io_form_geogrid 2 ol gt amp geogrid parent_id T Jo parent_grid_ratio i 3 i_parent_start dy Baby j_parent_ start Ly 27 Ss _ we I T e we 74 112 s_sn L 1 e sn 61 97 geog_ data_res L0m 2m dx 30000 d
15. 92 3829f 65 9313f 72 68539f 93 80841f 92 57831f 65 76495f 72 54843f MAP_ PROJ 1 MMINLU USGS NUM_LAND_ CAT 24 ISWATER 16 ISLAKE 1 ISICE 24 ISURBAN 1 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 59 WPS ISOILWATER 14 grid id 1 parent_id 1 i parent start dy j parent start 1 i_parent_end 74 j_parent_end 61 parent grid ratio 1 isr x il sr y 1 FLAG MF XY 1 The global attributes corner_lats and corner_lons contain the lat lon location of the corners of the domain with respect to different grid staggerings mass u v and unstaggered The locations referred to by each element of the corner_lats and corner_lons arrays are summarized in the table and figure below Array index Staggering Corner 1 Mass Lower left 2 Upper left 3 Upper right 4 Lower right 5 U Lower left 6 Upper left T Upper right 8 Lower right 9 V Lower left 10 Upper left 11 Upper right 12 Lower right 13 Unstaggered Lower left 14 Upper left 15 Upper right 16 Lower right WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 60 WPS In addition to the fields in a geogrid output file e g geo _em d01 nc the following fields and global attributes will also be present in a typical output file from the metgrid program run with the default METGRID TBL file and meteorological data from
16. For the latitude longitude projection for ARW the longitude of the North Pole with respect to the computational lat lon grid in which 90 0 latitude is at the bottom of a global domain 90 0 latitude is at the top and 180 0 longitude is at the center Default value is 0 0 22 GEOG_DATA PATH A character string giving the path either relative or absolute to the directory where the geographical data directories may be found This path is the one to which rel_path specifications in the GEOGRID TBL file are given in relation to No default value 23 OPT_GEOGRID_TBL_ PATH A character string giving the path either relative or absolute to the GEOGRID TBL file The path should not contain the actual file name as GEOGRID TBL is assumed but should only give the path where this file is located Default value is geogrid C UNGRIB section Currently this section contains only two variables which determine the output format written by ungrib and the name of the output files 1 OUT_FORMAT A character string set either to wps SI or MM5 If set to WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 41 WPS MM5 ungrib will write output in the format of the MM5 pregrid program if set to SI ungrib will write output in the format of grib_prep exe if set to wps ungrib will write data in the WPS intermediate format Default value is wps 2 PREFIX A character string that will be used as the prefix for intermediate format files crea
17. Open input fil Open graphical Read variables Set up plot resources amp Create plots Output graphic load external functions and procedures e s output S For example let s create a script to plot Surface Temperature Sea Level Pressure and Wind as shown in the picture below REAL TIME WRF Surface Temperature F Sea Level Pressure hPa Wind kts 44 N 42 N 40 N 38 N 34 N 32 N 30 N 90 W 20 10 0 Init 2000 01 24_12 00 00 Valid 2000 01 24_12 00 00 85 W 80 w 75 W Sea Level Pressure Contours 900 to 1100 by 4 Surface Temperature F 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 4 POST PROCESSING load functions and procedures load SNCARG ROOT lib ncarg nclscripts csm gsn_code ncl load SNCARG ROOT lib ncarg nclscripts wrf WRFUserARW ncl begin WRF ARW input file a addfile wrfout d01 2000 01 24 12 00 00 nc r Output on screen Output will be called plt_Surfacel type x11 wks gsn_open wks type plt _ Surface1 Set basic resources res True res MainTitle REAL TIME WRF Give plot a main title res Footer False Set Footers off plitres True Plotting resources mpres True Map resources times wrf user list times a get times in the file it 0 only interested in first time res TimeLabel times it keep some time info
18. POST PROCESSING configure You will be given a list of choices for your computer Choices for IBM machines are as follows 1 AIX xlf compiler with xlc serial Choices for LINUX operating systems are as follows 1 LINUX i486 1586 1686 PGI compiler serial 2 LINUX i486 1586 1686 Intel compiler serial 3 LINUX 1486 1586 1686 gfortran compiler serial Choose one of the configure options listed Check the configure wpp file created and edit for compile options paths if necessary To compile WPP enter the following command compile gt amp compile_wpp log amp This command should create four WRF Postprocessor libraries in lib libmpi a libsp a libip a and libw3 a and three WRF Postprocessor executables in exec wrfpost exe ndate exe and copygb exe To remove all built files as well as the configure wpp type clean This action is recommended if a mistake is made during the installation process WPP Functionalities The WRF Postprocessor V3 e is compatible with WRF version 2 2 and higher e can be used to post process both WRF ARW and WRF NMM forecasts e can ingest WRF history files wrfout in two formats netCDF and binary The WRF Postprocessor is divided into two parts wrfpost and copygb wrfpost e Interpolates the forecasts from the model s native vertical coordinate to NWS standard output levels e g pressure height and computes mean sea level pressure If the requested field is o
19. Theoretically CV3 BE is a generic background error statistics file can be used for any case It is quite straightforward to use CV3 in your own case To use CV3 BE file in your case just set cv_options 3 in wrfvar7 and the be dat is located in WRFDA var run be dat cv3 To use CV5 background error covariance it is necessary to generate your domain specific background error statistics with the gen_be utility The background error statis tics file supplied with the tutorial test case can NOT be used for your applications other than the tutorial case The Fortran main programs for gen_be can be found in WRFDA var gen_be The execu tables of gen_be should be created after you have compiled the WRFDA code as de scribed earlier The scripts to run these codes are in WRFDA var scripts gen_be The input data for gen_be are WRF forecasts which are used to generate model perturba tions used as a proxy for estimates of forecast error For the NMC method the model perturbations are differences between forecasts e g T 24 minus T 12 is typical for re WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 36 WRF Data Assimilation gional applications T 48 minus T 24 for global valid at the same time Climatological estimates of background error may then be obtained by averaging such forecast differ ences over a period of time e g one month Given input from an ensemble prediction system EPS the inputs are the ensemble forecasts and the model perturbati
20. WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 20 WRF Data Assimilation e gt cp SWORK_DIR tl namelist input serial SWORK_DIR tl namelist input e Edit SWoRK_DIR ad namelist input and WORK_DIR tl namelist input to match your experiment settings but only change following variables amp time_control run_hours 06 start_year 2008 start_month 02 start_day 05 start _hour 12 end _year 2008 end_month 02 end_day 05 end_hour 18 amp domains time_step 360 NOTE MUST BE THE SAME WITH WHICH IN SWORK_DIR nl namelist input e we 90 e sn 60 e vert 41 dx 60000 dy 60000 gt cd SWORK DIR gt setenv NUM_PROCS 1 gt da_wrfvar exe gt amp wrfda log 5 Run with multiple processors with MPMD mode dmpar compilation required for WREDA WRENL and WRFPLUS e Edit SWoRK_DIR namelist input to match your experiment settings e gt cp SWORK DIR nl namelist input parallel SWORK_DIR nl namelist input e Edit SWoRK_DIR n1l namelist input to match your experiment settings e gt cp SWORK DIR ad namelist input parallel SWORK_DIR ad namelist input e gt cp SWORK_DIR tl namelist input parallel SWORK_DIR tl namelist input e Edit WoRK_DIR ad namelist input and WORK_DIR tl namelist input to match your experiment settings Currently parallel WRF 4D Var is a MPMD Multiple Program Multiple Data applica tion Because there are so many parallel configurations across the platforms it is very difficult to define a generic way t
21. e initialize static fields for the map projection and the physical surface for many of the idealized cases these are simplified initializations such as map factors set to one and topography elevation set to zero Both the real exe program and ideal exe programs share a large portion of source code to handle the following duties e read data from the namelist e allocate space for the requested domain with model variables specified at run time e generate initial condition file The real data case does some additional processing e read meteorological and static input data from the WRF Preprocessing System WPS e prepare soil fields for use in model usually vertical interpolation to the required levels for the specified land surface scheme e check to verify soil categories land use land mask soil temperature sea surface temperature are all consistent with each other e multiple input time periods are processed to generate the lateral boundary conditions which are required unless processing a global forecast e 3d boundary data u v potential temperature vapor mixing ratio total geopotential are coupled with total column pressure WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 4 2 INITIALIZATION The real exe program may be run as either a serial or a distributed memory job Since the idealized cases only require that the initialization run for a single time period no lateral boundary file is required and are therefore quick
22. int IVGTYP Time south_north west_east IVGTYP description DOMINANT VEGETATION CATEGORY IVGTYP units int ISLTYP Time south_north west east float float ISLTYP description DOMINANT SOIL CATEGORY ISLTYP units VEGFRA Time south_north west _east VEGFRA description VEGETATION FRACTION VEGFRA units GRDFLX Time south_north west _east WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 64 MODEL float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float GRDFLX description GROUND HEAT FLUX GRDFLX units W m 2 SNOW Time south north west_east SNOW description SNOW WATER EQUIVALENT SNOW units kg m 2 SNOWH Time south _north west _east SNOWH description PHYSICAL SNOW DEPTH SNOWH units m RHOSN Time south north west_east RHOSN description SNOW DENSITY RHOSN units kg m 3 CANWAT Time south north west_east CANWAT description CANOPY WATER CANWAT units kg m 2 SST Time south_north west _east SST description SEA SURFACE TEMPERATURE SST units K QNDROPSOURCE Time bottom_top south north west_east QNDROPSOURCE description Droplet number source QNDROPSOURCE units kg s MAPFAC M Time south _north west_east MAPFAC M descr
23. mcin maximum cin clfr low middle and high cloud fraction dbz 3d reflectivity max_dbz maximum reflectivity geopt geopotential height model height in km Icl lifting condensation level lfc level of free convection pressure full model pressure in hPa rh relative humidity rh2 2m relative humidity theta potential temperature te temperature in degrees C tk temperature in degrees K td dew point temperature in degrees C td2 2m dew point temperature in degrees C WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 31 POST PROCESSING slp sea level pressure umet and vmet winds rotated to earth coordinates ul0m and v10m 10m winds rotated to earth coordinates wdir wind direction wspd wind speed coordinates wd10 10m wind direction ws10 10m wind speed Run ARWpost Type ARWpost exe This will create output_root_name dat and output_root_name ctl files if creating GrADS input and output_root_name v5d if creating Vis5D input NOW YOU ARE READY TO VIEW THE OUTPUT GrADS For general information about working with GrADS view the GrADS home page http grads iges org grads To help users get started a number of GrADS scripts have been provided e The scripts are all available in the scripts directory e The scripts provided are only examples of the type of plots one can generate with GrADS data e The user will need to modify these scripts to suit their data e g if you did not specif
24. o WREFE Fire coding conventions o Parallel execution o Software layers o Initialization in idealized case Introduction A wildland fire module has been added to WRF to allow users to model the growth of a wildland fire and the dynamic feedbacks with the atmosphere It is implemented as a physics package with two way coupling between the fire behavior and the atmospheric environment allowing the fire to alter the atmosphere surrounding it i e create its own weather Other documents describe the derivation of the model here we address the mechanics options parameters and datasets for using this module The wildland fire module is currently a simple two dimensional model of a surface fire The user specifies the time location and shape of a fire ignition The evolution of the fireline the interface enclosing the burning region is implemented by the level set method The level set function is advanced by the Runge Kutta method of order 2 with spatial discretization by the Godunov method The rate at which this interface expands is calculated at all points along it using a point based semi empirical formula for estimating the rate of spread of the surface fire based upon the Rothermel formula which calculates the fire rate of spread as a function of local fuel conditions wind and terrain slope Importantly the winds used to drive the fire are interpolated from nearby low level wind velocities which a
25. state real TSLB ilj state real XICE ij lt Use gt lt NumTLev gt lt Stagger gt misc 1 Z misc 1 lt IO gt i02rhd interp_mask_land_field 1lu_index u copy_fcnm i0124rhd interp_mask_water_field 1lu_index u copy_fcnm lt DNAME gt lt DESCRIP gt lt UNITS gt TSLB SOIL TEMPERATURE K SEAICE SEA ICE FLAG mn Note that the d and u entries in the lt IO gt section are followed by an then a parenthesis enclosed subroutine and a colon separated list of additional variables to pass to the routine It is recommended that users follow the existing pattern du for non masked variables and the above syntax for the existing interpolators for masked variables WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 10 SOFTWARE Registry Rconfig The Registry file is the location where the run time options to configure the model are defined Every variable in the ARW namelist is described by an entry in the Registry file The default value for each of the namelist variables is as assigned in the Registry The standard form for the entry for two namelist variables is given broken across lines and interleaved lt Table gt lt Type gt lt Sym gt reonfig integer run_days reonfig integer start_year lt How set gt lt Nentries gt lt Default gt namelist time_control 1 0 namelist time_control max_domains 1993 The keyword for this type of entry in the Registry file is rconfig run time configuration As with the othe
26. trim value 5 Value by which the domain will be cut down in each direction The met_em files which are being processed must be available in the OBSGRID directory The obs_filename and interval settings can get confusing and deserve some additional explanation Use of the obs_filename files is related to the times and time interval set in namelist amp record1 and to the F4D options set in namelist amp records8 The obs_filename files are used for the analyses of the full 3D dataset both at upper air and the surface They are also used when F4D TRUE that is if surface analyses are being created for surface FDDA nudging The obs_filename files should contain all observations upper air and surface to be used for a particular analysis at a particular time Ideally there should be an obs_filename for each time period for which an objective analysis is desired Time periods are processed sequentially from the starting date to the ending date by the time interval all specified in namelist amp record1 All observational files must have a date associated If a file is not found the code will process as if this file contains zero observations and then continue to the next time period If the F4D option is selected the obs_filename files are similarly processed for surface analyses this time with the time interval as specified by INTF4D WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 17 OBSGRID If a users wishes to include observations from outside
27. use surface true idealized cases the ratio can be even if feedback is set to 0 parent to nest time step ratio it can be different from the parent_grid_ratio feedback from nest to its parent domain 0 no feedback smoothing option for parent domain used only with feedback option on 0 no smoothing 1 1 2 1 smoothing 2 smoothing desmoothing number of vertical levels in WPS output type ncdump h to find out number of soil levels or layers in WPS output model eta levels from 1 to 0 If not given real will provide a set of levels use surface data as lower boundary when interpolating through this many eta levels p_top to use in the model must be available in WPS data vertical interpolation 1 linear in pressure 2 linear in log pressure vertical extrapolation of non temperature variables 1 extrapolate using the two lowest levels 2 use lowest level as constant below ground vertical extrapolation for potential temperature 1 isothermal 2 6 5 K km lapse rate for temperature 3 constant theta in vertical interpolation whether to use levels below input surface level true use input isobaric levels below input surface false extrapolate when WRF location is below input surface level whether to use input surface level data in vertical interpolation true use input surface data WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 42 MODEL lagrange order 1 lowest_lev_from_sfc false sfcp
28. 1 colr white intv 5 feld map ptyp hb feld tic ptyp hb This FSG will generate 5 frames to create a single plot as shown below Temperature in degrees C feld tmc This will be plotted as a horizontal contour plot ptyp hc on pressure levels vcor p The data will be interpolated to 850 hPa The contour intervals are set to 2 cint 2 and shaded plots cmth fill will be generated with a color range from light violet to light gray Geopotential heights feld ght will also be plotted as a horizontal contour plot This time the contour intervals will be 30 cint 30 and contour lines with a line width of 2 linw 2 will be used Wind vectors feld uuu vvv plotted as barbs vcmax 1 A map background will be displayed feld map and Tic marks will be placed on the plot feld tic WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 25 POST PROCESSING Dataset real RIP rip sample Init 1200 UTC Mon 24 Jan 00 00 Vi Fest alid 1200 UTC Mon 24 Jan 00 0500 MST Mon 24 Jan 00 Tampesrature at pressure 460 bPa teopotential height at pressure 450 hPa Horizontal wind rectors at pressure GO hPa BARE D m a 3600 0 INTERTSL 3000 BAHE TECTURE TULL CONIDURR INTS m L 14100 EDGE 18 14 12 10 8 6 4 OF 28 4 46 8 i0 18 if a Model info 1 4 Eam F Eta MRF PHL NCEP simpl 30 km 27 leTels 160 aex Running RIP Each execution of RIP requires three basic things a RIP executable a model data set and a use
29. 15 for MHS 10 for SSMIS 11 for AIRS integer array used dimension rtminit_nsensor 0 assimilating mode 1 monitoring mode only calculate innova tions real array used dimension rtminit_nsensor specify thinning mesh size in KM for different sensors true perform thinning on radiance data true perform quality control always true true output radiance Observation minus Background files which are in ASCII format and separated by sensors and processors true output radiance Observation minus Analysis files Observation minus Background information is also included which are in AS CII format and separated by sensors and proc essors true use a radiance error tuning factor file radiance_error factor which can be created with empirical values or generated using varia tional tuning method Desroziers and Ivanov 2001 true perform Antenna Correction in CRTM what RTM Radiative Transfer Model to use 1 RTTOV WRFDA needs to compile with RTTOV 2 CRTM WRFDA needs to compile with CRTM true assimilate radiance over water only true perform Variational Bias Correction A parameter file in ASCII format called VARBC in a template is provided with the WRF ARW V3 User s Guide WRF Data Assimilation freeze varbc varbc_ factor varbc_nobsmin airs warmest _fov crtm_atmosphere use _crtm_kmatrix false 1 0 10 false false source code tar ball is
30. 1s rw r r 1 563863 WPS TAR gz drwxr xr x 18 4096 WRFV3 gt gzip d WPSV3 TAR gz gt tar xf WPSV3 TAR gt 1s drwxr xr x 7 4096 WPS sYwW r f s 1 3491840 WPSV3 TAR drwxr xr x 18 4096 WRFV3 e Atthis point a listing of the current working directory should at least include the directories WRFV3 and WPS First compile WRF see the instructions for installing WRF Then after the WRF executables are generated change to the WPS directory and issue the configure command followed by the compile command as below gt cd WPS gt configure o Choose one ofthe configure options gt compile gt amp compile output e After issuing the compile command a listing of the current working directory should reveal symbolic links to executables for each of the three WPS programs geogrid exe ungrib exe and metgrid exe If any of these links do not exist check the compilation output in compile output to see what went wrong WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 6 WPS gt 1s drwxr xr x 2 4096 arch rwxr xr x 1 1672 clean rwxr xr x 1 3510 compile rw r r 1 85973 compile output rwxr xr x 1 4257 configure rw r r 1 2486 configure wps drwxr xr x 4 4096 geogrid lrwxrwxrwx 1 23 geogrid exe gt geogrid src geogrid exe rwxr xr x 1 1328 link grib csh drwxr xr x 3 4096 metgrid lrwxrwxrwx 1 23 metgrid exe gt metgrid src metgrid exe Ew Prsar 1 1101 namelist wps rw r r 1 1987 namelist wps all_ options rw
31. 2 E_WE 2 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 40 WPS 16 REF Y A real value specifying the j part of an i j location whose latitude longitude location in the simulation domain is known The i j location is always given with respect to the mass staggered grid whose dimensions are one less than the dimensions of the unstaggered grid Default value is E_SN 1 1 2 E_SN 2 17 TRUELATI A real value specifying for ARW the first true latitude for the Lambert conformal projection or the only true latitude for the Mercator and polar stereographic projections For NMM truelatz1 is ignored No default value 18 TRUELAT 2 A real value specifying for ARW the second true latitude for the Lambert conformal conic projection For all other projections truelat2 is ignored No default value 19 STAND LON A real value specifying for ARW the longitude that is parallel with the y axis in the Lambert conformal and polar stereographic projections For the regular latitude longitude projection this value gives the rotation about the earth s geographic poles For NMM stand_lon is ignored No default value 20 POLE_LAT For the latitude longitude projection for ARW the latitude of the North Pole with respect to the computational latitude longitude grid in which 90 0 latitude is at the bottom of a global domain 90 0 latitude is at the top and 180 0 longitude is at the center Default value is 90 0 21 POLE_LON
32. 3D indicates that it is the atmospheric data fields and 200903 0103 indicates that it contains data from March 1 through 3 of 2009 Once these files are extracted they must be linked into the main WPS directory with the command link grib csh It takes as arguments all of the files extracted from the dataset For example if you extracted these files to home joe mydata then you would issue the command link grib csh home joe mydata WRE ARW V3 User s Guide A 9 FIRE into the top level WPS directory Each atmospheric dataset requires a descriptor table known as a variable table to be present WPS comes with several variable tables that work with most major data sources These files reside in WPS ungrib Variable Tables The appropriate file must be symlinked into the top level WPS directory as the file Vtable For NARR data type ln sf ungrib Variable Tables Vtable NARR Vtable Once this has been done everything should be set up properly to run the ungrib command ungrib exe Finally the program metgrid combines the output of ungrib and geogrid to create a series of files which can be read by WRF s real exe This is accomplished by metgrid exe Assuming everything completed successfully you should now have a number of files named something like met_em d01 2009 03 01 12 00 00 nc These should be copied or linked to your WRFV3 test em_ real directory If any errors occur during execution of ungrib o
33. 50000 45000 40000 35000 30000 25000 20000 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 27 WPS 15000 10000 5000 1000 Within the amp mod_levs namelist record the variable press_pa is used to specify a list of levels to keep the specified levels should match values of x1v1 in the intermediate format files see the discussion of the WPS intermediate format for more information on the fields of the intermediate files The mod_levs program takes two command line arguments as its input The first argument is the name of the intermediate file to operate on and the second argument is the name of the output file to be written Removing all but a specified subset of levels from meteorological data sets is particularly useful for example when one data set is to be used for the model initial conditions and a second data set is to be used for the lateral boundary conditions This can be done by providing the initial conditions data set at the first time period to be interpolated by metgrid and the boundary conditions data set for all other times If the both data sets have the same number of vertical levels then no work needs to be done however when these two data sets have a different number of levels it will be necessary at a minimum to remove m n levels where m gt n and m and n are the number of levels in each of the two data sets from the data set with m levels The necessity of having the same number of vertical levels
34. 90 f POLE LON 0 f 1 r Tote AnwAWNY WRF ARW V3 User s Guide r r 3 62 WPS corner lats 28 17127f 44 36657f 39 63231f 24 61906f 28 17842f 44 37617 39 57811f 24 57806f 28 03772f 44 50592f 39 76032 f 24 49431f 28 04484f 44 51554f 39 70599f 24 45341f corner lons 93 64893f 92 39661f 66 00165f 72 6405f 93 80048f 92 59155f 65 83557 72 5033f 93 65717f 92 3829f 65 9313f 72 68539f 93 80841f 92 57831f 65 76495f 72 54843f MAP PROJ 1 MMINLU USGS NUM_LAND_CAT 24 ISWATER 16 ISLAKE l ISICE 24 ISURBAN 1 ISOILWATER 14 grid id 1 parent_id 1 i_parent_ start 1 j parent start 1 i_parent_end 74 j_parent_end 61 parent grid ratio 1 sx x 1 sr y 1 NUM_METGRID SOIL LEVELS 4 FLAG METGRID 1 FLAG SOIL LAYERS 1 FLAG SNOW 1 FLAG PSFC 1 FLAG SM000010 1 FLAG SM010040 1 FLAG SM040100 1 FLAG SM100200 1 FLAG ST000010 1 FLAG ST010040 1 FLAG ST040100 1 FLAG ST100200 1 FLAG SLP 1 FLAG SOILHGT 1 FLAG MF XY 1 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 63 WPS WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 64 INITIALIZATION Chapter 4 WRF Initialization Table of Contents e Introduction e Initializa
35. For the first problem try to type unlimit or ulimit s unlimited to see if more memory and or stack size can be obtained For OpenMP smpar compiled code the stack size needs to be set large but not unlimited Unlimited stack size may crash the computer To check if the input data is the problem use ncview or other netCDF file browser Another frequent error seen is module configure initial config error reading namelist This is an error message from the model complaining about errors and typos in the namelist input file Edit namelist input file with WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 26 MODEL caution If unsure always start with an available template A namelist record where the namelist read error occurs is provided in the V3 error message and it should help with identifying the error Physics and Dynamics Options Physics Options WRE offers multiple physics options that can be combined in any way The options typically range from simple and efficient to sophisticated and more computationally costly and from newly developed schemes to well tried schemes such as those in current operational models The choices vary with each major WRF release but here we will outline those available in WRF Version 3 1 Microphysics mp_physics a Kessler scheme A warm rain i e no ice scheme used commonly in idealized cloud modeling studies mp_physics 1 b Lin et al scheme A sophisticated scheme that h
36. XLAT_V Time south_north_stag west_east XLAT V description LATITUDE SOUTH IS NEGATIVE XLAT_V units degree north XLONG V Time south_north_stag west_east XLONG V description LONGITUDE WEST IS NEGATIVE XLONG V units degree east ALBEDO Time south_north west_east ALBEDO description ALBEDO ALBEDO units ALBBCK Time south_north west_east ALBBCK description BACKGROUND ALBEDO ALBBCK units EMISS Time south_north west _east EMISS description SURFACE EMISSIVITY EMISS units TMN Time south north west_east TMN description SOIL TEMPERATURE AT LOWER BOUNDARY TMN units K XLAND Time south north west_east XLAND description LAND MASK 1 FOR LAND 2 FOR WATER XLAND units UST Time south _north west_east WRE ARW V3 User s Guide 5 66 MODEL UST description U IN SIMILARITY THEORY UST units m s 1 PBLH Time south north west_east PBLH description PBL HEIGHT PBLH units m HFX Time south _north west_east float float 1 f HFX description UPWARD HEAT FLUX AT THE SURFACE HFX units W m 2 QFX Time south_north west_east QFX description QFX units kg m 2 s 1 LH Time south_north west_east float float LH units SNOWC Time SNOWC description SNOWC units Ww m 2 H float Special WRF Output Variables 1 UPWARD MO
37. Yw r r 1 users 11556492 2008020512 wrfout_d01_ 2008 02 06 12 00 00 Yw r r 1 users 11556492 2008020600 wrfout_d01_ 2008 02 06 12 00 00 Yw r r 1 users 11556492 2008020600 wrfout_d01_ 2008 02 07 00 00 00 Srweresrs users 11556492 2008020612 wrfout_d01_ 2008 02 07 _ 00 00 00 Yw r r 1 users 11556492 2008020612 wrfout_d01_ 2008 02 07 12 00 00 In the above example only 1 day 12Z 05 Feb to 12Z 06 Feb 2002 of forecasts every 12 hours are supplied to gen_be wrapper to estimate forecast error covariance It is only for demonstration The minimum number of forecasts required depends on the applica tion number of grid points etc Month long or longer datasets are typical for the NMC method Generally at least 1 month dataset should be used Under WRFDA var scripts gen_be gen_be wrapper ksh is used to generate the BE data following variables need to be set to fit your case export WRFVAR_DIR users noname work code trunk phoenix_g95_opt WRFDA export START DATE 2008020612 the first perturbation valid date export END _DATE 2008020700 the last perturbation valid date export NUM_LEVELS 40 e vert 1 export BIN TYPE 5 export FC_DIR users noname work exps friendlies expt fc where wrf forecasts are export RUN _DIR users noname work exps friendlies gen_ be BIN_ TYPE WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 37 WRF Data Assimilation Note The START_DATE and END_DATE are perturbation valid dates As show in the forecast
38. are specified in combination with other resolutions of static data in the geog_data_res variable the 10m GWDO static data will be used since it is also designated as the default resolution in the GEOGRID TBL file It is worth noting that if 10 minute resolution GWDO data are to be used but a different resolution is desired for other static fields e g topography height the user should simply omit 10m from the value given to the geog_data_res variable since specifying geog data_res 10m 30s for example would cause geogrid to use the 10 mintute data in preference to the 30 second data for the non GWDO fields such as topography height and land use category as well as for the GWDO fields Using Multiple Meteorological Data Sources The metgrid program is capable of interpolating time invariant fields and it can also interpolate from multiple sources of meteorological data The first of these capabilities uses the constants_name variable in the amp metgrid namelist record This variable may be set to a list of filenames including path information where necessary of intermediate formatted files which contains time invariant fields and which should be used in the output for every time period processed by metgrid For example short simulations may use a constant SST field this field need only be available at a single time and may be used by setting the constants_name variable to the path and filename of
39. dy Grid spacing km real xlonc Standard longitude of projection real truelatl truelat2 True latitudes of projection real earth_radius Earth radius km real dimension nx ny slab The 2 d array holding the data logical is wind grid rel Flag indicating whether winds are relative to source grid TRUE or relative to earth FALSE character len 8 startloc Which point in array is given by startlat startlon set either to SWCORNER or CENTER character len 9 field Name of the field character len 24 hdate Valid date for data YYYY MM DD_HH 00 00 character len 25 units Units of data character len 32 map_source Source model originating center character len 46 desc Short description of data 1 WRITE FORMAT VERSION write unit ounit Lo 2 WRITE METADATA version Cylindrical equidistant WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 31 WPS if iproj 0 then write unit ounit hdate xfcst map_source field amp units desc xlvl nx ny iproj write unit ounit startloc startlat startlon amp deltalat deltalon earth radius Mercator else if iproj 1 then write unit ounit hdate xfcst map_source field amp units desc xlvl nx ny iproj write unit ounit startloc startlat startlon dx dy amp truelatl earth_radius Lambert conformal else if iproj 3 then write unit ounit hdate xfcst map_source field amp units desc xlvl nx ny iproj write unit
40. o Adjoint sensitivity tools o Improved efficiency for WRF adjoint code o PrepBufr data for 4D Var o Software improvement compile time memory usage etc e Software framework enhancements o Run time input output field specification and increased number of auxiliary I O streams o Improved domain decomposition for MPI and OpenMP to increase the maximum number of processors threads allowed o Added support for GPU acceleration of microphysics WSM3 and WSMS using PGI 10 3 accelerator directives o WRF and WPS ported to 64 bit Windows o Improved performance and scaling to 10 5 cores on high end systems including Blue Gene P and Cray XT5 o ESMF 4 support For the latest version of this document please visit the ARW Users Web site at http www mmm ucar edu wrf users Contributors to this guide Wei Wang Cindy Bruy re Michael Duda Jimy Dudhia Dave Gill Hui Chuan Lin John Michalakes Syed Rizvi and Xin Zhang Contributors to WRF Fire chapter Jonathan D Beezley Janice L Coen and Jan Mandel CONTENTS 1 Overview Introduction cesta enscncisctrepicvicastindtsdureadeendentidith daicidaeed aendneiicndadineudaceGnnn 1 1 The WRF Modeling System Program Component 0 1 2 2 Software Installation Introduction ti scccuicdicises SisenceetioucinwuicnadinegduicecnebcineaitadadaaneoutaanOaantnceaaece 2 1 Required Compilers and Scripting Languages ccceeee 2 2 Required Optional Libraries
41. real exe a preprocessor for real data cases or ideal exe a preprocessor for idealized cases and the ndown exe program for one way nesting of real data cases The o files and 90 files from a compile are retained until the next invocation of the clean script The 90 files provide the true reference for tracking down run time errors that refer to line numbers or for sessions using interactive debugging tools such as dbx or gdb Registry Tools for automatic generation of application code from user specified tables provide significant software productivity benefits in development and maintenance of large WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 4 SOFTWARE applications such as WRF Just for the WRF model some 250 thousand lines of WRF code are automatically generated from a user edited table called the Registry The Registry provides a high level single point of control over the fundamental structure of the model data and thus provides considerable utility for developers and maintainers It contains lists describing state data fields and their attributes dimensionality binding to particular solvers association with WRF I O streams communication operations and run time configuration options namelist elements and their bindings to model control structures Adding or modifying a state variable to WRF involves modifying a single line of a single file this single change is then automatically propagated to scores of locations i
42. s Guide 1 4 OVERVIEW Graphics and Verification Tools Several programs are supported including RIP4 based on NCAR Graphics NCAR Graphics Command Language NCL and conversion programs for other readily available graphics packages like GrADS Program VAPOR Visualization and Analysis Platform for Ocean Atmosphere and Solar Researchers http www vapor ucar edu is a 3 dimensional data visualization tool and it is developed and supported by the VAPOR team at NCAR vapor ucar edu Program MET Model Evaluation Tools http www dtcenter org met users is developed and supported by the Developmental Testbed Center at NCAR met_help ucar edu The details of these programs are described more in the chapters in this user s guide WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 1 5 OVERVIEW WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 1 6 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION Chapter 2 Software Installation Table of Contents e Introduction e Required Compilers and Scripting Languages e Required Optional Libraries to Download e Post Processing Utilities e UNIX Environment Settings e Building the WRF Code e Building the WPS Code e Building the WRFDA Code Introduction The WRF modeling system software installation is fairly straightforward on the ported platforms listed below The model component portion of the package is mostly self contained The WRF model does contain the source code to a Fortran interface to ESMF and the source
43. used read metoa TRUE If set to TRUE the model domain E information in the metoa em files will be used to add location information on the plot WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 23 OBSGRID WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 24 SOFTWARE Chapter 8 WRF Software Table of Contents e Introduction e WRF Build Mechanism e Registry e T O Applications Program Interface 1 O API e Timekeeping e Software Documentation e Performance e Run _ Time IO Introduction WRF Build Mechanism The WRF build mechanism provides a uniform apparatus for configuring and compiling the WRF model WRF Var system and the WRF pre processors over a range of platforms with a variety of options This section describes the components and functioning of the build mechanism For information on building the WRF code see the chapter on Software Installation Required software The WRF build relies on Perl version 5 or later and a number of UNIX utilities csh and Bourne shell make M4 sed awk and the uname command A C compiler is needed to compile programs and libraries in the tools and external directories The WRF code itself is standard Fortran commonly referred to as Fortran90 For distributed memory processing MPI and related tools and libraries should be installed Build Mechanism Components Directory structure The directory structure of WRF consists of the top level directory plus directories containing files related to th
44. would add the fields RAINC and RAINNC to an output stream 6 The available options are or add or remove a variable 0 24 integer which stream i or h input or history field name in the Registry this is the first string in quotes case sensitive It is not necessary to remove fields from one stream to insert them in another It is OK to have the same field in multiple streams WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 16 POST PROCESSING Chapter 9 Post Processing Utilities Table of Contents e Introduction e NCL e RIP4 e ARWpost e WPP e VAPOR Introduction There are a number of visualization tools available to display WRF ARW hitp Awrf model org model data Model data in netCDF format can essentially be displayed using any tool capable of displaying this data format Currently the following post processing utilities are supported NCL RIP4 ARWpost converter to GrADS WPP and VAPOR NCL RIP4 and VAPOR can currently only read data in netCDF format while ARWpost can read data in netCDF and GRIB1 limited functionality only for GRIB1 format and WPP can read data in netCDF and binary format Required software The only library that is always required is the netCDF package from Unidata http www unidata ucar edu login gt Downloads gt NetCDF registration login required netCDF stands for Network Common Data Form This format is platform independent i e data files can be read on both bi
45. wrfvarl1l i amp wrfvar12 amp wrfvar13 amp wrfvar14 amp wrfvar15 amp wrfvar16 amp wrfvar17 j amp wrfvar18 analysis_date 2008 02 05_12 00 00 0000 amp wrfvar19 amp wrfvar20 amp wrfvar21 time_window_min 2008 02 05 11 00 00 0000 amp wrfvar22 time_window_max 2008 02 05 13 00 00 0000 amp wrfvar23 amp time_control start_year 2008 start_month 02 start _day 05 start_hour 12 end_year 2008 end_month 02 end_day 05 end_hour 12 amp dfi control amp domains e we 90 e_sn 60 e vert 41 dx 60000 dy 60000 amp physics WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 16 WRF Data Assimilation mp physics 3 ra_lw_physics 1 ra_sw_physics 1 radt 60 sf_sfclay physics 1 sf surface_physics 1 bl _pbl_physics 1 cu_physics 1 cudt 5 num_soil layers 5 IMPORTANT it s essential to make sure the setting here is consistent with the number in your first guess file mp_zero_ out 2 co2tf 0 amp fdda amp dynamics amp bdy control amp grib2 amp namelist_ quilt gt da_wrfvar exe gt amp wrfda log The file wrfda log or rsl out 0000 if run in distributed memory mode contains im portant WRFDA runtime log information Always check the log after a WRFDA run k VARIATIONAL ANALYSIS DYNAMICS OPTION Eulerian Mass Coordinate WRF NUMBER OF TILES 1 Set up observations ob Using ASCII format observation input scan o
46. 0 Time tolerance in seconds Any time in the model output that is within tacc seconds of the time specified in ptimes iptimes will be processed flmin flmax fbmin ftmax 05 95 10 90 Left right bottom and top frame limit ntextq Text quality specifier O high 1 medium 2 low ntextcd Text font specifier 0 complex Times 1 duplex Helvetica Scoffset 0 0 This is an optional parameter you can use to tell RIP that you consider the start of the forecast to be different from what is indicated by the forecast time recorded in the model output Examples fcoffset 12 means you consider hour 12 in the model output to be the beginning of the true forecast idotser Generate time series output files no plots only an ASCII file that can be used as input to a plotting program idescriptive Use more descriptive plot titles icgmsplit ole Split metacode into several files maxfld Reserve memory for RIP ittrajcalc Generate trajectory output files use namelist trajcalc when this is set imakev5d Generate output for VisSD ncarg_type Output type required Options are cgm default ps pdf pdfL x11 Where pdf is portrait and pdfL is landscape istopmiss This switch determines the behavior for RIP when a user requested field is not available The default is to stop Setting the switch to 0 tells
47. 1 0 1 0 1 0 changed through max_error_ settings maximum check_max_iv error check factor for t maximum check_max_iv error check factor for u and v maximum check_max_iv error check factor for precipitable water maximum check_max_iv error check factor for gps refractivity maximum check_max_iv error check factor for specific humidity maximum check_max_iv error check factor for pressure maximum check_max_iv error check factor for thickness maximum check_max_iv error check factor for ra dar radial velocity maximum check_max_iv error check factor for ra dar reflectivity number of outer loops maximum number of iterations in an inner loop minimization convergence criterion used dimen sion max_ext_its minimization stops when the norm of the gradient of the cost function gradient is reduced by a factor of eps inner minimization stops either when the criterion is met or when inner it erations reach ntmax 3 NCEP Background Error model 5 NCAR Background Error model default tuning factors for variance horizontal and vertical scales for control variable 1 stream function For cv_options 3 only The actual default values are 0 25 1 0 1 5 tuning factors for variance horizontal and vertical scales for control variable 2 unbalanced potential velocity For cv_options 3 only The actual default values are 0 25 1 0 1 5 tuning factors for variance horizontal and vertical scales for control variab
48. 1 0 m s amp wrfvarl5 num_pseudo pseudo _x pseudo _y pseudo z pseudo _err pseudo val amp wrfvar19 pseudo_var u Note pseudo var can be u v t P q If pseudo var is q then the reasonable values of pseudo_err and pseudo val are 0 001 Io lo i PMN I Note You may like to repeat this exercise for other observations like temperature t 6699 oe 99 pressure p specific humidity q etc b Response of BE length scaling parameter Run single observation test with following additional parameters in record amp wrfvar7 of namelist input amp wrfvar7 len_scalingl len_scaling2 len_scaling3 len_scaling4 len_scaling5 reduce psi length scale by 50 reduce chi_u length scale by 50 reduce T length scale by 50 reduce q length scale by 50 reduce Ps length scale by 50 tou wo oui eee ene mum ul H HE HE HE HE Note You may like to try the response of an individual variable by setting one parameter at one time See the spread of analysis increment c Response of changing BE variance Run single observation test with following additional parameters in record swrfvar7 of namelist input WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 39 WRF Data Assimilation amp wrfivar7 var_scalingl 0 25 reduce psi variance by 75 var_scaling2 0 25 reduce chi_u variance by 75 var_scaling3 0 25 reduce T variance by 75 var_scaling4 0 25 reduce q variance by 75 var_scalin
49. 2 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 17 MODEL f Moving Nested Run Two types of moving tests are allowed in WRF In the first option a user specifies the nest movement in the namelist The second option is to move the nest automatically based on an automatic vortex following algorithm This option is designed to follow the movement of a well defined tropical cyclone To make the specified moving nested run select the right nesting compile option option preset moves Note that code compiled with this option will not support static nested runs To run the model only the coarse grid input files are required In this option the nest initialization is defined from the coarse grid data no nest input is used In addition to the namelist options applied to a nested run the following needs to be added to namelist section amp domains num_moves the total number of moves one can make in a model run A move of any domain counts against this total The maximum is currently set to 50 but it can be changed by change MAX_MOVES in frame module driver constants F move id alist of nest IDs one per move indicating which domain is to move for a given move move interval the number of minutes since the beginning of the run that a move is supposed to occur The nest will move on the next time step after the specified instant of model time has passed move cd x move_cd_y distance in number of grid points and direction of the nest move
50. 243 Shallow convective cloud bottom pressure SHAL CU CLD BOT PRES 1 248 Shallow convective cloud top pressure SHAL CU CLD TOP PRES 1 249 Deep convective cloud bottom pressure DEEP CU CLD BOT PRES 1 251 Deep convective cloud top pressure DEEP CU CLD TOP PRES 1 252 Grid scale cloud bottom pressure GRID CLOUD BOT PRESS 1 206 Grid scale cloud top pressure GRID CLOUD TOP PRESS 1 207 Convective cloud fraction CONV CLOUD FRACTION 72 200 Convective cloud efficiency CU CLOUD EFFICIENCY 134 200 Above ground height of LCL LCL AGL HEIGHT 7 5 Pressure of LCL LCL PRESSURE 1 5 Cloud top temperature CLOUD TOP TEMPS 11 3 Temperature tendency from radiative fluxes RADFLX CNVG TMP TNDY 216 109 Temperature tendency from shortwave radiative flux SW RAD TEMP TNDY 250 109 Temperature tendency from longwave radiative flux LW RAD TEMP TNDY 251 109 Outgoing surface shortwave radiation instantaneous INSTN OUT SFC SW RAD 211 1 Outgoing surface longwave radiation instantaneous INSTN OUT SFC LW RAD 212 1 Incoming surface shortwave radiation time averaged AVE INCMG SFC SW RAD 204 1 Incoming surface longwave radiation time averaged AVE INCMG SFC LW RAD 205 1 Outgoing surface shortwave radiation time averaged AVE OUTGO SFC SW RAD 211 1 Outgoing surface longwave radiation time averaged AVE OUTGO SFC LW RAD 212 1 Outgoing model top shortwave radiation time averaged AVE OUTGO TOA SW RAD 211 8 Outgoing model top longwave radiation time averaged AVE OUTGO TO
51. ARW V3 User s Guide 6 28 WRF Data Assimilation h Diagnostics and Monitoring 1 Monitoring capability within WRFDA Run WRFDA with the rad_monitoring namelist parameter in record wrfvar14 in namelist input 0 means assimilating mode innovations O minus B are calculated and data are used in minimization 1 means monitoring mode innovations are calculated for diagnostics and moni toring Data are not used in minimization Number of rad_monitoring should correspond to number of rtminit_nsensor If rad_monitoring is not set then default value of 0 will be used for all sensors 2 Outputing radiance diagnostics from WRFDA Run WRFDA with the following namelist variables in record wrfvar14 in nam elist input write_iv_rad_ascii true to write out observation background and other diagnostics information in plain text files with prefix inv followed by instrument name and processor id For example 01_inv_noaa 17 amsub 0000 01 is outerloop index 0000 is processor index write_oa_rad_ascii true to write out observation background observation analysis and other diagnostics information in plain text files with prefix oma followed by in strument name and processor id For example 01_oma_noaa 18 mhs 0001 Each processor writes out information of one instrument in one file in the WREDA working directory 3 Radiance diagnostics data processing A Fortran90 program is used to collect the 01_inv or 01_oma file
52. Controls upper surface external waves e Time Off centering epssm Controls vertically propagating sound waves Advection Options a Horizontal advection orders for momentum h_mom_adv_order and scalar h_sca_adv_order can be ass 6 with 5 order being the recommended one b Vertical advection orders for momentum v_mom_adv_order and scalar v_sca_adv_order can be 2 and 6th with 3 order being the recommended one c Monotonic transport option 2 new in Version 3 1 and positive definite advection option option 1 can be applied to moisture moist_adv_opt scalar scalar_adv_opt chemistry variables chem_adv_opt and tke tke_adv_opt Option 1 replaces pd_moist true etc in previous versions WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 32 MODEL Some notes about using monotonic and positive definite advection options The positive definite and monotonic options are available for moisture scalars chemical scalers and TKE in the ARW solver Both the monotonic and positive definite transport options conserve scalar mass locally and globally and are consistent with the ARW mass conservation equation We recommend using the positive definite option for moisture variables on all real data simulations The monotonic option may be beneficial in chemistry applications and for moisture and scalars in some instances When using these options there are certain aspects of the ARW integration scheme that should be considered i
53. Edit gen_be_ensmean_nl nl or copy it from wrfhelp DATA V AR Hybrid gen_be_ensmean_nl nl You will need to set the following information in this script as follows lt vi gen_be_ensmean_nl nl amp gen be ensmean_nl directory 2006102712 filename wrfout_d01 2006 10 28 00 00 00 num_members 10 nv 7 cv U V W PH T MU QVAPOR Here directory is the folder you just copied filename is the name of the ensemble mean file num_members is the number of ensemble members you are using nv is the number of variables which must be consistent with the next cv option and cv is the name of variables used in the hybrid system Next link gen_be_ensmean exe to your working directory and run it lt ln sf WRFDA var build gen_be ensmean exe lt gen_be_ensmean exe Check the output files 2006 102712 wrfout_d01_2006 10 28_00 00 00 is the ensemble mean 2006102712 wrfout_d01_2006 10 28_00 00 00 vari is the ensemble variance 2 Calculate ensemble perturbations Create another sub directory in which you will be working to create ensemble perturba tions lt mkdir p 2006102800 ep lt cd 2006102800 ep WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 42 WRF Data Assimilation Next run gen_be_ep2 exe gen_be_ep2 exe requires four command line arguments DATE NUM_MEMBER DI RECTORY FILENAME as shown below lt ln sf WRFDA var build gen_be ep2 exe lt g
54. Format 3 30 Creating and Editing Vtables ccccccceeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 32 Writing Static Data to the Geogrid Binary Format 0 3 34 Description of Namelist Variables cccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 37 Description of GEOGRID TBL Options ceeeeeeeeeeteeeeee 3 43 Description of index Options c ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 46 Description of METGRID TBL Options ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 48 Available Interpolation Options in Geogrid and Metgrid 3 51 Land Use and Soil Categories in the Static Data 0 3 54 WPS Output Fields ccccecseecceeeesseeeeseesseeeeeseeseeneeeseeseees 3 56 4 WRF Initialization Introduction 20 cece cece cecceeccecceeccecceeeeeececcueecuececeaeeceecaeeceecueeaeeneeenes 4 1 Initialization for Ideal Data CasSeS c ccccecceeccecceeccecceeceeceeeeees 4 3 Initialization for Real Data Cases cccecceeccecceeccecceceeeeceeeeees 4 5 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide i CONTENTS 5 WRF Model Introduction Scccteasctn cesses ie ecsedidi eit aticencmebnantemstnexdiutueueenntaantneyinatnet 5 1 installing WRF sses 5 2 R nning WR E sc ai cectesdersaseticd bacacdansdeteadendbendatuddatesdetsasetevevsideinbebadebated 5 7 Examples of namelist for various applications 0 ccee 5 23 Check UME vesener neniesa tie
55. NCEP s GFS model netcdf met_em d01 2009 01 05 12 00 00 dimensions Time Dates west UNLIMITE trLen 19 east 73 south _ north 6 num metgrid levels 27 num sm levels num _s t_levels D 1 currently 0 4 4 south north stag 61 west east stag z dimension0012 z dimension0016 z dimension0024 variables 74 12 16 24 char Times Tim float float float WRF ARW V3 PRES Time DateStrLen num metgrid levels south_north west _east PRES units PRES description SOIL LAYERS Time num_st_layers south_north west_east SM units oun SM description SM Time num sm levels south_north west _east SM units own SM description ST Time num_st_levels south_north west_east ST units ww ST description GHT Time num_metgrid_ levels south north west_east GHT units m GHT description Height SNOW Time south _ north west_east SNOW units kg m 2 SNOW description Water equivalent snow depth SKINTEMP Time south_north west_east SKINTEMP SKINTEMP units K description Skin temperature can use for SST also SOILHGT Time south_north west_east SOILHGT units m SOILHGT description Terrain field of source analysis t LANDSEA Tim
56. NetCDF file This can be useful in particular for checking the domain parameters e g west east dimension south north dimension or domain center point in geogrid domain files or for listing the fields in a file The neview program provides an interactive way to view fields in NetCDF files Also for users wishing to produce plots of fields suitable for use in publications the new release of the RIP4 program may be of interest The new RIP4 is capable of plotting horizontal contours map backgrounds and overlaying multiple fields within the same plot WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 26 WPS Output from the ungrib program is always written in a simple binary format either WPS SI or MMS so software for viewing NetCDF files will almost certainly be of no use However an NCAR Graphics based utility plotfmt is supplied with the WPS source code This utility produces contour plots of the fields found in an intermediate format file If the NCAR Graphics libraries are properly installed the plotfmt program is automatically compiled along with other utility programs when WPS is built WPS Utility Programs Besides the three main WPS programs geogrid ungrib and metgrid there are a number of utility programs that come with the WPS and which are compiled in the util directory These utilities may be used to examine data files visualize the location of nested domains compute pressure fields and compute average s
57. RIP to ignore the missing field and to continue plotting rip_root dev null Overwrite the environment variable RIP_ROOT WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 24 POST PROCESSING Plot Specification Table The second part of the RIP UIF consists of the Plot Specification Table The PST provides all of the user control over particular aspects of individual frames and overlays The basic structure of the PST is as follows The first line of the PST is a line of consecutive equal signs This line as well as the next two lines is ignored by RIP it is simply a banner that says this is the start of the PST section After that there are several groups of one or more lines separated by a full line of equal signs Each group of lines is a frame specification group FSG and it describes what will be plotted in a single frame of metacode Each FSG must end with a full line of equal signs so that RIP can determine where individual frames starts and ends Each line within a FGS is referred to as a plot specification line PSL A FSG that consists of three PSL lines will result in a single metacode frame with three overlaid plots Example of a frame specification groups FSG s feld tmc ptyp hc vcor p levs 850 gt cint 2 cmth fill cosq 32 light violet 24 violet 16 blue 8 green 0 yellow 8 red gt 16 orange 24 brown 32 light gray feld ght ptyp hc cint 30 linw 2 feld uuu vvv ptyp hv vcemx
58. Software layers The fire code is called from WRF file dyn _em module first rk step parti The output of the fire code the heat and moisture tendencies are stored on exit from the fire code and added to the tendencies in WRF later ina call to update phy ten from dyn_em module first rk step part2 The fire code itself consists from the following files in the phys directory each constituting a distinct software layer module fr sfire driver F Fire driver layer Subroutines called directly from WRF All parallelism is contained here The rest of the code runs is called on a single tile module fr sfire atm F Atmosphere fire interaction layer routines to interface fire and the atmosphere interpolate between fire and atmosphere module fr sfire model F Fire model layer The fire model itself callable independently of WRF Calls the core and the physics layers Formulated in terms of the fire grid only Intended to be independent of particular mathematical methods used in the core layer module fr sfire core F Core layer Numerical algorithms for fire propagation and fuel decay calculation Dimensionless Calls the physics layer for the fire spread rate module fr sfire phys F Fire physics layer Physical fire spread model and associated initialization module fr sfire util F Utilities layer Used by all other layers Declares scalar switches and parameters Contains all interpolation and other service routines that may be general in nature
59. The first three lines in the file are regarded as header information and are ignored Given atslist file for each location inside a model domain either coarse or nested a file containing time series variables at each model time step will be written with the name pfx d lt domain gt TS where pfx is the specified prefix for the location in the tslist file The maximum number of time series locations is controlled by the namelist variable max ts _locs in namelist record amp domains The default value is 5 The time series output contains selected variables at the surface including 2 m temperature vapor mixing ratio 10 m wind components u and v rotated to the earth coordinate etc More information for time series output can be found in WRFV3 run README tslist n Using IO Quilting This option allows a few processors to be set alone to do output only It can be useful and performance friendly if the domain sizes are large and or the time taken to write a output time is getting significant when compared to the time taken to integrate the model in between the output times There are two variables for setting the option nio tasks per group How many processors to use per IO group for IO quilting Typically 1 or 2 processors should be sufficient for this purpose nio groups How many IO groups for IO Default is 1 Examples of namelist for various applications A few physics options sets plus model top and number of vertical levels are p
60. This file is an unformatted Fortran file so another program is required to view the diagnostics tabdiag serves this purpose upscale This program reads in model output in rip format files from a coarse domain and from a fine domain and replaces the coarse data with fine data at overlapping points Any refinement ratio is allowed and the fine domain borders do not have to coincide with coarse domain grid points Preparing data with RIPDP RIP does not ingest model output files directly First a preprocessing step must be executed that converts the model output data files to RIP format data files The primary difference between these two types of files is that model output data files typically contain all times and all variables in a single file or a few files whereas RIP data has each variable at each time in a separate file The preprocessing step involves use of the program RIPDP which stands for RIP Data Preparation RIPDP reads in a model output file or files and separates out each variable at each time Running RIPDP The program has the following usage ripdp XXX n namelist file model data set name basic all data file 1 data file 2 data file 3 In the above the XXX refers to mm5 wrfarw or wrfnamm The argument model data set name can be any string you choose that uniquely defines this model output data set The use of the namelist file is optional The most important information
61. VEGCAT SOILCAT exist 3 use dominant land and soil categories from WPS geogrid number of soil layers in land surface model set in real thermal diffusion scheme for temp only Noah land surface model RUC land surface model Pleim Xu land surface model PX LSM soil moisture initialization option 0 from analysis 1 from LANDUSE TBL SLMO number of landuse categories in input data number of soil categories in input data whether to use monthly albedo map instead of table values Recommended for sst_update 1 use snow albedo from geogrid false means use snow albedo from table use LAI from input data false means using values from table tsk lt seaice_threshold if water point and 5 layer slab scheme set to land point and permanent ice if water point and Noah scheme set to land point permanent ice set temps from 3 m to surface and set smois and sh2o option to use time varying SST seaice WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 49 MODEL tmn_update lagday sst_skin bucket_mm bucket_j slope _rad max_dom 150 0 topo _ shading max_dom 0 shadlen omlcall oml hml0 oml _ gamma isftcflx fractional seaice prec aco dt 25000 0 50 0 14 vegetation fraction and albedo during a model simulation set before running real no SST update real exe will create wrflowinp file s at the same time interval as the available input data Also set auxinput4 inname wrflowinp d
62. a unified global regional multi model 3 4D Var model space data assimilation system WRFDA for use by NCAR staff and col laborators and is also freely available to the general community together with further documentation test results plans etc from the WRFDA web page http www mmm ucar edu wrf users wrfda Docs user_guide_V3 2 users_guide_chap6 ht m Various components of the WRFDA system are shown in blue in the sketch below to gether with their relationship with rest of the WRF system WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 1 WRF Data Assimilation WRF Var in the WRF Modeling System Background Preprocessing WPS real x xf r 7 Cycled Cold Start Background Background Forecast WRF Radar in ASCII Radiance in BUFR PREPBUFR GPSRO in BUFR Blue gt Supported by WRF Var Team x first guess either from previous WRF forecast or from WPS REAL output x lateral boundary from WPS REAL output x analysis from WRFDA data assimilation system x WRF forecast output y observations processed by OBSPROC note PREPBUFR input Radar and Radiance data don t go through OBSPROC Bo background error statistics from generic BE data CV3 or gen_be R observational and representative error statistics In this chapter you will learn how to run the various components of WRFDA system For the training purpose you are supplied with a t
63. and could be conceivably used for multiple purposes and interface to WRF routines such as messages and error exits To maintain independence on WRF this is the only layer that may call any WRF routines fr _ sfire params _args h Include file for subroutine argument lists to pass through all arguments that are needed in the fire spread rate routine in the physics layer Necessary to write this long argument list only once given the WRF requirement that arrays may be passed as arguments only and not shared globally say as pointers Also the include maintains the independence of the core layer on the physics layer and the independence of the fire code on WRF fr sfire params decl h Include file with the matching declarations WRF ARW V3 User s Guide A 14 FIRE The dependencies allowed direction of subroutine and function calls between the layers and WRF are in the following graph WRF Fire Software Layers and Dependencies Atmosphere fire interaction Fire Driver Fire physics l ri Utilities WRF Initialization in idealized case The initialization of model arrays in the idealized case is done in the file dyn_em module initialize fire F This file was adapted from other initialization files in the same directory and extended to deal with fire model variables a Vertically stretched grid Because of the fine meshes used in fire modeling the user may wish to search for the text grid znw k and modi
64. and relative humidity fields strongly deformed by the wind at pressure levels the circles from the standard Cressman scheme are elongated into ellipses oriented along the flow The stronger the wind the greater the eccentricity of the ellipses This scheme reduces to the circular Cressman scheme under low wind conditions Streamline through observations WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 4 OBSGRID Banana Scheme In analyses of wind and relative humidity at pressure levels the circles from the standard Cressman scheme are elongated in the direction of the flow and curved along the streamlines The result is a banana shape This scheme reduces to the Ellipse scheme under straight flow conditions and the standard Cressman scheme under low wind conditions Multiquadric scheme The Multiquadric scheme uses hyperboloid radial basis functions to perform the objective analysis Details of the multiquadric technique may be found in Nuss and Titley 1994 Use of multiquadric interpolation for meteorological objective analysis Mon Wea Rev 122 1611 1631 Use this scheme with caution as it can produce some odd results in areas where only a few observations are available Quality Control for Observations A critical component of OBSGRID is the screening for bad observations Many of these QC checks are optional in OBSGRID Quality Control on Individual Reports e Gross Error Checks sane values pressure decreases with height etc e
65. and sensors e g noaa 15 amsua info noaa 16 amsub info dmsp 16 ssmis info and so on An example for 5 channels from noaa 15 amsub info is shown below The fourth column is used by WRFDA to control if assimilating corresponding channel Channels with the value 1 indicates that the channel is not assimilated channels 1 2 and 4 in this case with the value 1 means assimilated channels 3 and 5 The sixth column is used by WREDA to set the observation error for each channel Other columns are not used by WRFDA It should be mentioned that these error values might not necessarily be optimal for your applications It is user s responsibility to obtain the optimal error statis tics for your own applications sensor channel IR MW use idum varch polarisation 0 vertical 1 horizontal 415 1 1 1 0 0 5500000000E 01 0 0000000000E 00 415 2 1 1 0 0 3750000000E 01 0 0000000000E 00 415 3 1 1 0 0 3500000000E 01 0 0000000000E 00 415 4 1 1 0 0 3200000000E 01 0 0000000000E 00 415 5 1 1 0 0 2500000000E 01 0 0000000000E 00 e Bias Correction Satellite radiance is generally considered biased with respect to a reference e g back ground or analysis field in NWP assimilation due to system error of observation itself reference field and RTM Bias correction is a necessary step prior to assimilating radi ance data In WRFDA there are two ways of performing bias correction One is based on WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 25 WR
66. and wrfbdy_d01 in your WRFDA working directory They are the WRFDA updated initial condition and bound ary condition for any subsequent WRF model runs To use just link a copy of wrfvar_output and wrfbdy_d01 to wrfinput_do1 and wrfbdy_d01 respectively in your WRF working directory Running gen_be Starting with WRFDA version 3 1 the users have two choices to define the background error covariance BE We call them CV3 and CV5 respectively Both are applied to the same set of the control variables stream function unbalanced potential velocity unbal anced temperature unbalanced surface pressure and pseudo relative humidity With CV3 the control variables are in physical space while with CV5 the control variables are in eigenvector space So the major differences between these two kinds of BE are the ver WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 35 WRF Data Assimilation tical covariance CV3 uses the vertical recursive filter to model the vertical covariance but CV5 uses the empirical orthogonal function EOF to represent the vertical covari ance The recursive filters to model the horizontal covariance are also different in these two BEs We have not conducted the systematic comparison of the analyses based on these two BEs However CV3 a BE file provided with our WRFDA system is a global BE and can be used for any regional domains while CV5 is a domain dependent BE which should be generated based in the forecasts data from the same do
67. as ccyy mm dd_hh mn ss time_analysis 2008 02 05 15 00 00 The analysis time as ccyy mm dd_hh mn ss time _window_max 2008 02 05 18 00 00 The latest time edge as ccyy mm dd_hh mn ss amp record6 7 8 Edit all the domain setting according with your own experiment You may pay special attention on NESTIX and NESTJX which is described in thein the section Description of Namelist Variables for details amp record9 use_for 4DVAR used for 3D Var default i num_slots past and num_slots_ ahead are used ONLY for FGAT and 4DVAR num_slots_ past 3 the number of time slots before time_analysis num_slots ahead 3 the number of time slots after time_analysis To run OBSPROC type gt obsproc exe gt amp obsproc out Once obsproc exe has completed successfully you will see 7 observation data files obs gts 2008 02 05 12 00 00 4DVAR obs gts 2008 02 05 13 00 00 4DVAR obs gts 2008 02 05 14 00 00 4DVAR obs gts 2008 02 05 15 00 00 4DVAR WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 13 WRF Data Assimilation obs gts 2008 02 05 16 00 00 4DVAR obs gts 2008 02 05 17 00 00 4DVAR obs gts 2008 02 05 18 00 00 4DVAR They are the input observation files to WRF 4D Var You can also use MAP_Plot to view the geographic distribution of different observations at different time slots Running WRFDA a Download Test Data The WRFDA system requires three input files to run a A WRF first guess and boudary input files output f
68. before advancing the frame set pltres Frame Plot to False Add your text lines directly after the call to the wrf_map_overlays function Once you are done adding text lines advance the frame with the command frame wks wrf_overlays nc_file wks graphics pltres Usage plot wrf_overlays a wks contour vector pltres Overlay contour and vector plots generated with wrf_contour and wrf_vector Can overlay any number of graphics Overlays will be done in order give so always list shaded plots before line or vector plots to ensure the lines and vectors are visible and not hidden behind the shaded plot Typically used for idealized data or cross sections which does not have map background information pltres NoTitles Set to True to remove all field titles on a plot pltres CommonTitle Overwrite field titles with a common title for the overlaid plots Must set pltres PlotTitle to desired new plot title If you want to generate images for a panel plot set pltres PanelPot to True If you want to add text lines to the plot before advancing the frame set pltres Frame Plot to False Add your text lines directly after the call to the wrf_overlays function Once you are done adding text lines advance the frame with the command frame wks wrf_map nc_file wks res Usage map wrf_map a wks opts Create a map background As maps are added to plots automatically via the wrf_map_overlays functi
69. case you should see ndown exe real exe and wrf exe o if you built an ideal data case you should see ideal exe and wrf exe Users wishing to run the WRF chemistry code must first download the WRF model tar file and untar it Then the chemistry code is untar ed in the WRFV3 directory this is the chem directory structure Once the source code from the tar files is combined then users may proceed with the WRF chemistry build WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 2 5 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION Building the WPS Code Building WPS requires that WRFV3 is already built e Get the WPS zipped tar file WPSV3 TAR gz from o 6http www mmm ucar edu wrf users download get_source html e Also download the geographical dataset from the same page there are two choices based on the dataset size e unzip and untar the source code file o gzip cd WPSV3 TAR gz tar xf e cd WPS e configure o choose one of the options o usually option 1 and option 2 are for serial builds that is the best for an initial test most large domains work with a single processor for WPS o WPS requires that you build for the appropriate Grib decoding select an option that is suitable for the data you will use with the ungrib program the Grib2 option will work for either Grib1 or Grib2 data o Ifyou select a Grib2 option you must have those libraries prepared and built in advance see the chapter on WPS for the location of these compression libraries e co
70. categories as the water categories The keywords landmask_water and landmask_land are mutually exclusive Default value is null 1 e a landmask will not be computed from the field 11 LANDMASK LAND One or more comma separated integer values giving the indices of the categories within the field that represents land When landmask_water is specified in the table section of a field for which dest_type categorical the LANDMASK field will be computed from the field using the specified categories as the land categories The keywords landmask_water and landmask_land are mutually exclusive Default value is null 1 e a landmask will not be computed from the field 12 MASKED Either land or water indicating that the field is not valid at land or water points respectively If the masked keyword is used for a field those grid points that are of the masked type land or water will be assigned the value specified by fill_missing Default value is null i e the field is not masked WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 44 WPS 13 FILL MISSING A real value used to fill in any missing or masked grid points in the interpolated field Default value is 1 E20 14 HALT_ON_ MISSING Either yes or no indicating whether geogrid should halt with a fatal message when a missing value is encountered in the interpolated field Default value is no 15 DOMINANT CATEGORY When specified as a character string the effect is to cause geogrid to compute the do
71. data gfs gfs After linking the GRIB files and Vtable a listing of the WPS directory should look something like the following gt 1s drwxr xr x rWXr xr x rwWXr xr x 4096 arch 1672 clean 3510 compile rw r r 85973 compile output rwxr xr x 4257 configure rw r r 2486 configure wps rw Lr 4r 1957004 geo_em d01 nc rw Lr 4r 4745324 geo_em d02 nc drwxr xr x 4096 geogrid Lrwxrwxrwx 23 geogrid exe gt geogrid src geogrid exe rw r r 11169 geogrid log lrwxrwxrwx 38 GRIBFILE AAA gt data gfs gfs_ 080324 12 00 lrwxrwxrwx 38 GRIBFILE AAB gt data gfs gfs 080324 12 06 rWXr xr x drwxr xr x 1328 link_grib csh 4096 metgrid HWPBPPPPPPPWPPPPPAPEPEPPEPEPEPEN lrwxrwxrwx 23 metgrid exe gt metgrid src metgrid exe rw r r 1094 namelist wps rw r r 1987 namelist wps all_options syw r sf 1075 namelist wps global FW r f 652 namelist wps nmm rw r r 4786 README drwxr xr x 4096 ungrib lrwxrwxrwx 21 ungrib exe gt ungrib src ungrib exe drwxr xr x 4096 util lrwxrwxrwx 33 Vtable gt ungrib Variable Tables Vtable GFS After editing the namelist wps file and linking the appropriate Vtable and GRIB files the ungrib exe executable may be run to produce files of meteorological data in the intermediate format Ungrib may be run by simply typing the following gt ungrib exe gt amp ungrib output WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 15 WPS Since the ungrib program may produce a
72. description Dominant category t ALBEDO12M Time month south north west_east ALBEDO12M units percent ALBEDO12M description Monthly surface albedo GREENFRAC Time month south north west_east GREENFRAC units fraction GREENFRAC description Monthly green fraction t SNOALB Time south _north west_east SNOALB units percent SNOALB description Maximum snow albedo SLOPECAT Time south_north west_east SLOPECAT units category SLOPECAT description Dominant category t CON Time south north west east CON units CON description orographic convexity VAR Time south_north west_east VAR units m VAR description stdev of subgrid scale orographic height t OA1 Time south north west east OAl units User s Guide WPS OA1l description orographic asymmetry float OA2 Time south_north west_east OA2Z units OA2 description orographic asymmetry float OA3 Time south _north west _east OA3 units OA3 description orographic asymmetry float OA4 Time south_north west _east OA4 units OA4 description orographic asymmetry float OL1 Time south_north west_east OLl units fraction OL1l description ef
73. developers use only to further develop and tune the numerical methods Leave as is unless directed by the developers WREF ARW V3 User s Guide A 4 FIRE namelist fire This file serves to redefine the fuel categories if the user wishes to alter default fuel properties Variable names amp fuel scalars cmbcnst hfgl fuelme g fuelme nfuelcats no fuel cat amp fuel categories fgi fueldepthm weight fei fect ichap Description Scalar fuel constants The energy released per unit fuel burned for cellulosic fuels constant 1 7433e7 J kg The threshold heat flux from a surface fire at which point a canopy fire is ignited above in W m Surface fuel fuel moisture content in percent expressed in decimal form from 0 00 1 00 Canopy fuel fuel moisture content in percent expressed in decimal form from 0 00 1 00 Number of fuel categories defined default 13 The number of the dummy fuel category specified to be used where there is no fuel Domain specifications The initial mass loading of surface fuel in kg m in each fuel category Fuel depth m Fuel Surface area to volume ratio m Fuel moisture content of extinction in percent expressed in decimal form from 0 00 1 00 Fuel particle density Ib ft 32 if solid 19 if rotten Fuel particle total mineral content kg minerals kg wood Fuel particle effective mineral content kg m
74. diff oth opt max_dom Q diff 6th factor max_dom damp_opt zdamp max dom dampcoef max_dom w_damping base pres base temp base_ lapse iso_temp use baseparm fr_nml khdif kvdift max_dom max_dom smdiv max_dom emdiv max dom 0 12 5000 0 1 100000 290 50 0 false 0 1 0 01 6th order numerical diffusion 0 no 6th order diffusion default 1 6th order numerical diffusion 2 6th order numerical diffusion but prohibit up gradient diffusion 6th order numerical diffusion non dimensional rate max value 1 0 corresponds to complete removal of 2dx wave in one timestep upper level damping flag without damping with diffusive damping maybe used for real data cases dampcoef nondimensional 0 01 0 1 with Rayleigh damping dampcoef inverse time scale 1 s e g 0 003 with w Rayleigh damping dampcoef inverse time scale 1 s e g 0 2 for real data cases damping depth m from model top damping coefficient see damp_opt vertical velocity damping flag for operational use without damping with damping Base state surface pressure Pa real only Do not change Base state sea level temperature K real only real data ONLY lapse rate K DO NOT CHANGE isothermal temperature in stratosphere real only enable the model to be extended to 5 mb for backward compatibility to use with old wrfinput file horizontal diffusion constant m 2 s
75. dry static energy WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 19 OBSGRID For satellite and aircraft observations data are often horizontally spaced with only a single vertical level The following two entries describe how far the user assumes that the data are valid in pressure space max p extend t 1300 Pressure difference Pa through which a single temperature report may be extended max p extend w 1300 Pressure difference Pa through which a single wind report may be extended Namelist record5 The data in record5 control the enormous amount of printout that may be produced by the OBSGRID program These values are all logical flags where TRUE will generate output and FALSE will turn off output print_obs_files print_found obs print header print _ analysis print_qc_vert print _ qc dry print error max print buddy print_oa Namelist record7 The data in record7 concerns the use of the first guess fields and surface FDDA analysis options Always use the first guess Namelist Variable Value Description use first guess TRUE a use first guess use first guess TRUE TRUE Turns on TRUE or off FALSE the creation a ie A intf4d 10800 Time interval in seconds between surface analysis times lagtem FALSE Use the previous time period s final surface analysis for this time period s first guess lagtem TRUE or Use a temporal interpolation between upper air times as the first guess f
76. extrapolation constant CFN units CFN1 Time CFN1 description extrapolation constant CFN1 units Q2 Time south _north west_east Q2 description QV at 2 M Q2 units kg kg 1 T2 Time south_north west_east T2 description TEMP at 2 M T2 units K TH2 Time south north west_east TH2 description POT TEMP at 2 M TH2 units K PSFC Time south north west_east PSFC description SFC PRESSURE PSFC units Pa U10 Time south _north west_east U10 description U at 10 M U10 units m s 1 V10 Time south_north west _east WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 63 MODEL float float float float float float float V10 description V at 10 M V1l0 units m s 1 RDX Time RDX description INVERSE X GRID LENGTH RDX units RDY Time RDY description INVERSE Y GRID LENGTH RDY units RESM Time RESM description TIME WEIGHT CONSTANT FOR SMALL STEPS RESM units ZETATOP Time ZETATOP description ZETA AT MODEL TOP ZETATOP units CF1 Time CF1 description CFl units CF2 Time CF2 description 2nd order extrapolation constant CF2 units CF3 Time CF3 description CF3 units 2nd order extrapolation constant 2nd order extrapolation constant int ITIMESTEP Time float float float float float float float float
77. from ob bufr not fully tested 2 ob_format_ascii output from obsproc read in data from ob ascii default 3 ob_format_madis not tested 1 1 3DVar gt 1 number of time slots for FGAT and 4DVAR true for ob_format 1 NCEP PREPBUEFR only thining is mandatory for ob_format 1 as time duplicate data are thinned within thinning routine how ever thin_conv can be set to false for debugging purpose 20 for ob_format 1 NCEP PREPBUFR only max_instrume km each observation type can set its thinning mesh nts and the index order follows the definition in WRFDA Vvar da da_control da_control f90 true use_xxxobs true assimilate xxx obs if available true false not assimilate xxx obs even available true true true true true true WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 45 WRF Data Assimilation use bogusobs true use buoyobs true use profilerobs true use _satemobs true use gpspwobs true use _gpsrefobs true use _qscatobs true use radarobs false use radar rv false use radar rf false use _airsretobs true use_hirs2o0bs use_hirs3obs use_hirs4obs use_mhsobs uSe_msuobs use_amsuaobs use_amsubobs use_airsobs uSe_eos_amsuaobs use_hsbobs use_ssmisobs are radiance related variables that only control if reading in corresponding BUFR files into WRFDA or not but do not control if assimilate the data or not Some more variables have to be set in amp wrfvar14 in order to assimilate radiance data
78. fs fs fs fs fs fs fs fs fs fs nl1 nl_d01_2008 02 05 13 nl nl_d01_ 2008 02 05 14 nl nl_d01_2008 02 05 16 nl nl_d01_ 2008 02 05 18 ad ad_d01_2008 02 05 12 t1 t1l_d01_2008 02 05 13 t1 tl_d01_ 2008 02 05 14 tlt dol 2008 02 05 16 tl tl_ do1_ _2008 02 05_ 18 WORK_DIR ad af01 auxinput3_d01_ 2008 02 05 12 00 af02 auxinput3_d01_ 2008 02 05 13 00 af03 auxinput3_d01_ 2008 02 05 14 00 af04 auxinput3_d01_ 2008 02 05 15 00 af05 auxinput3_d01_ 2008 02 05 16 00 af06 auxinput3_d01_ 2008 02 05 17 00 af 07 auxinput3 d01 2008 02 05 18 00 fs fs fs fs fs fs fs 00 00 nl nl_ dol _2008 02 05 Bs 00 nl nl_ dol _2008 02 05_ 17 00 00 00 00 00 00 tl els dol _2008 02 05_ T53 00 tl tr dol _2008 02 05_ 17 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 g02 g03 g04 g05 g06 g07 groli t102 t103 t104 t105 t106 t107 ascii ascii ascii ascii ascii ascii ascii 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4 Run in single processor mode serial compilation required for WRFDA WRFNL and WRFPLUS e Edit SWoRK_DIR namelist input to match your experiment settings e gt cp WORK_DIR n1l namelist input serial SWORK_DIR nl namelist input e Edit SWoRK_DIR n1 namelist input to match your experiment settings e gt cp SWORK _DIR ad namelist input serial SWORK_DIR ad namelist input
79. gt gt S name B40 Name of station gt platform B40 Description of the measurement device source B40 GTS NCAR ADP BOGUS etc elevation F20 5 station elevation m num vld fld Number of valid fields in the report num_vid_fld r10 num error I10 Number of errors encountered during the decoding of this observation num warning rlo Number of warnings encountered during decoding of this observation seq num num I10 Sequence number of this observation num dups I10 Number of duplicates touned for this Cbservation is_sound ke T F Multiple levels or a single level bogus kio e bogus report or normal one discard T F Duplicate and discarded or merged report sut moo Seconds since 0000 UTC 1 January 1970 julian Lie Day of the year date char A20 YYYYMMDDHHmmss slp qc F13 5 I7 Sea level pressure Pa and a QC flag WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 13 OBSGRID rei pres Gen sno I7 Reference pressure level for thickness Pa and a OC flag a S 0p Ileeotel TMauj cc mes GO cicl oe alee eee 17 Sea Surface Temperature K and QC eA 5 17 Precipitation Accumulation and QC lc_max qo 5 I7 Daily maximum T K and QC E min GE Hf E i H w Ui Ly Daily mimimim T K amc OC E min night PIl3 5 17 Overnight minimum W K anc OC qc BD tendo3 ge F13 5 I7 3 hour pressure change Pa and QC p_tend24 qc
80. highres_elev subgrid yes This table assumes that the converted data resides as a subdirectory of the standard data directory given in the namelist under the option geog data_path The NFUEL_CAT data should reside in landfire and ZSF in highres_elev In general the only options that should be modified by the user are the rel_path or abs_path options Once the data has been obtained and converted and the geogrid table has been properly set up the user can run geogrid exe which will create files such as geo_em d01 nc that contain the interpolated static data fields Ungrib and Metgrid The ungrib executable performs initial processing on atmospheric data There are many different datasets that can be used as input to ungrib One must obtain this data manually for a given simulation Because fire simulations will be at a much higher resolution than most atmospheric simulations it is advisable to get as high resolution data as possible The 32 km resolution data from the North American Regional Reanalysis NARR is likely a good choice This data is available freely from https dss ucar edu datazone dsszone ds608 0 NARR 3HRLY_TAR For real data WRF runs three individual datasets from this website are required 3d flx and sfc To use them download the files for the appropriate date time and extract them somewhere on your filesystem The files have the naming convention NARR3D_200903_0103 tar NARR indicates it comes from the NARR model
81. idealized cases To install WRF Fire follow the installation instructions in Chapter 5 to configure WRF and set up the environment For an idealized case use compile em fire to build WRF for one of the several supplied ideal examples This will create the links wrf exe and ideal exe in the directory test em_fire The examples are in its subdirectories The links wrf exe and ideal exe in the subdirectories point to the parent directory To run the smal1 idealized example type cd test em_fire cp examples small ideal exe wrf exe Other idealized examples supplied in test em_fire examples directory are hill nested and fireflux Each directory contains all files needed to run the example namely namelist input namelist fire and input sounding The file namelist input contains an additional section amp fire with parameters of the fire model and ignition coordinates The file namelist fire contains an additional namelist used to enter custom fuel properties Fire variables in namelist input Variable names Value Description amp domains Domain definition sr xX 10 Fire mesh is 10 times finer than the innermost atmospheric mesh in the x direction This number must be even sr y 10 Fire mesh is 10 times finer than the innermost atmospheric mesh in the y direction This number must be even WRF ARW V3 User s Guide A 3 FIRE amp fire ifire fire fuel read fire num_ignitions 3 fire igniti
82. idt gmeta Read more about this utility in Chapter 3 of this Users Guide Display ungrib intermediate files WPS util plotfmt exe can be used to display intermediate files created by WPS ungrib exe If you have created intermediate files manually it is a very good practice to use this utility to display the data in your files first before running WPS metgrid exe Note If you plan on manually creating intermediate files refer to http www mmm ucar edu wrf OnLineTutorial WPS IM_files htm for detailed information about the file formats and sample programs This utility reads intermediate files and creates an ncgm file that can be viewed with the NCAR Graphics command idt e g idt gmeta Read more about this utility in Chapter 3 of this Users Guide netCDF data netCDF stands for network Common Data Form Most of the information below can be used for WRF netCDF data as well as other netCDF datasets netCDF is one of the current supported data formats chosen for WRF I O API Advantages of using netCDF Most graphical packages support netCDF file formats netCDF files are platform independent big endian little endian A lot of software already exists which can be used to process manipulate netCDF data WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 14 UTILITIES AND TOOLS Documentation http www unidata ucar edu General netCDF documentation http www unidata ucar edu software netcdf fguide pdf NETCDF User s Gu
83. in RTTOV directory WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 2 7 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION e configure wrfda o serial means single processor o smpar means Symmetric Multi Processing Shared Memory Parallel OpenMP dmpar means Distributed Memory Parallel MPI dm sm means Distributed Memory with Shared Memory for example MPI across nodes with OpenMP within a node e compile all_wrfvar e ls ls var build exe o If the compilation was successful da_wrfvar exe da_update_bc exe and other executables should be found in the var build directory and their links are in var da directory obsproc exe should be found in the var obsproc sre directory WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 2 8 WPS Chapter 3 WRF Preprocessing System WPS Table of Contents e Introduction e Function of Each WPS Program e Installing the WPS e Running the WPS e Creating Nested Domains with the WPS e Selecting Between USGS and MODIS based Land Use Data e Selecting Static Data for the Gravity Wave Drag Scheme e Using Multiple Meteorological Data Sources e Parallelism in the WPS e Checking WPS Output e WPS Utility Programs e Writing Meteorological Data to the Intermediate Format e Creating and Editing Vtables e Writing Static Data to the Geogrid Binary Format e Description of Namelist Variables e Description of GEOGRID TBL Options e Description of index Options e Description of METGRID TBL Options e Available Interpolation Options in Geogrid and Met
84. input file wrfinput_d01 of any subsequent WRF runs after lateral boundary and or low boundary conditions are updated by another WRFDA utility See section Updating WRF boundary conditions A NCL script WRFDA var graphics ncl WRF Var_plot ncl is provided for plotting You need to specify the analsyis file name its full path etc Please see the in line comments in the script for details As an example if you are aiming to display U component of the analysis at level 18 exe cute the following command after modifying the script WRFDA var graphcs ncl WRF Var_plot ncl make sure the following piece of codes are uncommented var U fg first_guess gt U an analysis gt U plot_data an When you execute the following command from WRFDA var graphics ncl gt ncl WRF Var_plot ncl WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 32 WRF Data Assimilation The plot should look like U 18 ms 1 x 10 10 a y 4 5 60 You may change the variable name level etc in this script to display the variable of your choice at the desired eta level Take time to look through the text output files to ensure you understand how WRFDA works For example How closely has WRFDA fitted individual observation types Look at the statistics file to compare the O B and O A statistics How big are the analysis increments Again look in the statistics file to see mini mum maximum values of A B for each variable at various levels It will g
85. into geogrid format The format specification of the geogrid format is given in the WPS section of the WRF users guide The process of this conversion is somewhat technical however work is in progress to automate it See the openwfm wiki http www openwfm org wiki for the latest information and links to helper scripts and source code Editing GEOGRID TBL In order to include your custom data into the WPS output you must add a description of it in the GEOGRID TBL file which is located by default in the geogrid subdirectory of the main WPS distribution In addition to the standard options described in the WPS users guide there is one additional option that is necessary for defining data for fire grid variables For them there is a subgrid option which is off by default For fire grid data one should add the option subgrid yes to indicate that the variable should be defined on a refined subgrid with a refinement ratio defined by the subgrid_ ratio xy option the wps namelist For example typical table entries would appear as follows WREF ARW V3 User s Guide A 8 FIRE name NFUEL CAT priority 1 dest_type categorical dominant _only NFUEL CAT z dim name fuel cat halt_on_missing yes interp option default nearest_neighbort average lopt search rel path default landfire subgrid yes name ZSF priority 1 dest_type continuous halt_on_missing yes interp option default four pt rel path default
86. iteration stopped after Gradient WRUODRPRPENNAUNYTRPERE 15 iter Diagnostics Jb Jb Jb Jb Jb Jb Je Total Final Final Final Final Final Final Final J factor factor factor factor factor factor factor 82455068D 02 64971618D 02 13694365D 02 87359568D 01 71607218D 01 18746777D 01 95722963D 01 34205172D 01 63772518D 01 09735524D 01 22748934D 00 65846963D 00 15664769D 00 16925808D 00 Final cost function J number of obs value of J value of Jo value of Jb value of Jc value of Je value of Jp total num_obs used 1 VarBC factor used 1 2 28356084D 04 Gradient 2 23656955D 02 2 23656955D 00 Step 47025772D 02 05531077D 02 22382618D 02 51905761D 02 94572516D 02 30731280D 02 13223951D 02 05920463D 02 48090044D 02 71148550D 02 81041046D 02 89528133D 02 45589721D 02 35300020D 02 15 iterations J 1 76436785D 04 g 2 06098421D 00 17643 68 26726 17643 67853 15284 64894 2359 02958 0 00000 0 00000 00000 66017 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 PRRPRPRPRPRROO WRF Var completed successfully A file called namelist output which contains the complete namelist settings will be generated after a successful da_wrfvar exe run The settings appearing in nam elist output but not specified in your namelist input are the default values from WRFDA Registry Registry wrfvar
87. km coarse grid model domain the namelist input file would be WREF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 8 UTILITIES AND TOOLS amp tc insert bogus storm true remove storm false latc loc 25 0 lonc loc 75 0 vmax meters per second 61 7 rmax 90000 0 vmax ratio 0 75 Program tc exe The program tc exe is automatically built along with the rest of the ARW executables However this is a serial program For the time being it is the best to build this program using serial and no nesting options Running tc exe 1 Run all of the WPS programs as normal geogrid ungrib and metgrid 2 As usual link in the metgrid output files into either the test em_real or the run directory 3 Edit the namelist input file for usage with the tc exe program Add in the required fields from the amp tc record and only process a single time period 4 Run tc exe 5 Rename the output file auxinput1_d01_ lt date gt to the name that the real exe program expects met_em d01 lt date gt note that this will overwrite your original metgrid exe output file for the initial time period 6 Edit the namelist input file to process all of the time periods for the real exe program WREF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 9 UTILITIES AND TOOLS v_interp This utility can be used to add vertical levels in WRF ARW netCDF input An example of the usage would be one way nesting via program ndown Since program ndown does not
88. lete opts MAKE PLOTS pl ot wrf_map_overlays a wks contour te contour psl vector pltres mpres en d Extra sample scripts are available at http www mmm ucar edu wrf OnLineTutorial Graphics NCL NCL_examples htm Run NCL scripts l 2 Ensure NCL is successfully installed on your computer Ensure that the environment variable NCARG_ROOT is set to the location where NCL is installed on your computer Typically for cshrc shell the command will look as follows setenv NCARG ROOT usr local ncl WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 6 POST PROCESSING 3 Create an NCL plotting script 4 Run the NCL script you created nel NCL script The output type created with this command is controlled by the line wks gsn_open_wk type Output inside the NCL script where type can be x11 pdf ncgm ps or eps For high quality images create pdf ps or eps images directly via the ncl scripts type pdf ps eps See the Tools section in Chapter 10 of this User s Guide for more information concerning other types of graphical formats and conversions between graphical formats Functions Procedures under NCARG_ ROOT lib ncarg nclscripts wrf WRFUserARW ncl wrf_user_getvar nc_file fld it Usage ter wrf_user_getvar a HGT 0 Get fields from netCDF file for any given time Or all times by setting it 1 Any field available in the netCDF file can be extracted f
89. lt domain gt auxinput4 interval and io form _auxinput4 required in V3 2 in namelist section amp time_control update deep layer soil temperature useful for long simulations days over which tmn is computed using skin temperature calculate skin SST useful for long simulations bucket reset values for water accumulation unit in mm useful for long simulations 1 inactive bucket reset value for energy accumulations unit in Joules useful for long simulations 1 inactive slope effects for ra_sw_physics 1 on O off neighboring point shadow effects for ra_sw_physics l on O off max shadow length in meters for topo shading 1 simple ocean mixed layer model 1 on O off gt 0 initial ocean mixed layer depth m constant everywhere lt 0 use input lapse rate in deep water for oml K m 1 alternative Ck Cd for tropical storm application O off 1 constant Zog 2 Garratt treat seaice as fractional field 1 or ice no ice flag 0 number of minutes in precipitation bucket if set greater than 0 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 50 MODEL amp fdda for grid nudging grid fdda max_ dom gfdda_inname gfdda_interval max_dom gfdda_end_h max_dom io form _gfdda fgdt fgdtzero if no pbl n m if_no_pb m if_no_pb m if_no_pb m ax dom ax_dom ax_dom ax dom lon JL ln max_dom dging_uv dging t dgin
90. mother domain of the nest domain s low left corner point 1 1 For WRF application NUMC 1 NESTI 1 and NESTJ 1 are always set to be 1 Name of the prebufr OBS file prepbufr_table_filename not change output 1 prebufr OBS file only 2 ASCII OBS file only 3 Both prebufr and ASCII OBS files 3DVAR obs file same as before default FGAT obs files for FGAT 4ADVAR obs files for 4DVAR the number of time slots before time_analysis the number of time slots after time_analysis If keep synop obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep ship obs in obs_gts ASCID files If keep metar obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep buoy obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep pilot obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep sound obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep amdar obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep satem obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep satob obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep airep obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep gpspw obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep gpsztd obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep gpsref obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep gpseph obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep ssmt1 obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep ssmt2 obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep ssmi obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep tovs obs in obs_gts ASCII files If keep qscat obs in obs_gts ASCII files WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 57 WRF Data Assimilation write profl If keep profile obs in obs_gts ASCII fi
91. multiple processors each processor will write its own log file with the log file names being appended with the same four digit processor ID numbers that are used for the I O API files Checking WPS Output When running the WPS it may be helpful to examine the output produced by the programs For example when determining the location of nests it may be helpful to see the interpolated static geographical data and latitude longitude fields As another example when importing a new source of data into WPS either static data or meteorological data it can often be helpful to check the resulting interpolated fields in order to make adjustments the interpolation methods used by geogrid or metgrid By using the NetCDF format for the geogrid and metgrid I O forms a variety of visualization tools that read NetCDF data may be used to check the domain files processed by geogrid or the horizontally interpolated meteorological fields produced by metgrid In order to set the file format for geogrid and metgrid to NetCDF the user should specify 2 as the io _form_geogrid and io form_metgrid in the WPS namelist file Note 2 is the default setting for these options amp share io_form_geogrid 2 amp metgrid io _form_metgrid ll N Among the available tools the ncdump ncview and new RIP4 programs may be of interest The ncdump program is a compact utility distributed with the NetCDF libraries that lists the variables and attributes in a
92. netCDF name is UU with the accompanying description and units provided lt Table gt lt Type gt lt Sym gt lt Dims gt state real u_ge igj lt Use gt lt NumTLev gt lt Stagger gt lt IO gt dyn_em 1 XZ il lt DNAME gt lt DESCRIP gt lt UNITS gt UU x wind component m s 1 oe oe If a variable is not staggered a dash is inserted instead of leaving a blank space The same dash character is required to fill in a location when a field has no IO specification The variable description and units columns are used for post processing purposes only this information is not directly utilized by the model When adding new variables to the Registry file users are warned to make sure that variable names are unique The lt Sym gt refers to the variable name inside the WRF model and it is not case sensitive The lt DNAME gt is quoted and appears exactly as typed Do not use imbedded spaces While it is not required that the lt Sym gt and lt DNAME gt use the same character string it is highly recommended The lt DESCRIP gt and the lt UNITS gt are optional however they are a good way to supply self documenation to the Registry Since the lt DESCRIP gt value is used in the automatic code generation restrict the variable description to 40 characters or less From this example we can add new requirements for a variable Suppose that the variable to be added is not specific to any dynamical core We would change the
93. number of sen sors to be assimilated RTMINIT PLATFORM the platforms IDs array to be assimilated with dimension RTMINIT_NSENSOR e g 1 for NOAA 9 for EOS 10 for METOP and 2 for DMSP RTMINIT_SATID satellite IDs array and RTMINIT_SENSOR sensor IDs array e g 0 for HIRS 3 for AMSU A 4 for AMSU B 15 for MHS 10 for SSMIS 11 for AIRS For instance the configuration for assimilating 12 sensors from 7 satellites what WRFDA can assimilated currently will be RTMINIT NSENSOR 12 5 AMSUA 3 AMSUB 2 MHS 1 AIRS 1 SSMIS RTMINIT PLATFORM 1 1 1 9 10 a 1 10 9 2 RTMINIT SATID 15 16 18 2 2 15 16 17 18 2 2 16 RTMINIT SENSOR 3323 33 34 4 4 4 15 15 11 10 The instrument triplets platform satellite and sensor ID in the namelist can be ranked in any order More detail about the convention of instrument triplet can be found at the ta bles 2 and 3 in RTTOV8 9 Users Guide http www metoffice gov uk research interproj nwpsaf rtm rttov8_ug pdf Or http www metoffice gov uk research finterproj nwpsaf rtm rttov9_files users_guide_91 _v1 6 pdf CRTM uses a different instrument naming method A convert routine inside WREDA is already created to make CRTM use the same instrument triplet as RTTOV such that the user interface remains the same for RTTOV and CRTM When running WRFDA with radiance assimilation switched on RTTOV or CRTM a set of RTM coefficient files need to be loaded For RTTOV option RTTOV coefficient files are t
94. observation file for example at the analysis time Oh for 4D Var all ob servations from Oh to 6h will be processed and grouped in 7 sub windows from slot1 to slot7 as illustrated in following figure NOTE The Analysis time in the figure below is not the actual analysis time Oh it just indicates the time_analysis setting in the namelist file and is set to three hours later than the actual analysis time The actual analysis time is still Oh WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 12 WRF Data Assimilation e Time window m_m Oh lh 2h Analysis time 4h 5h 6h sloti slot2 slot3 slot4 slot5 slot6 slot7 An example file named namelist_obsproc 4dvar wrfvar tut has already been cre ated in the var obsproc directory Thus proceed as follows gt cp namelist obsproc 4dvar wrfvar tut namelist obsproc In the namelist file you need to change the following variables to accommodate your ex periments In this test case the actual analysis time is 2008 02 05 12 00 00 butin namelist the time analysis should be set to 3 hours later The different value of time_analysis will make the different number of time slots before and after time_analysis For example if you set time_analysis 2008 02 05_ 16 00 00 and set the num_slots_past 4 and time_slots_ahead 2 The final results will be same as before amp record1 obs_gts_ filename obs 2008020512 amp record2 time _window_ min 2008 02 05 12 00 00 The earliest time edge
95. on typhoon data including instructions for preparing satellites images and NCL plots to display in the scene To understand the meaning or function of an element in the VAPOR user interface Tool tips Place the cursor over a widget for a couple of seconds and a one sentence description is provided Context sensitive help From the Help menu click on Explain This and then click with the left mouse button on a widget to get a longer technical explanation of the functionality WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 55 POST PROCESSING WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 56 UTILITIES AND TOOLS Chapter 10 Utilities and Tools Table of Contents e Introduction e read wrf ne e iowrf e p_interp e TC Bogus Scheme e v interp e Tools Introduction This chapter contains a number of short utilities to read and manipulate WRF ARW data Also included in this chapter are references to some basic third part software which can be used to view change input and output data files read_wrf_nc This utility allows a user to look at a WRF netCDF file at a glance What is the difference between this utility and the netCDF utility ncdump e This utility has a large number of options to allow a user to look at the specific part of the netCDF file in question e The utility is written in Fortran 90 which will allow users to add options This utility can be used for both WRF ARW and WRF NMM cores It can be used for geogrid metg
96. physics 8 ra lw physics 1 ra sw physics 2 radt 10 sf sfclay physics 1 sf surface physics 1 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 24 MODEL bldt cu physics cudt isftcflx bl pbl physics plop requested e vert e Regional climate case at 10 30 km grid sizes e g runs mp physics ra_lw_physics ra_sw_physics radt sf sfclay physics sf surface physics bl pbl physics bldt cu physics cudt Sst update tmn_update S b b st skin ucket mm UCkeE J plop requested e vert spec_bdy width spec zone relax zone spec_exp Check Output only on 12 km grid 2000 36 used in NCAR s regional climate WWW Or o yry er 1000 Once a model run is completed it is a good practice to check a couple of things quickly If you have run the model on multiple processors using MPI you should have a number of rsl out and rsl error files Type tail rsl out 0000 to see if you get SUCCESS COMPLETE WRF This is a good indication that the model has run successfully The namelist options are written to a separate file namelist output WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 25 MODEL Check the output times written to wrfout file by using netCDF command ncdump v Times wrfout_d01_ yyyy mm dd_hh 00 00 Take a look at either rsl1 out 0000 file or other standard out file This file logs the times taken to compute for one model ti
97. positive numbers indicating moving toward east and north while negative numbers indicating moving toward west and south Parameter max moves is set to be 50 but can be modified in source code file frame module_driver_constants F if needed To make the automatic moving nested runs select the vortex following option when configuring Again note that this compile would only support auto moving nest and will not support the specified moving nested run or static nested run at the same time Again no nest input is needed If one wants to use values other than the default ones add and edit the following namelist variables in amp domains section vortex interval how often the vortex position is calculated in minutes default is 15 minutes max vortex speed used with vortex_interval to compute the radius of search for the new vortex center position default is 40 m sec corral dist the distance in number of coarse grid cells that the moving nest is allowed to come near the coarse grid boundary default is 8 This parameter can be used to center the telescoped nests so that all nests are moved together with the storm track level the pressure level in Pa where the vortex is tracked WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 18 MODEL time to move the time in minutes to move a nest This option may help with the case when the storm is still too weak to be tracked by the algorithm When automatic moving nest is employed the mod
98. pressure SURFACE PRESSURE 1 1 Terrain height SURFACE HEIGHT 7 1 Skin potential temperature SURFACE POT TEMP 13 1 Skin specific humidity SURFACE SPEC HUMID 51 1 Skin dew point temperature SURFACE DEWPOINT 17 1 Skin Relative humidity SURFACE REL HUMID 52 1 Skin temperature SFC SKIN TEMPRATUR 11 1 Soil temperature at the bottom of soil layers BOTTOM SOIL TEMP 85 111 Soil temperature in between each of soil layers SOIL TEMPERATURE 85 112 Soil moisture in between each of soil layers SOIL MOISTURE 144 112 Snow water equivalent SNOW WATER 65 1 EQUIVALNT Snow cover in percentage PERCENT SNOW COVER 238 1 Heat exchange coeff at surface SFC EXCHANGE COEF 208 1 Vegetation cover GREEN VEG COVER 87 1 Soil moisture availability SOIL MOISTURE AVAIL 207 112 Ground heat flux instantaneous INST GROUND HEAT FLX 155 1 Lifted index surface based LIFTED INDEX SURFCE 131 101 Lifted index best LIFTED INDEX BEST 132 116 Lifted index from boundary layer LIFTED INDEX BNDLYR 24 116 CAPE CNVCT AVBL POT ENRGY 157 1 CIN CNVCT INHIBITION 156 1 Column integrated precipitable water PRECIPITABLE WATER 54 200 Column integrated cloud water TOTAL COLUMN CLD 136 200 WTR Column integrated cloud ice TOTAL COLUMN CLD ICE 137 200 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 46 POST PROCESSING Column
99. process the wrong files and if there are no data in the wrongly specified file for a particular time OBSGRID will happily provide you with an analysis of no observations Run the program Run the program by invoking the command obsgrid exe gt amp obsgrid out Check the obsgrid out file for information and runtime errors WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 8 OBSGRID Check your output Examine the obsgrid out file for error messages or warning messages The program should have created the files called metoa_em Additional output files containing information about observations found and used and discarded will probably be created as well Important things to check include the number of observations found for your objective analysis and the number of observations used at various levels This can alert you to possible problems in specifying observations files or time intervals This information is included in the printout file You may also want to experiment with a couple of simple plot utility programs discussed below There are a number of additional output files which you might find useful These are discussed below Output Files The OBSGRID program generates some ASCII text files to detail the actions taken on observations through a time cycle of the program In support of users wishing to plot the observations used for each variable at each level at each time a file is created with this information Primarily the AS
100. running parallel to the y axis of the grid If the earth s geographic latitude longitude grid coincides with the computational grid a global ARW domain shows the earth s surface as it is normally visualized on a regular latitude longitude grid If instead the geographic grid does not coincide with the model computational grid geographical meridians and parallels appear as complex curves The difference is most easily illustrated by way of example In top half of the figure below the earth is shown with the geographical latitude longitude grid coinciding with the computational latitude longitude grid In the bottom half the geographic grid not shown has been rotated so that the geographic poles of the earth are no longer located at the poles of the computational grid 0 30E 60E 90E 120E 150E 180 150W 120W S0W GOW 30W 0 30E 60E 90E 120E 150E 180 150W 120W SOW 60W 30w WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 11 WPS When WRF is to be run for a regional domain configuration the location of the coarse domain is determined using the ref_lat and ref_lon variables which specify the latitude and longitude respectively of the center of the coarse domain If nested domains are to be processed their locations with respect to the parent domain are specified with the i_parent start and j_parent_start variables further details of setting up nested domains are provided in the section on nested domains Next the dimensions of
101. should be scaled by through multiplication after being read in as integers from tiles of the data set Default value is 1 26 ROW_ORDER A character string either bottom_top or top_bottom specifying whether the rows of the data set arrays were written proceeding from the lowest index row to the highest bottom_top or from highest to lowest top_bottom This keyword may be useful when utilizing some USGS data sets which are provided in top_bottom order Default value is bottom_top 27 ENDIAN A character string either big or little specifying whether the values in the static data set arrays are in big endian or little endian byte order Default value is big 28 ISWATER An integer specifying the land use category of water Default value is 16 29 ISLAKE An integer specifying the land use category of inland water bodies Default value is 1 i e no separate inland water category 30 ISICE An integer specifying the land use category of ice Default value is 24 31 ISURBAN An integer specifying the land use category of urban areas Default value is 1 32 ISOILWATER An integer specifying the soil category of water Default value is 14 33 MMINLU A character string enclosed in quotation marks indicating which section of WRF s LANDUSE TBL and VEGPARM TBL will be used when looking up parameters for land use categories Default value is uses Description of METGRID TBL Options The METGRID TBL file is a t
102. significant volume of output it is recommended that ungrib output be redirected to a file as in the command above If ungrib exe runs successfully the message Successful completion of ungrib e ee es ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ETETE LEELEE A will be written to the end of the ungrib output file and the intermediate files should appear in the current working directory The intermediate files written by ungrib will have names of the form FILE YYYY MM DD_HH unless of course the prefix variable was set to a prefix other than FILE gt 1s drwxr xr x 2 4096 arch rwxr xr x 1 1672 clean rwxr xr x 1 3510 compile rw r r 1 85973 compile output rwxr xr x 1 4257 configure rw r r 1 2486 configure wps rw r r 1 154946888 FILE 2008 03 24 12 rw r r 1 154946888 FILE 2008 03 24 18 iw r _ 1 1957004 geo_em d01 nc fw r f 1 4745324 geo_em d02 nc drwxr xr x 4 4096 geogrid lrwxrwxrwx 1 23 geogrid exe gt geogrid src geogrid exe rw r r 1 11169 geogrid log lrwxrwxrwx 1 38 GRIBFILE AAA gt data gfs gfs 080324 12 00 lrwxrwxrwx 1 38 GRIBFILE AAB gt data gfs gfs_ 080324 12 06 rwxr xr x 1 1328 link _grib csh drwxr xr x 3 4096 metgrid lrwxrwxrwx 1 23 metgrid exe gt metgrid src metgrid exe rw r r 1 1094 namelist wps rw r r 1 1987 namelist wps all_ options rw r r 1 1075 namelist wps global YwWw r p s 1 652 namelist wps nmm rw r r 1 4786 README drwxr xr x 4 4096 ungrib lrwxrwxrwx 1 21
103. table section if there are multiple sources or resolutions for the data source just as multiple resolutions may be specified in a sequence delimited by symbols for geog_data_res See also abs_path No default value 8 ABS_PATH A character string specifying the absolute path to the index and data tiles for the data source A specification is of the general form RES STRING ABS_ PATH where RES STRING is a character string identifying the source or resolution of the data in some unique way and may be specified in the namelist variable geog_data_res and ABS PATH is the absolute path to the data source s files More than one abs_path specification may be given in a table section if there are multiple sources or resolutions for the data source just as multiple resolutions may be specified in a sequence delimited by symbols for geog_data_res See also rel_path No default value 9 OUTPUT_STAGGER A character string specifying the grid staggering to which the field is to be interpolated For ARW domains possible values are u v and m for NMM domains possible values are HH and vv Default value for ARW is m default value for NMM is HH 10 LANDMASK_ WATER One or more comma separated integer values giving the indices of the categories within the field that represents water When landmask_water is specified in the table section of a field for which dest_type categorical the LANDMASK field will be computed from the field using the specified
104. that contain fields RAINC and RAINNC Need z level data as input Will plot a NS and EW cross section of RH and T C Plots will run through middle of the domain Plot some height level fields Need input data on height levels Will plot data on 2 5 10 and 16km levels Need WRF INPUT data on height levels SCRIPTS FOR IDEALIZED DATA bwave gs grav2d gs hill2d gs qss gs SqXx gs sqy gs Need height level data as input Will look for 0 25 and 2 km data to plot Need normal model level data Need normal model level data Need height level data as input Will look for heights 0 75 1 5 4 and 8 km to plot Need normal model level data a input Need normal model level data a input WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 33 POST PROCESSING Examples of plots created for both idealized and real cases are available from http www mmm ucar edu wrf users graphics ARWpost ARWpost htm Trouble Shooting The code executes correctly but you get NaN or Undefined Grid for all fields when displaying the data Look in the ctl file a If the second line is options byteswapped Remove this line from your ctl file and try to display the data again If this SOLVES the problem you need to remove the Dbytesw option from configure arwp b If the line below does NOT appear in your ctl file options byteswapped ADD this line as the second line in the ctl file Try to display the data again If this SOLVES the problem you need
105. the SST intermediate file Typical uses of constants name might look like amp metgrid constants name data ungribbed constants SST_ FILE 2006 08 16 12 or amp metgrid constants name LANDSEA SOILHGT The second metgrid capability that of interpolating data from multiple sources may be useful in situations where two or more complementary data sets need to be combined to produce the full input data needed by real exe To interpolate from multiple sources of time varying meteorological data the g_name variable in the smetgrid namelist record WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 22 WPS should be set to a list of prefixes of intermediate files including path information when necessary When multiple path prefixes are given and the same meteorological field is available from more than one of the sources data from the last specified source will take priority over all preceding sources Thus data sources may be prioritized by the order in which the sources are given As an example of this capability if surface fields are given in one data source and upper air data are given in another the values assigned to the g_name variable may look something like amp metgrid fg name data ungribbed SFC data ungribbed UPPER_AIR To simplify the process of extracting fields from GRIB files the prefix namelist variable in the amp ungrib record may be employed This variable allows the user to control the names of
106. the directory WRFNL gt cd WRFNL gt gzip cd WRFV3 TAR gz tar xf mv WRFV3 WRFNL e Get the WRFNL patch zipped tar file from http www mmm ucar edu wrf users wrfda download wrfnl html WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 7 WRF Data Assimilation e unzip and untar the WRENL patch file gt gzip cd WRFNL3 2 PATCH tar gz tar xf gt configure serial means single processor dmpar means Distributed Memory Parallel MPI smpar is not supported for 4D Var Please select 0 for the second option for no nesting e Compile the WRFNL e gt compile em real e gt 1s ls main exe If you built the real data case you should see wrf exe To install WRFPLUS e Get the WRFPLUS zipped tar file from http www mmm ucar edu wrf users wrfda download wrfplus html e Unzip and untar the file to WRFPLUS e gt gzip cd WRFPLUS3 2 tar gz tar xf e gt cd WRFPLUS e gt configure wrfplus serial means single processor dmpar means Distributed Memory Parallel MPI Note wrfplus was tested on following platforms IBM AIX xlfrte 11 1 0 5 Linux pgf90 6 2 5 64 bit target on x86 64 Linux environmental variable PGHPF_ZMEM yves is needed Mac OS Intel g95 0 91 e Compile WRFPLUS WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 8 WRF Data Assimilation e gt compile wrf e gt ls ls main exe You should see wrfplus exe Running Observation Preprocessor OBSPROC The OBSPROC program reads observa
107. the same way in the same wrf_obs little_r format as standard observations Additional observations must be in the same file as the rest of the observations Existing erroneous observations can be modified easily as the observations input format is ASCII text Identifying an observation report as bogus simply means that it is assumed to be good data no quality control is performed for that report Surface FDDA option The surface FDDA option creates additional analysis files for the surface only usually with a smaller time interval between analyses i e more frequently than the full upper air analyses The purpose of these surface analysis files is for later use in WRF with the surface analysis nudging option The LAGTEM option controls how the first guess field is created for surface analysis files Typically the surface and upper air first guess analysis times is available at twelve hour or six hour intervals while the surface analysis interval may be 3 hours 10800 seconds So at analysis times the available surface first guess is used If LAGTEM is set to FALSE the surface first guess at other times will be temporally interpolated from the first guess at the analysis times If WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 6 OBSGRID LAGTEM is set to TRUE the surface first guess at other times is the objective analysis from the previous time Objective Analysis on Model Nests OBSGRID have the capability to perform the objectiv
108. the time step the model will start with Note that when use adaptive time step is true the value specified for time step is ignored flag 1 implies the maximum time step is 3 starting_time_step Any positive integer number specified the maximum time step flag 1 implies the minimum time step is 0 5 starting_time_step Any positive integer number specified the minumum time step Which domain to drive adaptive time stepping Default is domain 1 number of points in tile x direction number of points in tile y direction can be determined automatically number of tiles per patch alternative to above two items number of processors in x for decomposition number of processors in y for decomposition 1 code will do automatic decomposition gt l for both will be used for WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 44 MODEL amp physics mp physics max _dom mp zero out mp zero _out_thresh mp _tend lim gsfcgce_hail gsfcgce 2ice NNW fF WN KF O 10 14 16 98 1 e 8 10 decomposition Physics options microphysics option no microphysics Kessler scheme Lin et al scheme WSM 3 class simple ice scheme WSM 5 class scheme Ferrier new Eta microphysics WSM 6 class graupel scheme Goddard GCE scheme also use gsfcgce hail and gsfcgce 2ice Thompson graupel scheme 2 moment scheme in V3 1 Milbrandt Yau 2 moment scheme Morrison 2 moment scheme double moment 5 class scheme double moment 6 c
109. time to process end day 25 2 digit day of the ending time to process lend hour 12 2 digit hour of the ending time to process interval 21600 Time interval s between consecutive times to process Namelist record2 The data in record2 define the model grid and names of the input files Variable r am Description domain id sis id Loo ED of domain to process obs filename CHARACTER Root file name may include directory information of the observational files All input files must have the format obs filename lt YYYY MM DD_HH gt One file required for each time period If a wrfsfdda is being created then similar input data files are required for each surface fdda time WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 16 OBSGRID remove data above qc flag 200000 Data with qc flags higher than this will not be output to the OBS DOMAINdxx files Default is to output all data Use 32768 to remove data that failed the buddy and error max tests This does not affect the data used in the OA process When input data is not on an analysis level the data cannot be QC ed This data is never used in the OA process but may make its way into the ASCII output files By setting this parameter to TRUE these observations will be removed from the OBS_DOMAINAxx files trim domain FALSE Set to TRUE if this domain must be cut down on output remove unverified data FALSE
110. tions for the given channel A threshold of number of observations can be set through a namelist option VARBC_ NOBSMIN default 10 under which it is considered that not enough observa tions are present to keep the Coldstart values i e bias predictor statistics and bias pa rameter values for the next cycle In this case the next cycle will do another Coldstart Background Constraint for the bias parameters The background constraint controls the inertia you want to impose on the predictors i e the smoothing in the predictor time series It corresponds to an extra term in the WREDA cost function It is defined through an integer number in the VARBC 1in file This number is related to a number of observations the bigger the number the more inertia constraint If these num bers are set to zero the predictors can evolve without any constraint Scaling factor The VarBC uses a specific preconditioning which can be scaled through a namelist op tion VARBC_ FACTOR default 1 0 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 26 WRF Data Assimilation Offline bias correction The analysis of the VarBC parameters can be performed offline i e independently from the main WRFDA analysis No extra code is needed just set the following MAX VERT _VAR namelist variables to be 0 which will disable the standard control variable and only keep the VarBC control variable MAX VERT_VAR1 0 0 MAX VERT _VAR2 0 0 MAX VERT _VAR3 0 0 MAX VERT VAR4
111. to ADD the Dbytesw option for configure arwp The line options byteswapped is often needed on some computers DEC alpha as an example It is also often needed if you run the converter on one computer and use another to display the data Vis5D For general information about working with Vis5D view the VisSD home page http www ssec wisc edu billh vis5d html WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 34 POST PROCESSING WPP The NCEP WRF Postprocessor was designed to interpolate both WRF NMM and WRF ARW output from their native grids to National Weather Service NWS standard levels pressure height etc and standard output grids AWIPS Lambert Conformal polar stereographic etc in NWS and World Meteorological Organization WMO GRIB format This package also provides an option to output fields on the model s native vertical levels The adaptation of the original WRF Postprocessor package and User s Guide by Mike Baldwin of NSSL CIMMS and Hui Ya Chuang of NCEP EMC was done by Ligia Bernardet NOAA ESRL DTC in collaboration with Dusan Jovic NCEP EMC Robert Rozumalski COMET Wesley Ebisuzaki NWS HQTR and Louisa Nance NCAR DTC Upgrades to WRF Postprocessor versions 2 2 and higher were performed by Hui Ya Chuang and Dusan Jovic NCEP EMC This document will mainly deal with running the WPP package for the WRF ARW modeling system For details on running the package for the WRF NMM system please refer to the WRF NMM U
112. to Download cccccccceseeeeeteees 2 2 Post Processing Utilities eee ceeeecceeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 3 Unix Environment Settings scsssccccsesesssssesecceoceneedeenssncdenneenedeontenedes 2 4 Building the WAP CoOde asses cccectiencheciencd 0ihepidavtheniletiloncheriexteade 2 5 Building the WPS Code ceeeeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 6 Building the WRFDA Code cccececceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 2 7 3 e WRF Preprocessing System WPS Inirod ctioM rsisi a a a 3 1 Function of Each WPS Program cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 2 Installing the WPS eeeecccceeeeeeeceeeecceeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeenenaeaees 3 4 Running the WV PS atest iepccccrniteslenes anceidndienslelaceuadeieeeesdetedevadeteses 3 7 Creating Nested Domains with the WPS 3 18 Selecting Between USGS and MODIS based Land Use Classifications ceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 20 Selecting Static Data for the Gravity Wave Drag Scheme 3 21 Using Multiple Meteorological Data Sources eeeeeeeee 3 22 Parallelism in the WPS ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesnaaeees 3 25 Checking WPS Output sisciscceseecteentcetirce esa fuer ph beeteeerteeeeeecinereeedcs 3 26 WPS Utility Programs cn ctccncccntcnsencscnecdneinetdneiercutnendnendnenenscuenicne 3 27 Writing Meteorological Data to the Intermediate
113. to sfcp false use_tavg_for_tsk false rh2qv_wrt_liquid true smooth_cg_ topo false use _tavg for tsk false vert_refine fact 1 options for preset moving nest num_moves 2 move id max_ moves 2 2 move interval 60 120 max_moves move _cd_x max_moves 1 1 move_cd_y max_moves 1 1 options for automatic moving nest vortex interval 15 max_dom max vortex speed 40 max_dom corral dist max_dom 8 false do not use input surface data vertical interpolation order 1 linear 2 quadratic T use surface values for the lowest eta u v t q F use traditional interpolation optional method to compute model s surface pressure when incoming data only has surface pressure and terrain but not SLP whether to use diurnally averaged surface temp as skin temp The diurnall averaged surface temp can be computed using WPS utility avg_tsfc exe May use this option when SKINTEMP is not present whether to compute Qv with respect to water true or ice false smooth the outer rows and columns of the domain 1 topography w r t the input data whether to use diurnally averaged surface temp as skin temp The diurnall averaged surface temp can be computed using WPS utility avg_tsfc exe May use this option when SKINTEMP is not present vertical refinement factor for ndown total number of moves for all domains a list of nest domain id s one per move time in minutes since the start of this domain th
114. tropopause U WIND AT TROPOPAUSE 33 7 V wind at tropopause V WIND AT TROPOPAUSE 34 7 Wind shear at tropopause SHEAR AT TROPOPAUSE 136 7 Height at tropopause HEIGHT AT TROPOPAUSE 7 7 Temperature at flight levels TEMP AT FD HEIGHTS 11 103 U wind at flight levels U WIND AT FD HEIGHTS 33 103 V wind at flight levels V WIND AT FD HEIGHTS 34 103 Freezing level height above mean sea level HEIGHT OF FRZ LVL 7 4 Freezing level RH REL HUMID AT FRZ LVL 52 4 Highest freezing level height HIGHEST FREEZE LVL 7 204 Pressure in boundary layer 30 mb mean PRESS IN BNDRY LYR 1 116 Temperature in boundary layer 30 mb mean TEMP IN BNDRY LYR 11 116 Potential temperature in boundary layers 30 mb mean POT TMP IN BNDRY LYR 13 116 Dew point temperature in boundary layer 30 mb mean DWPT IN BNDRY LYR 17 116 Specific humidity in boundary layer 30 mb mean SPC HUM IN BNDRY LYR 51 116 RH in boundary layer 30 mb mean REL HUM IN BNDRY LYR 52 116 Moisture convergence in boundary layer 30 mb mean MST CNV IN BNDRY LYR 135 116 Precipitable water in boundary layer 30 mb mean P WATER IN BNDRY LYR 54 116 U wind in boundary layer 30 mb mean U WIND IN BNDRY LYR 33 116 V wind in boundary layer 30 mb mean V WIND IN BNDRY LYR 34 116 Omega in boundary layer 30 mb mean OMEGA IN BNDRY LYR 39 116 Visibility VISIBILITY 20 1 Vegetation type VEGETATION TYPE 225 1 Soil type SOIL TYPE 224 1 Canopy conductance CANOPY CONDUCTANCE 181 1 PBL height PBL HEIGHT 221 1 Slope typ
115. typically modified but only assigned quality control flags e This data can be used as input to the plotting utility plot_sounding exe qc_obs_used dn YY YY MM DD_HH mmss tttt This file contains exactly the same data as in the OBS_DOMAINadxx file but in this case the format is standard wrf_obs little_r data format plotobs_out dn YYYY MM DD_HH mm ss tttt This file lists data by variable and by level where each observation that has gone into the objective analysis is grouped with all of the associated observations for plotting or some other diagnostic purpose The first line of this file is the necessary FORTRAN format required to input the data There are titles over the data columns to aid in the information identification Below are a few lines from a typical file This data can be used as input to the plotting utility plot_level exe 3x a8 3x 16 3x 15 3x a8 3x 2 g13 6 3 2 7 2 3X i7 Number of Observations 00001214 Variable Press Obs Station Obs Obs 1st X QC Name Level Number ID Value Guess Location Location Value U 1001 1 CYYT 6 39806 4 67690 161 51 122 96 0 U 1001 2 CWRA 2 04794 0 891641 162 04 120 03 0 U 1001 3 CWVA 1 30433 1 80660 159 54 125452 0 U 1001 4 CWAR 1 20569 1 07567 15953 121507 0 U 1001 5 CYQX 0 470500 2 10306 156 58 L257 0 U 1001 6 CWDO 0 789376 3 03728 155 34 127 02 0 U 1001 7 CWDS 0 846182 2 14755 157437 118 95 0 Plot Utilities The OBSGRID package provides two utility programs fo
116. ungrib exe gt ungrib src ungrib exe rw r r 1 1418 ungrib log rw r r 1 27787 ungrib output drwxr xr x 3 4096 util lrwxrwxrwx 1 33 Vtable gt ungrib Variable Tables Vtable GFS Step 3 Horizontally interpolating meteorological data with metgrid In the final step of running the WPS meteorological data extracted by ungrib are horizontally interpolated to the simulation grids defined by geogrid In order to run metgrid the namelist wps file must be edited In particular the share and metgrid namelist records are of relevance to the metgrid program Examples of these records are shown below WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 16 WPS amp share wrf_ core ARW max_dom 2 start_date 2008 03 24 12 00 00 2008 03 24 12 00 00 end_date 2008 03 24 18 00 00 2008 03 24 12 00 00 interval seconds 21600 io _form_geogrid 2 amp metgrid fg name io _form_metgrid 7 1 owes FILE 2 ll By this point there is generally no need to change any of the variables in the share namelist record since those variables should have been suitably set in previous steps If the share namelist was not edited while running geogrid and ungrib however the WRF dynamical core number of domains starting and ending times interval between meteorological data and path to the static domain files must be set in the share namelist record as described in the steps to run geogrid and ungrib In t
117. usr local ncl hluresfile Create a file called hluresfile in your HOME directory This file controls the color background fonts and basic size of your plot For more information regarding this file see http www ncl ucar edu Document Graphics hlures shtml NOTE This file must reside in your HOME directory and not where you plan on running NCL Below is the hluresfile used in the example scripts posted on the web scripts are available at http www mmm ucar edu wrf users graphics NCL NCL htm If a different color table is used the plots will appear different Copy the following to your hluresfile A copy of this file is available at http www mmm ucar edu wrf OnLineTutorial Graphics NCL hluresfile wkColorMap BlAqGrYeOrReVi200 wkBackgroundColor white wkForegroundColor black FuncCode TextFuncCode Font helvetica wkWidth 900 wkHeight 900 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 3 POST PROCESSING NOTE If your image has a black background with white lettering your hluresfile has not been created correctly or it is in the wrong location wkColorMap as set in your hluresfile can be overwritten in any NCL script with the use of the function gsn_define_colormap so you do not need to change your hluresfile if you just want to change the color map for a single plot Create NCL scripts The basic outline of any NCL script will look as follows begin end
118. usr local netcdf pgi PHDF5 not set in environment Will configure WRF for use without SJASPERLIB or SJASPERINC not found in environment configuring to build without grib2 I O Please select from among the following supported platforms Ts inux i486 i586 i686 gfortran compiler with gcc serial 2 inux i486 i586 i686 gfortran compiler with gcc smpar 3 sinux 1486 i586 i686 gfortran compiler with gcc dmpar 4 inux i486 i586 i686 gfortran compiler with gcc dm sm Ses inux i486 i586 i686 g95 compiler with gcc serial 6 inux i486 i586 i686 g95 compiler with gcc dmpar 7 inux i486 i586 i686 PGI compiler with gcc serial 8 inux i486 i586 i686 PGI compiler with gcc smpar 9 inux i486 i586 i686 PGI compiler with gcc dmpar 10 inux 1486 i586 i686 PGI compiler with gcc dmtsm 11 Linux x86 64 1486 1586 1686 ifort compiler with icc non SGI installations serial 12 Linux x86 64 1486 1586 1686 ifort compiler with icc non SGI installations smpar 13 Linux x86 64 1486 1586 1686 ifort compiler with icc non SGI installations dmpar 14 Linux x86 64 1486 1586 1686 ifort compiler with icc non SGI installations dm sm 15 inux i486 i586 i686 x86 64 PathScale compiler with pathcc serial 16 inux 1486 i586 i686 x86 64 PathScale compiler with pathcc dmpar Enter selection 1 16 9 Compil
119. utility program For example for a LINUX machine and pgf90 compiler one may type pgf90 proe _oml f L usr local netcdf lib lnetcdf I usr local netcdf include Mfree o proc oml f If successful this will create the executable proc _om1 Run To run the program type proc_oml ocean data file nc yyyymmddhh where ocean data file nc is the HYCOM ocean data file and yyyymmddhh is the 10 digit date when the data is valid for e g 2005082700 Successfully running the program will produce an output file MLD which is in intermediate format as if it were produced by WPS ungrib program To use this field in WPS metgrid add it to constant_name as below constant _name MLD V3 2 WPS metgrid has the additional fields in METGRID TBL for proper horizontal interpolation For more information please refer to presentation at http www mmm ucar edu wrf users tutorial hurricanes AHW_nest_ocean pdf WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 12 UTILITIES AND TOOLS Tools Below is a list of tools that are freely available that can be used very successfully to manipulate model data both WRF model data as well as other GRIB and netCDF datasets Converting Graphics ImageMagick ImageMagick is a software suite to create edit and compose bitmap images It can read convert and write images in a variety of formats over 100 including DPX EXR GIF JPEG JPEG 2000 PDF PhotoCD PNG Postscript SVG and TIFF Use ImageMagi
120. vertical diffusion constant m 2 s divergence damping 0 1 is typical external mode filter coef for mass coordinate model 0 01 is typical for real data cases WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 56 MODEL epssm max_dom l non_hydrostatic true max_dom pert_coriolis false max_dom top_lid max_dom false mix full fields false mix isotropic max dom 0 mix upper bound max_do m h_mom_adv_order 5 max_dom v_mom_adv_order 3 max_dom h_sca_adv_order 5 max_dom v_sca_adv_order 3 max_dom time step sound 4 max_dom moist _adv_opt max_dom 1 2 scalar_adv_opt 1 max_dom 2 tke_adv_opt max_dom 1 2 chem_adv_opt max_dom 1 2 tracer _adv_opt 1 max_dom time off centering for vertical sound waves whether running the model in hydrostatic or non hydro mode Coriolis only acts on wind perturbation idealized zero vertical motion at top of domain idealized used with diff_opt 2 value of true is recommended except for highly idealized numerical tests damp_opt must not be 1 if true is chosen false means subtract 1 d base state profile before mixing idealized OQ anistropic vertical horizontal diffusion coeffs 1 isotropic for km_opt 2 3 non dimensional upper limit for diffusion coeffs for km_opt 2 3 horizontal momentum advection order 5 Sth etc vertical momentum advection order horizontal scalar advection order vertical scalar
121. which are in AS CII format and separated by sensors and processors WRITE OA RAD ASCII Logical control if output Observation minus Analysis files including also O mi nus B which are ASCII format and separated by sensors and processors USE ERROR FACTOR RAD Logical controls use of a radiance error tuning factor file radiance_error factor which is created with empirical values or generated using variational tuning method Desroziers and Ivanov 2001 ONLY SEA RAD Logical controls whether only assimilating radiance over water TIME WINDOW MIN String e g 2007 08 15_03 00 00 0000 start time of assimilation time window TIME WINDOW MAX String e g 2007 08 15_09 00 00 0000 end time of assimilation time window CRIM ATMOSPHERE Integer used by CRTM to choose climatology reference profile used above model top up to 0 01hPa Invalid default use U S Standard Atmosphere Tropical Midlatitude summer Midlatitude winter Subarctic summer Subarctic winter U S Standard Atmosphere NNBWNK CO USE _ANTCORR 30 Logical array with dimension RTMINIT_NSENSER control if performing An tenna Correction in CRTM AIRS WARMEST FOV Logical controls whether using the observation brightness temperature for AIRS Window channel 914 as criteria for GSI thinning USE_CRTM KMATRIX Logical controls whether using CRTM K matrix rather than calling CRTM TL and AD routines for gradient calculation WRF
122. with CRTM V2 0 2 gt setenv CRTM 1 The CRIM will be compiled with WRFDA together You don t need to install the CRIM separately any more since CRIM V2 0 2 However if you intend to use RTTOV 8 7 to assimilate radiance data which still have to be installed separately RTTOV 8 7 can be downloaded from http www metoffice gov uk science creating working_together nwpsaf_public html The additional necessary environment variables needed are set again using the C shell by commands looking something like gt setenv RTTOV usr local rttov87 Note make a linkage of SRTTOV librttov a to SRTTOV src librttovs 7 a Note Make sure the required libraries were all compiled using the same compiler that will be used to build WRFDA since the libraries produced by one compiler may not be compatible with code compiled with another WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 4 WRF Data Assimilation Assuming all required libraries are available and the WRFDA source code is ready start to install the WRFDA as following step To configure WRFDA enter the WRFDA directory and type gt configure wrfda A list of configuration options for your computer should appear Each option combines a compiler type and a parallelism option since the configuration script doesn t check which compilers are actually available be sure to only select among the options for com pilers that are available on your system The parallelism option allows fo
123. wrfpost will abort at run time In general the default fields available in the wrfout files are sufficient to run WPP The fields written to the WRF history file are controlled by the settings in the Registry file see Registry EM in the Registry subdirectory of the main WRFV3 directory Table 1 List of all possible fields read in by wrfpost for the WRF ARW T MUB SFROFF U P_TOP UDROFF V PHB SFCEVP QVAPOR PH SFCEXC QCLOUD SMOIS VEGFRA QICE TSLB ACSNOW QRAIN CLDFRA ACSNOM QSNOW U10 CANWAT QGRAUP V10 SST W TH2 THZO PB Q2 QZ0 P SMSTAV UZO MU SMSTOT VZO QSFC HGT ISLTYP ZO ALBEDO ISLOPE UST GSW XLAND AKHS GLW XLAT AKMS TMN XLONG TSK HEX MAPFAC_M RAINC LH STEPBL RAINNC GRDFLX HTOP RAINCV SNOW HBOT RAINNCV SNOWC Note For WRF ARW the accumulated precipitation fields RAINC and RAINNC are run total accumulations Control File Overview The user interacts with wrfpost through the control file parm wrf_cntrl parm The control file is composed of a header and a body The header specifies the output file information The body allows the user to select which fields and levels to process The header of the wrf_cntrl parm file contains the following variables e KGTYPE defines output grid type which should always be 255 e IMDLTY identifies the process ID for AWIPS e DATSET defines the prefix used for the output file name Currently set to WRF
124. your path you are probably OK Make sure your paths are set up to point to the MPI 1ib include and bin directories As with the netCDF libraries you must build MPI consistently with the WRF source code Note that to output WRF model data in Grib1 format Todd Hutchinson WSI has provided a complete source library that is included with the software release However when trying to link the WPS the WRF model and the WRFDA data streams together always use the netCDF format Post Processing Utilities The more widely used and therefore supported WRF post processing utilities are e NCL homepage and WRF download o NCAR Command Language written by NCAR s Computer Information Systems Laboratory formerly the Scientific Computing Division NCL scripts written and maintained by WRF support many template scripts are provided that are tailored for specific real data and ideal data cases raw WRF output can be input with the NCL scripts interactive or command file driven WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 2 3 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION e GrADS homepage and WRF download o download GrADS executable build format converter o programs are available to convert the WRF output into an input format suitable for GrADS interpolates to regular lat lon grid o simple to generate publication quality e RIP homepage and WRF download o RIP4 written and maintained by Mark Stoelinga UW o interpolation to various surfaces trajectories hundreds of diagnosti
125. 0 Cylindrical Equidistance 1 Lambert Con formal 2 Polar stereographic 3 Mercator Central latitude of the domain Central longitude of the domain True latitude 1 True latitude 2 The central latitude for the Mother Of All Domains The standard longitude Y direction of the working domain Domain ID 1 lt ID lt MAXNES Only the observations geo graphically located on that domain will be processed For WRF ap plication with XLONC STANDARD_LON set IDD 2 other wise set 1 Maximum numbe of domains as needed The I y direction dimension for each of the domains The J x direction dimension for each of the domains WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 56 WRF Data Assimilation DIS zZ UMC NESTI NESTI amp record9 prep bufr_ _output_filename prep bufr table filename output_ob _ format use_for num slots_past num slots_ahead write_synop write_ship write_metar write_buoy write pilot write sound write amdar write satem write satob write airep write gpspw write gpsztd write gpsref write gpseph write ssmtl write ssmt2 write ssmi write tovs write qscat The grid size for each of the domains For WRF application always set NESTIX 1 NESTJX 1 and DIS 1 based on the infomation in wrfinput The mother domain ID number for each of the domains The I location in its mother domain of the nest domain s low left corner point 1 1 The J location in its
126. 0 0 MAX VERT VAR5 0 0 Freeze VarBC In certain circumstances you might want to keep the VarBC bias parameters constant in time frozen In this case the bias correction is read and applied to the innovations but it is not updated during the minimization This can easily be achieved by setting the namelist options USE_VARBC false FREEZE VARBC true Passive observations Some observations are useful for preprocessing e g Quality Control Cloud detection but you might not want to assimilate them If you still need to estimate their bias correc tion these observations need to go through the VarBC code in the minimization For this purpose the VarBC uses a separate threshold on the QC values called qc_varbc_bad This threshold is currently set to the same value as qc_bad but can easily be changed to any ad hoc value g Other namelist variables to control radiance assimilation RAD MONITORING 30 Integer array of dimension RTMINIT_NSENSER where 0 for assimilating mode 1 for monitoring mode only calculate innovation THINNING Logical TRUE will perform thinning on radiance data THINNING MESH 30 Real array with dimension RTMINIT_NSENSOR values indicate thinning mesh in KM for different sensors Qc RAD Logical control if perform quality control always set to TRUE WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 27 WRF Data Assimilation WRITE IV RAD ASCII Logical control if output Observation minus Background files
127. 0 10 cm below grn layer Up float PSFC Time south _ north west _east PSFC units Pa PSFC description Surface Pressure float RH Time num metgrid levels south_north west_east RH units RH description Relative Humidity float VV Time num metgrid levels south _north stag west_east VV units m s 1 VV description Vv float UU Time num metgrid levels south_north west_east_ stag UU units m s 1 UU description U float TT Time num metgrid levels south_north west_east TT units K TT description Temperature float PMSL Time south _north west_east PMSL units Pa PMSL description Sea level Pressure global attributes TITLE OUTPUT FROM METGRID V3 2 SIMULATION START DATE 2009 01 05 12 00 00 WEST EAST GRID DIMENSION 74 SOUTH NORTH GRID DIMENSION 61 BOTTOM TOP GRID DIMENSION 27 5 WEST EAST PATC TART _UNSTAG 1 UNSTAG 73 TART STAG 1 ND STAG 74 _START_UNSTAG _END UNSTAG 60 START STAG 1 END STAG 61 WEST EAST PATC H H WEST EAST PATCH H zZ iw S WEST EAST PATCH _ SOUTH NORTH_PATC SOUTH NORTH_PATC SOUTH NORTH_PATC SOUTH NORTH_PATC GRIDTYPE C DX 30000 f DY 30000 f DYN OPT 23 CEN LAT 34 83001f CEN LON 81 03 TRUELAT1 30 3 TRUELAT2 60 f MOAD CEN LAT 34 83001f STAND LON 98 f POLE LAT
128. 008020512 wrfinput dol First guess file rc 2008020512 wrfbdy dol lateral boundary file be be dat Background error file You should first go through the section Running Observation Preprocessor OB SPROC and have a WRF 3D Var ready observation file obs_gts_2008 02 05_12 00 00 3DVAR generated in your OBSPROC working directory You could then copy or Move obs_gts_ 2008 02 05 12 00 00 3DVAR to be in SDAT_DIR ob 2008020512 ob ascii If you want to try 4D Var please go through the section Running Observation Preproc essor OBSPROC and have the WRF 4D Var ready observation files obs_gts_2008 02 05 12 00 00 4DVAR You could copy or move the observation files to DAT_DIR ob using following commands mv obs_gts_ 2008 02 05 12 00 00 4DVAR DAT_DIR ob 2008020512 ob ascii mv obs_gts_ 2008 02 05 13 00 00 4DVAR SDAT_DIR ob 2008020513 ob ascii mv obs_gts_ 2008 02 05 14 00 00 4DVAR DAT_DIR ob 2008020514 ob ascii mv obs_gts_ 2008 02 05 15 00 00 4DVAR DAT_DIR ob 2008020515 ob ascii mv obs_gts_ 2008 02 05 16 00 00 4DVAR SDAT_DIR ob 2008020516 ob ascii mv obs_gts_ 2008 02 05 17 00 00 4DVAR SDAT_DIR ob 2008020517 ob ascii mv obs _gts_ 2008 02 05 18 00 00 4DVAR DAT_DIR ob 2008020518 ob ascii Vvvvvvvyv At this point you have three of the input files first guess observation and background error Statistics files in directory DAT_DIR required to run WRFDA and have success fully downloaded and compiled the WRFDA code If t
129. 1 ungrib exe gt ungrib src ungrib exe 4096 util lrwxrwxrwx T 4 1 1 1 3 al Ew P r 1 1094 namelist wps al 1 al al 4 al drwxr xr x 3 Step 2 Extracting meteorological fields from GRIB files with ungrib Having already downloaded meteorological data in GRIB format the first step in extracting fields to the intermediate format involves editing the share and ungrib namelist records of the namelist wps file the same file that was edited to define the simulation domains An example of the two namelist records is given below amp share wrf_ core ARW max_dom 2 start_date 2008 03 24 12 00 00 2008 03 24 12 00 00 end_date 2008 03 24 18 00 00 2008 03 24 12 00 00 interval seconds 21600 io _form_geogrid 2 amp ungrib out_format WPS prefix FILE In the share namelist record the variables that are of relevance to ungrib are the starting and ending times of the coarse domain start _date and end_date alternatively start_year start_month start_day start_hour end_year end_month end_day and end_hour and the interval between meteorological data files interval_seconds In the ungrib namelist record the variable out_format is used to select the format of the intermediate data to be written by ungrib the metgrid program can read any of the formats supported by ungrib and thus any of wps sI and mms5 may be specified for out_format although w
130. 1961948 Mar 23 09 28 var build gen be ep2 exe noname users 1945360 Mar 23 09 29 var build gen be etkf exe noname users 1990936 Mar 23 09 28 var build gen_be stage0_ wrf exe noname users 1955012 Mar 23 09 28 var build gen be stagel exe noname users 1967296 Mar 23 09 28 var build gen be stagel_ldvar exe noname users 1950916 Mar 23 09 28 var build gen be stage2 exe noname users 2160796 Mar 23 09 29 var build gen_be stage2_ldvar exe noname users 1942724 Mar 23 09 29 var build gen be stage2a exe noname users 1950916 Mar 23 09 29 var build gen be stage3 exe noname users 1938628 Mar 23 09 29 var build gen be stage4 global exe PRRPRPRPRPRPRPRPBPRPRPRBPRPEBRBBPEBPEBEBEHE rwWXr Xxr x noname users 1938732 Mar 23 09 29 var build gen_be_stage4_regional exe rWXr Xxr Xx noname users 1094740 Mar 23 09 29 var build gen_be_vertloc exe rwWxr xr x noname users 1752352 Mar 23 09 29 var obsproc src obsproc exe da_wrfvar exe is the main executable for running WRFDA Make sure it is created after the compilation Sometimes unfortunately it is possible that other utilities get success fully compiled while the main da_wrfvar exe fails please check the compilation log file carefully to figure out the problem The basic gen_be utility for regional model consists of gen_be_ stage0_ wrf exe gen_be stagel exe gen_be_ stage2 exe gen _be stage2a exe gen_be_ stage3 exe gen_be stage4 regional exe and gen_be diags exe da_updated_bc exe is used for updating WR
131. 5 SOFTWARE Registry Mechanics Scompile wrt inc incl WRE source APH E Fortran90 wrf exe Figure 8 1 When the user compiles WRF the Registry Program reads Registry Registry producing auto generated sections of code that are stored in files in the inc directory These are included into WRF using the CPP preprocessor and the Fortran compiler In addition to the WRF model itself the Registry Registry file is used to build the accompanying preprocessors such as real exe for real data or ideal exe for ideal simulations and the ndown exe program used for one way off line nesting Every variable that is an input or an output field is described in the Registry Additionally every variable that is required for parallel communication specifically associated with a physics package or needs to provide a tendency to multiple physics or dynamics routines is contained in the Registry For each of these variables the index ordering horizontal and vertical staggering feedback and nesting interpolation requirements and the associated IO are defined For most users to add a variable into the model requires regardless of dimensionality only the addition of a single line to the Registry make sure that changes are made to the correct Registry core file as changes to the Registry file itself are overwritten Since the Registry modifies code for compile time options and change to the Registry REQUIRES that the c
132. 5 namelist wps global rw r r 1 652 namelist wps nmm rw r r 1 4786 README drwxr xr x 4 4096 ungrib lrwxrwxrwx 1 21 ungrib exe gt ungrib src ungrib exe rwerssre 1 1418 ungrib log rw r r 1 27787 ungrib output drwxr xr x 3 4096 util lrwxrwxrwx 1 33 Vtable gt ungrib Variable Tables Vtable GFS Creating Nested Domains with the WPS To run the WPS for nested domain simulations is essentially no more difficult than running for a single domain case the difference with nested domain simulations is that the geogrid and metgrid programs process more than one grid when they are run rather than a single grid for the simulation In order to specify the size and location of nests a number of variables in the namelist wps file must be given lists of values one value per nest WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 18 WPS amp share wrf_ core ARW max_dom 2 start_date 2008 03 24 12 00 00 2008 03 24 12 00 00 end_date 2008 03 24 18 00 00 2008 03 24 12 00 00 interval seconds 21600 io_form_geogrid 2 1 owes amp geogrid parent_id i T parent_grid_ratio 1 3 i_parent_start 1 31 j_parent_ start Tye 275 s we Ly Ty e_we 74 112 s_sn 1 T e sn 61 97 geog_ data_res 10m 2m dx 30000 dy 30000 map proj lambert ref lat 34 83 ref lon 81 03 truelatl 30 0 truelat2 60 0 stand_lon 98 geog data_ path mmm users wrfhelp WPS GEOG The name
133. A LW RAD 212 8 Incoming surface shortwave radiation instantaneous INSTN INC SFC SW RAD 204 1 Incoming surface longwave radiation instantaneous INSTN INC SFC LW RAD 205 1 Roughness length ROUGHNESS LENGTH 83 1 Friction velocity FRICTION VELOCITY 253 1 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 47 POST PROCESSING Surface drag coefficient SFC DRAG COEFFICIENT 252 1 Surface u wind stress SFC U WIND STRESS 124 1 Surface v wind stress SFC V WIND STRESS 125 1 Surface sensible heat flux time averaged AVE SFC SENHEAT FX 122 1 Ground heat flux time averaged AVE GROUND HEAT FX 155 1 Surface latent heat flux time averaged AVE SFC LATHEAT FX 121 1 Surface momentum flux time averaged AVE SFC MOMENTUM FX 172 1 Accumulated surface evaporation ACC SFC EVAPORATION 57 1 Surface sensible heat flux instantaneous INST SFC SENHEAT FX 122 1 Surface latent heat flux instantaneous INST SFC LATHEAT FX 121 1 Latitude LATITUDE 176 1 Longitude LONGITUDE 177 1 Land sea mask land 1 sea 0 LAND SEA MASK 81 1 Sea ice mask SEA ICE MASK 91 1 Surface midday albedo SFC MIDDAY ALBEDO 84 1 Sea surface temperature SEA SFC TEMPERATURE 80 1 Press at tropopause PRESS AT TROPOPAUSE 1 7 Temperature at tropopause TEMP AT TROPOPAUSE 11 7 Potential temperature at tropopause POTENTL TEMP AT TROP 13 7 U wind at
134. ATH 3 Link script cbar gs to the post processor working directory This script is provided in WPP package and the run_wrfpostandgrads script makes a link from scripts to postprd To generate the above plots GrADS script cbar gs is invoked This script can also be obtained from the GrADS library of scripts at http grads iges org grads gadoc library html Fields produced by wrfpost Table 2 lists basic and derived fields that are currently produced by wrfpost The abbreviated names listed in the second column describe how the fields should be entered in the control file wrf_cntrl parm Table 2 Fields produced by wrfpost column 1 abbreviated names used in the wrf_cntrl parm file column 2 corresponding GRIB identification number for the field column 3 and corresponding GRIB identification number for the vertical coordinate column 4 Field name Name in control file Grib Vertic ID al level Radar reflectivity on model surface RADAR REFL MDL SFCS 211 109 Pressure on model surface PRESS ON MDL SFCS 1 109 Height on model surface HEIGHT ON MDL SFCS 7 109 Temperature on model surface TEMP ON MDL SFCS 11 109 Potential temperature on model surface POT TEMP ON MDL SFCS 13 109 Dew point temperature on model surface DWPT TEMP ON MDL SFC 17 109 Specific humidity on model surface SPEC HUM ON MDL SFCS 51 109 Relative humidity on model sur
135. After successful completion of job wrfvar_output the WRFDA analysis file i e the new initial condition for WRF should appear in the working directory along with a num ber of diagnostic files Various text diagnostics output files will be explained in the next section WRFDA Diagnostics WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 18 WRF Data Assimilation In order to understand the role of various important WRFDA options try re running WREDA by changing different namelist options Such as making WRFDA convergence criteria more stringent This is achieved by reducing the value of the convergence criteria EPS to e g 0 0001 by adding EPs 0 0001 in the namelist input record amp wrfvar6 See section WRFDA additional exercises for more namelist options c Run the Case 4D Var To run WRF 4D Var first create and cd to a working directory for example WRFDA var test 4dvar next assuming that we are using the C shell set the working directories for the three WRF 4D Var components WRFDA WRFNL and WRFPLUS thusly gt setenv WRFDA DIR ptmp Suser WRFDA gt setenv WRFNL DIR ptmp Suser WRFNL gt setenv WRFPLUS DIR ptmp Suser WRFPLUS Assume the analysis date is 2008020512 and the test data directories are gt setenv DATA DIR ptmp Suser DATA gt ls lr SDATA_DIR ob 2008020512 ob 2008020513 ob 2008020514 ob 2008020515 ob 2008020516 ob 2008020517 ob 2008020518 rc 2008020512 be Note Currently WRF 4D Var can only r
136. CII text files are for consumption by the developers for diagnostic purposes The main output of the OBSGRID program is the gridded pressure level data set to be passed to the real exe program files metoa_em In each of the files listed below the text dn Y YY Y MM DD_HH mm ss tttt allows each time period that is processed by OBSGRID to output a separate file The only unusual information in the date string is the final four letters tttt which is the decimal time to ten thousandths of a second These files will be dependant on the domain being processed metoa_em The final analysis files at surface and pressure levels Generating this file is the primary goal of running OBSGRID These files can now be used in place of the met_em files from WPS to generate initial and boundary conditions for WRF To use these files when running real exe you can do one of two things 1 Rename or link the metoa_em files back to met_em This way real exe will read the files automatically 2 Use the auxinputl_inname namelist option in WRF s namelist input file to overwrite the default filename real exe uses To do this add the following to the amp time_control section of the WRF namelist input file before running real exe use the exact syntax as below do not substitute the lt domain gt and lt date gt for actual numbers WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 9 OBSGRID auxinputl inname metoa_em d lt domain gt lt date gt wrfsfdda_dn
137. DAMP OPT 0 KHDIF 0 f KVDIF 0 f MP_ PHYSICS 3 RA_LW PHYSICS 1 RA_SW PHYSICS SF_SFCLAY PHYSICS SF_ SURFACE PHYSICS 2 BL PBL PHYSICS 1 CU_PHYSICS 1 SURFACE INPUT SOURCE 1 SST_UPDATE 0 GRID FDDA 1 GFDDA_ INTERVAL M 360 GFDDA_ END H 24 UCMCALL 0 FEEDBACK 1 SMOOTH OPTION 0 SWRAD SCAT 1 f W_ DAMPING 0 MOIST ADV _OPT 1 SCALAR ADV OPT 1 TKE ADV OPT 0 DIFF 6TH OPT 0 DIFF_ 6TH FACTOR OBS NUDGE OPT 0 BUCKET MM 1 f BUCKET J 1 f PREC ACC DT 60 f OMLCALL 0 FGDT 0 f GUV 0 0003Ff GT 0 0003Ff GQ 0 0003 IF_RAMPING 1 DTRAMP MIN 6 OBS NUDGE OPT 0 WEST EAST PATCH START UNSTAG WEST EAST PATCH END UNSTAG 73 WEST EAST PATCH START STAG 1 WEST EAST PATCH END STAG 74 SOUTH NORTH PATCH START UNSTAG 1 SOUTH NORTH_ PATCH END UNSTAG 60 SOUTH NORTH PATCH START STAG 1 SOUTH NORTH PATCH END STAG 61 BOTTOM TOP_ PATCH START UNSTAG 1 BOTTOM TOP PATCH END UNSTAG 27 BOTTOM TOP PATCH START STAG 1 BOTTOM TOP PATCH END STAG 28 GRID_ID PARENT ID 0 I_ PARENT START J PARENT START 1 PARENT GRID RATIO 1 1 L g 0 12f Ost a 1 3 t g DT 180 f CEN LAT 34 83002f CEN LON 81 03f TRUELAT1 30 f TRUELAT2 60 f MOAD CEN LAT 34 83002f STAND LO
138. DOM 2 digit integers specifying the ending UTC hour of the simulation for each nest No default value 11 START DATE A list of MAX DOM character strings of the form yyyy mM DD_HH mm ss specifying the starting UTC date of the simulation for each nest The start date variable is an alternate to specifying start_year start_month start _day and start_hour and if both methods are used for specifying the starting time the start _date variable will take precedence No default value 12 END_DATE A list of MAX DOM character strings of the form yyyy mM DD_HH mm ss specifying the ending UTC date of the simulation for each nest The end_date variable is an alternate to specifying end_year end_month end_day and end_hour and if both methods are used for specifying the ending time the end_date variable will take precedence No default value 13 INTERVAL SECONDS The integer number of seconds between time varying meteorological input files No default value 14 ACTIVE GRID A list of MAX DOM logical values specifying for each grid whether that grid should be processed by geogrid and metgrid Default value is TRUE 15 IO FORM _GEOGRID The WRF I O API format that the domain files created by the geogrid program will be written in Possible options are 1 for binary 2 for NetCDF 3 for GRIB1 When option 1 is given domain files will have a suffix of int when option 2 is given domain files will have a suffix of nc when option 3 i
139. EL k_ zfac q guv max dom gt max_ dom gq max_dom gph max_dom dk_zfac_uv max_ dom dk_zfac_t max_dom dk_zfac_ph max_ dom xwavenum ywavenum if_ramping dtramp min grid sfdda max_dom sgfdda_inname sgfdda_interval max_dom sgfdda_end h io_form sgfdda guv_sfc max_dom gt_sfc max_dom gq_sfc max_ dom rinblw 10 0 0003 0 0003 0 0003 0 0003 60 1 wrfsfdda_d lt domain gt 360 max_dom 6 0 0003 0 0003 0 0003 250 10 model level below which nudging is switched off for water ph spectral nudging only nudging coefficient for u and v sec 1 nudging coefficient for temp sec 1 nudging coefficient for qvapor sec 1 nudging coefficient for ph sec 1 spectral nudging only depth in k between k_zfac_X to dk_zfac_X where nudging increases linearly to full strength spectral nudging only top wave number to nudge in x direction spectral nudging only top wave number to nudge in y direction spectral nudging only 0 nudging ends as a step function 1 ramping nudging down at end of period time min for ramping function 60 0 ramping starts at last analysis time 60 0 ramping ends at last analysis time surface grid nudging on 0 off defined name for surface nudging input file from program obsgrid time interval min between surface analysis times time in hours to stop nudging after start of forecast surface analysis format 2 netcdf nudging coef
140. F ARW V3 User s Guide 3 17 WPS the case of ARW domains where n is the number of the nest whose data reside in the file Or met_nmm d01 YYYY MM DD_HH mm ss nc in the case of NMM domains Here vyyy MM DD_HH mm ss refers to the date of the interpolated data in each file If these files do not exist for each of the times in the range given in the share namelist record the metgrid log file may be consulted to help in determining the problem in running metgrid gt 1s drwxr xr x 2 4096 arch Ywxr xr x 1 1672 clean rwxr xr x 1 3510 compile rw r r 1 85973 compile output Ywxr xr x 1 4257 configure rw r r 1 2486 configure wps rw r r 1 154946888 FILE 2008 03 24 12 rw r r 1 154946888 FILE 2008 03 24 18 fw rt E 1 1957004 geo_em d01 nc fwers r lt 1 4745324 geo _em d02 nc drwxr xr x 4 4096 geogrid lrwxrwxrwx 1 23 geogrid exe gt geogrid src geogrid exe rw r r 1 11169 geogrid log lrwxrwxrwx 1 38 GRIBFILE AAA gt data gfs gfs_ 080324 12 00 lrwxrwxrwx 1 38 GRIBFILE AAB gt data gfs gfs_ 080324 12 06 rwxr xr x 1 1328 link _grib csh Y YW Yr y l 5217648 met_em d01 2008 03 24 12 00 00 nc rwer r 1 5217648 met_em d01 2008 03 24 18 00 00 nc rwere r 1 12658200 met_em d02 2008 03 24 12 00 00 nc drwxr xr x 3 4096 metgrid lrwxrwxrwx 1 23 metgrid exe gt metgrid src metgrid exe rw r r 1 65970 metgrid log rw r r 1 1094 namelist wps rw r sn5 1 1987 namelist wps all_ options w r r 1 107
141. F Data Assimilation Harris and Kelly 2001 method and is carried out using a set of coefficient files pre calculated with an off line statistics package which will apply to a training dataset for a month long period The other is Variational Bias Correction VarBC Only VarBC is introduced here and recommended for users because of its relative simplicity in usage f Variational Bias Correction Getting started with VarBC To use VarBC set namelist option USE_VARBC to TRUE and have a VARBC in file in the working directory VARBC in is a VarBC setup file in ASCII format A template is provided with the WRFDA package WRFDA Var run V ARBC in Input and Output files All VarBC input is passed through one single ASCII file called VARBC 1in file Once WREDA has run with the VarBC option switched on it will produce a VARBC out file which looks very much like the VARBC in file you provided This output file will then be used as input file for the next assimilation cycle Coldstart Coldstarting means starting the VarBC from scratch i e when you do not know the values of the bias parameters The Coldstart is a routine in WRFDA The bias predictor statistics mean and standard deviation are computed automatically and will be used to normalize the bias parameters All coldstarted bias parameters are set to zero except the first bias parameter simple offset which is set to the mode peak of the distribution of the uncorrected innova
142. F boundary condition after anew WRFDA analysis is generated WRE ARW V3 User s Guide 6 6 WRF Data Assimilation da_advance_time exe is a very handy and useful tool for date time manipulation Type da_ advance time exe to see its usage instruction In addition to the executables for running WRFDA and gen_be obsproc exe the execu table for preparing conventional data for WRFDA compilation is also included in compile all_wrfvar Go to external bufr and external crtm to check if the libbufr a and libcrtm a were gener ated if you use BUFR and CRTM library c Clean Compilation To remove all object files and executables type clean To remove all build files including configure wrfda type clean a The clean command is recommended if compilation fails or configuration file is changed Installing WRFNL and WRFPLUS For 4D Var only If you intend to run WRF 4D Var it is necessary to have installed the WRFNL WRF nonlinear model and WRFPLUS WRF adjoint and tangent linear model WRFNL is a modified version of WRF V3 2 and can only be used for 4D Var purposes WRFPLUS contains the adjoint and tangent linear models based on a simplified WRF model which only includes some simple physical processes such as vertical diffusion and large scale condensation To install WRFNL e Get the WRF zipped tar file from http www mmm ucar edu wrf users download get source html e Unzip and untar the file name
143. F13 5 17 24 hour pressure change Pa and QC Following the report header record are the data records These data records contain the observations of pressure height temperature dewpoint wind speed and wind direction There are a number of other fields in the data record that are not used on input Each data record contains data for a single level of the report For report types that have multiple levels e g upper air station sounding reports each pressure or height level has its own data record For report types with a single level such as surface station reports or a satellite wind observation the report will have a single data record The data record contents and format are summarized in the following table Format of data records Variable Fortran I O Description oa lpressure qc F13 5 I7 Pressure of Pressure Pa of observation and QC and QC height qc r I7 Height m MSL of observation and QC temperature BAS oy I7 Temperature K and QC qc dew point qc F13 5 I7 Dewpoint K and QC speed qc F13 90 17 Wind speed m s 1 and QC direction qc F13 5 I7 Wind direction degrees and QC Etc inn cic omni a COMPOS nite Ota swell clan aO ee mike E component of wind m s 1 and QC len qe F13 5 I7 Relative Humidity and QC lthickness qc F13 5 E7 Thickness m and Q WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 14 OBSGRID The end data record is simply a data record with
144. G D only G D only G D only These are recommended numbers If you would like to use any other number consult the code know what you are doing number of grid boxes over which subsidence is spread 1 default for large grid sizes 3 for small grid sizes lt S5km heat and moisture fluxes from the surface 1 with fluxes from the surface 0 no flux from the surface not for sf surface sfclay 2 If diff_opt 2 km_opt 2 or 3 then 0 constant fluxes defind by tke drag coefficient tke_heat_ flux 1 use model computed u and heat and moisture fluxes 2 use model computed u and specified heat flux by tke heat flux snow cover effects only works for WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 48 MODEL icloud swrad_scat surface input _source num_soil layers pxlsm_smois init max_dom num land cat num soil cat usemonalb rdmaxalb rdlai2d seaice threshold sst_update 1 2 3 N A A U 24 16 false true false 271 sf_surface_physics 1 1 with snow cover effect 0 without snow cover effect cloud effect to the optical depth in radiation only works for ra_sw_physics 1 and ra_lw_physics 1 1 with cloud effect 0 without cloud effect Scattering tuning parameter default 1 is 1 e 5 m kg where landuse and soil category data come from 1 WPS geogrid but with dominant categories recomputed in real 2 GRIB data from another model only if arrays
145. ISTURE FLUX AT THE SURFACE LH description LATENT HEAT FLUX AT THE SURFACE south_north west_east FLAG INDICATING SNOW COVERAGE 1 FOR SNOW COVER WRE model outputs the state variables defined in the Registry file and these state variables are used in the model s prognostic equations Some of these variables are perturbation fields Therefore some definition for reconstructing meteorological variables is necessary In particular the definitions for the following variables are total geopotential total geopotential height in m total potential temperature in_ K total pressure in mb wind compoments grid relative surface pressure in Pa surface winds grid relative surface temperature and mixing ratio The definition for map projection options map proj PH PHB PH PHB 9 81 T 300 P PB 0 01 U V psfc U10 V10 valid at mass points T2 Q2 1 Lambert Conformal 2 Polar Stereographic 3 Mercator 6 latitude and longitude including global List of Global Attributes global attributes TITLE OUTPUT FROM WRF V3 0 1 1 MODEL WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 67 MODEL START DATE 2000 01 24 12 00 00 SIMULATION _ START DATE 2000 01 24 12 00 00 WEST EAST GRID DIMENSION 74 SOUTH NORTH GRID DIMENSION 61 BOTTOM TOP GRID DIMENSION 28 DX 30000 f DY 30000 f GRIDTYPE C DIFF_OPT 1 KM_OPT 4
146. K description ANDUSEF Time land cat ANDUSEF units ANDUSEF descrip Landmask l land O water south_north west _east category tion 24 category USGS landuse south_north west_east U_INDEX units category U_INDEX description Dominant category HGT M Time south_north west_east HGT M units meters MSL HGT M description Topography height SLPX Time south_north west_east SLPX units SLPX description df dx SLPY Time south _ north west_east SLPY units SLPY description df dy t HGT U Time south_north west_east_ stag HGT U units meters MSL HGT U description Topography height t HGT V Time south_north_stag west east HGT V units meters MSL HGT V description Topography height south_north west _east SOILTEMP units Kelvin SOILTEMP description Annual mean deep soil temperature soil cat south_north west_east SOILCTOP units category SOILCTOP description l6 category top layer soil type SCT _DOM Time south _north west_east SCT DOM units category SCT _DOM description Dominant category soil cat south_north west_east SOILCBOT units category SOILCBOT description l6 category top layer soil type SCB_DOM Time south _north west_east SCB_DOM units category SCB_DOM
147. L restart interval F logical 1440 reset_simulation start cycling au au au xinpu xinpu xinpu tl_inname t4 inname t4 interval max_dom io form _auxinput4 io form history io form restart io form input io_form boundary io form auxinput4 io form auxinput2 cycling diag print F met_em d lt domain gt lt date gt wrflowinp_d lt domain gt 360 10 11 102 false split output files into smaller pieces whether this run is a restart run restart output file interval in minutes whether to overwrite simulation_start_date with forecast start time whether this run is a cycling run initialized from wrfout file input from WPS this is the default input for lower bdy file works with sst_update 1 file interval in minutes for lower boundary file IO format for wrflowinp files required for V3 2 2 netCDF 102 split netCDF files one per processor no supported post processing software for split files binary format no supported post processing software avail PHDFS5 format no supported post processing software avail GRIB 1 GRIB 2 parallel netCDF 2 netCDF 102 split netCDF files one per processor must restart with the same number of processors 2 netCDF allows program real exe to read in split met _em files and write split wrfinput files No split file for wrfbdy netCDF format IO format netCDF for wr
148. L option EditData VAR This option allows a user to read a WRF netCDF file change a specific field and write it BACK into the WRF netCDF file This option will CHANGE your CURRENT WRF netCDF file so TAKE CARE when using this option ONLY one field at a time can be changed So if you need 3 fields changed you will need to run this program 3 times each with a different VAR IF you have multiple times in your WRF netCDF file by default ALL times for variable VAR WILL be changed If you only want to change one time period also use the t option HOW TO USE THIS OPTION Make a COPY of your WRF netCDF file before using this option EDIT the subroutine USER_CODE ADD an IF statement block for the variable you want to change This is to prevent a variable getting overwritten by mistake For REAL data arrays work with array data_real and for INTEGER data arrays work with the array data_int WRE ARW V3 User s Guide 10 3 UTILITIES AND TOOLS Example 1 If you want to change all all time periods too values of U to a constant 10 0 m s you would add the following IF statement else if var U then data_real 10 0 Example 2 If you want to change a section of the LANDMASK data to SEA points else if var LANDMASK then data_real 10 15 20 25 1 0 Example 3 Change all ISLTYP category 3 values into category 7 values NOTE this is an INTEGER field else if var ISLTYP then where data
149. N 98 f GMT 12 f 1 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 68 MODEL JULYR 2000 JULDAY 24 MAP PROJ 1 MMINLU USGS NUM_LAND CAT 24 ISWATER 16 ISICE 24 ISURBAN 1 ISOILWATER 14 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 69 MODEL WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 70 WRF Data Assimilation Chapter 6 WRF Data Assimilation Table of Contents e Introduction Installing WRFDA Installing WRENL and WRFPLUS Running Observation Preprocessor OBSPROC Running WRFDA Radiance Data Assimilations in WRFDA WREDA Diagnostics Updating WRF boundary conditions Running gen_be Additional WREDA Exercises Hybrid Data Assimilation Description of Namelist Variables Introduction Data assimilation is the technique by which observations are combined with a NWP product the first guess or background forecast and their respective error statistics to provide an improved estimate the analysis of the atmospheric or oceanic Jovian whatever state Variational Var data assimilation achieves this through the iterative minimization of a prescribed cost or penalty function Differences between the analysis and observations first guess are penalized damped according to their perceived error The difference between three dimensional 3D Var and four dimensional 4D Var data assimilation is the use of a numerical forecast model in the latter The MMM Division of NCAR supports
150. O nor communicated All other 2 D and 3 D arrays are eligible for use with a package assignment but that is not required The purpose of the package option is to allow users to reduce the memory used by the model since only necessary fields are processed An example for a microphysics scheme is given below lt Table gt lt PackageName gt lt NMLAssociated gt lt Variables gt package kesslerscheme mp_physics moist qv qc qr The entry keyword is package and is associated with the single physics option listed under lt NMLAssociated gt The package is referenced in the code in Fortran IF and CASE statements by the name given in the lt PackageName gt column instead of the more confusing and typical IF mp_physics 1 approach The lt Variables gt column must start with a dash character and then a blank for historical reasons of backward compatibility The syntax of the lt Variables gt column then is a 4 D array name followed by a colon and then a comma separated list of the 3 D arrays constituting that 4 D amalgamation In the example above the 4 D array is WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 13 SOFTWARE moist and the selected 3 D arrays are qv qc and qr If more than one 4 D array is wl required a separates those sections from each other in the lt Variables gt column In addition to handling 4 D arrays and their underlying component 3 D arrays the package entry is able to associ
151. POR was developed at NCAR to provide interactive visualization and analysis of numerically simulated fluid dynamics The current 1 5 version of VAPOR has many capabilities for 3D visualization of WRF ARW simulation output Basic capabilities of VAPOR with WRF ARW output e Direct Volume rendering DVR Any 3D variable in the WRF data can be viewed as a density Users control transparency and color to view temperature water vapor clouds etc in 3D e Flow Draw 2D and 3D streamlines and flow arrows showing the wind motion and direction and how wind changes in time Path tracing unsteady flow enables visualization of trajectories that particles take over time Users control when and where the particles are released Flow images image based flow visualization can be used to provide an animated view of wind motion in a planar section positioned anywhere in the scene Field line advection can be used to animate the motion of streamlines of any vector field in a moving wind field e Isosurfaces The isosurfaces of variables are displayed interactively Users can control iso values color and transparency of the isosurfaces Isosurfaces can be colored according to the values of another variable e Contour planes and Probes 3D variables can be intersected with arbitrarily oriented planes Contour planes can be interactively positioned Users can interactively pinpoint the values of a variable and establish seed points for flow integ
152. PRS WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 39 POST PROCESSING The body of the wrf_cntrl parm file is composed of a series of line pairs for example PRESS ON MDL SFCS _ SCAL 3 0 L 11000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 where e The top line specifies the variable e g PRESS to process the level type e g ON MDL SFCS a user is interested in and the degree of accuracy to be retained SCAL 3 0 in the GRIB output SCAL defines the precision of the data written out to the GRIB format Positive values denote decimal scaling maintain that number of significant digits while negative values describe binary scaling precise to 24 SCAL i e SCAL 3 0 gives output precise to the nearest 1 8 A list of all possible output fields for wrfpost is provided in Table 2 This table provides the full name of the variable in the first column and an abbreviated name in the second column The abbreviated names are used in the control file Note that the variable names also contain the type of level on which they are output For instance temperature is available on model surface and pressure surface The second line specifies the levels on which the variable is to be posted Controlling which fields wrfpost outputs To output a field the body of the control file needs to contain an entry for the appropriate variable and output for this variable must be turned on for at least one l
153. Ps is recommended Also in the ungrib namelist the user may specify a path and prefix for the intermediate files with the prefix variable For example if prefix were set to ARGRMET then the intermediate files created by ungrib would be named according to AGRMET YYYY MM DD_HH where YYYY MM DD_HH is the valid time of the data in the file After suitably modifying the namelist wps file a Vtable must be supplied and the GRIB files must be linked or copied to the filenames that are expected by ungrib The WPS is WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 14 WPS supplied with Vtable files for many sources of meteorological data and the appropriate Vtable may simply be symbolically linked to the file Vtable which is the Vtable name expected by ungrib For example if the GRIB data are from the GFS model this could be accomplished with gt ln s ungrib Variable Tables Vtable GFS Vtable The ungrib program will try to read GRIB files named GRIBFILE AAA GRIBFILE AAB GRIBFILE ZZZ In order to simplify the work of linking the GRIB files to these filenames a shell script link_grib csh is provided The link_grib csh script takes as a command line argument a list of the GRIB files to be linked For example if the GRIB data were downloaded to the directory data gfs the files could be linked with link_grib csh as follows gt ls data gfs Yw r r 1 42728372 gfs_080324 12 00 rw r r 1 48218303 gfs 080324 12 06 gt link_grib csh
154. Remove spikes from temperature and wind profiles e Adjust temperature profiles to remove superadiabatic layers e No comparisons to other reports or to the first guess field The ERRMAX test The ERRMAX quality control check is optional but highly recommended WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 5 OBSGRID e Limited user control over data removal The user may set thresholds which vary the tolerance of the error check e Observations are compared to the first guess field e If the difference value obs first guess exceeds a certain threshold the observation is discarded e Threshold varies depending on the field level and time of day e Works well with a good first guess field The Buddy test The Buddy check is optional but highly recommended e Limited user control over data removal The user may set weighting factors which vary the tolerance of the error check e Observations are compared to both the first guess and neighboring observations e If the difference value of an observation obs first guess varies significantly from the distance weighted average of the difference values of neighboring observations the observation is discarded e Works well in regions with good data density Additional Observations Input of additional observations or modification of existing and erroneous observations can be a useful tool at the objective analysis stage In OBSGRID additional observations are provided to the program
155. Run Two Way Nested Runs One Way Nested Run Using ndown Moving Nested Run Three dimensional Analysis Nudging Observation Nudging Global Run DFI Run Adaptive Time Stepping Output Time Series o Using IO Quilting e Examples of namelist for various applications e Check Output e Trouble Shooting e Physics and Dynamics Options e Description of Namelist Variables e WRF Output Fields Oo Oo O O O O O Oo 0 6 Introduction The WRF model is a fully compressible and nonhydrostatic model with a runtime hydrostatic option Its vertical coordinate is a terrain following hydrostatic pressure coordinate The grid staggering is the Arakawa C grid The model uses the Runge Kutta 2nd and 3rd order time integration schemes and 2nd to 6th order advection schemes in both horizontal and vertical It uses a time split small step for acoustic and gravity wave modes The dynamics conserves scalar variables The WRF model code contains several initialization programs ideal exe and real exe see Chapter 4 a numerical integration program wrf exe and a program to do one way nesting ndown exe The WRF model Version 3 supports a variety of capabilities These include WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 1 MODEL Real data and idealized simulations Various lateral boundary condition options for real data and idealized simulations Full physics options and various filter options Positive definite advection scheme No
156. Straka et al INT J NUMER METH FL 17 1 1 22 July 15 1993 o See the README grav2d_x file in the test directory 7 2 D sea breeze test em_seabreeze_x o 2km grid size 20 km top land water o Can be run with full physics radiation surface boundary layer land options 8 3 D large eddy simulation test em_les o 100m grid size 2 km top o Surface layer physics with fluxes o Doubly periodic 9 3 D Held Suarez test em_heldsuarez o global domain 625 km in x direction 556 km in y direction 120 km top o Radiation polar filter above 45 o Period in x direction polar boundary conditions in y direction 10 1 D single column model test em_scm_xy o 4km grid size 12 km top o Full physics o Doubly periodic Initialization for Real Data Cases The real data WRF cases are those that have the input data to the real exe program provided by the WRF Preprocessing System WPS This data from the WPS was originally generated from a previously run external analysis or forecast model The original data was probably in GriB format and was probably ingested into the WPS by first ftp ing the raw GriB data from one of the national weather agencies anonymous ftp sites For example suppose a single domain WRF forecast is desired with the following criteria e 2000 January 24 1200 UTC through January 25 1200 UTC e the original GriB data is available at 6 h increments The following files will be generated by the WPS starting date th
157. TART A list of MAX DOM integers specifying for each nest the x coordinate of the lower left corner of the nest in the parent unstaggered grid For the coarsest domain a value of 1 should be specified No default value 4 J PARENT START A list of MAX DOM integers specifying for each nest the y coordinate of the lower left corner of the nest in the parent unstaggered grid For the coarsest domain a value of 1 should be specified No default value 5 S_WE A list of MAX DOM integers which should all be set to 1 Default value is 1 6 E_WE A list of MAX DOM integers specifying for each nest the nest s full west east dimension For nested domains e_we must be one greater than an integer multiple of the nest s parent_grid_ratio ie e ew n parent_grid_ratiotl for some positive integer n No default value 7 S_SN A list of MAX DOM integers which should all be set to 1 Default value is 1 8 E SN A list of MAX DOM integers specifying for each nest the nest s full south north dimension For nested domains e_sn must be one greater than an integer multiple of the nest s parent_grid_ratio Le e sn n parent_grid_ratiotl for some positive integer n No default value WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 39 WPS 9 GEOG DATA RES A list of MAX DOM character strings specifying for each nest a corresponding resolution or list of resolutions separated by symbols of source data to be used when interpolating static terrestrial data to
158. UTILITIES AND TOOLS fields List of fields to process debug Switch debug more on off 64bit Allow large files gt 2GB to be read write amp interp_in interp_levels List of pressure levels to interpolate data to extrapolate 0 set values below ground and above model top to missing values default 1 extrapolate below ground and set above model top to model top values interp_method 1 linear in p interpolation default 2 linear in log p interpolation unstagger_grid Set to True so unstagger the data on output WREF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 7 UTILITIES AND TOOLS TC Bogus Scheme The ARW core for the WRF modeling system provides a simple Tropical Cyclone TC Bogussing scheme It can remove an existing tropical storm and may optionally bogus in a Rankine vortex for the new tropical storm The input to the program is a single time period and single domain of met grid data and a few namelist variables from the namelist input file describing the bogus TC s location and strength The output is also ametgrid like file The scheme is currently only set up to process isobaric data After running the tc exe program the user must manually rename the files so that the real exe program can read the modified input Namelist Options The namelist information for the TC scheme is located in an optional namelist record amp tc Only a single domain is processed Users w
159. _int 3 data_int 7 end where Compile and run program You will be prompted if this is really what you want to do ONLY the answer yes will allow the change to take effect WREF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 4 UTILITIES AND TOOLS iowrf This utility allows a user to do some basic manipulation on WRF ARW netCDF files e The utility allows a user to thin the data de stagger the data or extract a box from the data file Obtain the iowrf utility from the WRF Download page http www mmm ucar edu wrf users download get_source html Compile The code should run on any machine with a netCDF library If you port the code to a different machine please forward the compile flags to wrfhelp ucar edu To compile the code use the compile flags at the top of the utility e g fora LINUX machine you need to type pgf90 iowrf f L usr local netcdf lib lnetcdf 1m I usr local netcdf include Mfree o iowrf If successful this will create the executable iowrf Run iowrf wrf data file name options options h help thina X thin X box A 64bit thina X Thin the data with a ratio of 1 X Data will be averaged before being fed back thin X Thin the data with a ratio of 1 X No averaging will be done box Extract a box from the data file X Y Z can be controlled independently e g box x 10 30 y 10307515 box x 10 30 z515 box y 10 30 box z 5 15 A De stagger the dat
160. _nmm d01 nc for the coarse domain and geo _nmm_nest 10N nc files for each nesting level N Also note that the file suffix will vary depending on the io_form_geogrid that is selected To run geogrid issue the following command gt geogrid exe When geogrid exe has finished running the message Successful completion of geogrid helt Paha ehh ahaa Ea ad ED aa T E should be printed and a listing of the WPS root directory or the directory specified by opt_output_from_geogrid_path if this variable was set should show the domain files If not the geogrid log file may be consulted in an attempt to determine the possible cause of failure For more information on checking the output of geogrid the user is referred to the section on checking WPS output gt 1s drwxr xr x 2 4096 arch rwxr xr x 1 1672 clean rwxr xr x 1 3510 compile rw r r 1 85973 compile output rwxr xr x 1 4257 configure rw r r 1 2486 configure wps rw r r 1 1957004 geo_em d01 nc WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 13 WPS rw Lr 4r 4745324 geo _em d02 nc drwxr xr x 4096 geogrid Lrwxrwxrwx 23 geogrid exe gt geogrid src geogrid exe rw r r 11169 geogrid log rWXr xr x drwxr xr x 1328 link_grib csh 4096 metgrid lrwxrwxrwx 23 metgrid exe gt metgrid src metgrid exe rw r r 1987 namelist wps all_options iw resies 1075 namelist wps global FW r r 652 namelist wps nmm rw r r 4786 README drwxr xr x 4096 ungrib 2
161. _opt 3 d 2d Deformation K for horizontal diffusion is diagnosed from just horizontal deformation The vertical diffusion is assumed to be done by the PBL scheme km_opt 4 1 3 6th Order Horizontal Diffusion diff_6th_opt 6 order horizontal hyper diffusion del 6 on all variables to act as a selective short wave numerical noise filter Can be used in conjunction with diff_opt 1 simple 2 positive definite Option 2 is recommended 1 4 Nonlinear Backscatter Anisotropic NBA sfs_opt Sub grid turbulent stress option for momentum in LES applications New in Version 3 2 sfs_opt 1 diagnostic sub grid stress to be used with diff_opt 2 and km_opt 2 or 3 sfs_opt TKE sub grid stress to be used with diff_opt 2 and km_opt 2 2 Damping Options These are independently activated choices a Upper Damping Either a layer of increased diffusion damp_opt 1 or a Rayleigh relaxation layer 2 or an implicit gravity wave damping layer 3 new in Version 3 0 can be added near the model top to control reflection from the upper boundary b Vertical velocity damping w_damping For operational robustness vertical motion can be damped to prevent the model from becoming unstable with locally large vertical velocities This only affects strong updraft cores so has very little impact on results otherwise c Divergence Damping sm_div Controls horizontally propagating sound waves d External Mode Damping em_div
162. a no thinning will take place 64bit Allow large files gt 2GB to be read write WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 5 UTILITIES AND TOOLS p_interp This utility interpolates WRF ARW netCDF output files to user specified pressure levels Obtain the p_interp utility from the WRF Download page http www mmm ucar edu wrf users download get_source html Compile The code should run on any machine with a netCDF library If you port the code to a different machine please forward the compile flags to wrfhelp ucar edu To compile the code use the compile flags at the top of the utility e g fora LINUX machine you need to type pgf90 p_interp F90 L usr local netcdf lib lnetcdf lm I usr local netcdf include Mfree p interp If successful this will create the executable p interp Run Edit the associated namelist pinterp file see namelist options below and run p_interp amp io path_to_input Default is input_name File name s of wrfout files Use wild character if more than one file is processed path_to_output Default is output_name If no name is specified the output will be written to input_name_PLEV process Indicate which fields to process all fields in wrfout file diagnostics PRES TT HGT amp RH will automatically be calculated list of fields as indicated in fields WREF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 6
163. ables in a different directory copy or link the files in test em_ directory to that directory and run from there a Idealized case Suppose the test case em squall12d_x is compiled to run type cd test em_squall2d_x Edit namelist input file see README namelist in WRFV3 run directory or its Web version to change length of integration frequency of output size of domain timestep physics options and other parameters If you see a script in the test case directory called run _ me first csh run this one first by typing run me first csh This links some physics data files that might be needed to run the case To run the initialization program type ideal exe WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 7 MODEL This program will typically read an input sounding file located in that directory and generate an initial condition file wrfinput_d0O1 All idealized cases do not require lateral boundary file because of the boundary condition choices they use such as the periodic option If the job is run successfully the last thing it prints should be wrt SUCCESS COMPLETE IDEAL INIT To run the model and save the standard output to a file type wrf exe gt amp wrf out amp or for a 3D test case compiled with MPI dmpar option mpirun np 4 wrf exe If successful the wrf output file will be written to a file named wrfout_d01_0001 01 01_ 00 00 00 Pairs of rsl out and rsl error files will
164. advection order number of sound steps per time step if using a time_step much larger than 6 dx in km increase number of sound steps 0 the value computed automatically positive definite or monotonic advection 0 none positive define advection of moisture monotonic option positive define advection of scalars monotonic positive define advection of tke monotomic positive define advection of chem vars monotonic positive define advection of tracer WRF Chem activated WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 57 MODEL tke drag coefficient max_dom tke heat flux max_dom fft_filter lat gwd_opt do_avgflx_em max_dom do_avgflx_cugd sfs_ opt max_dom m_opt max_dom tracer opt max _dom amp bdy_ control spec_bdy width spec_ zone relax zone specified max_dom spec_exp periodic x max_dom 2 0 45 false false monotonic surface drag coefficient Cd dimensionless for diff_opt 2 only surface thermal flux H rho cp K m s for diff_opt 2 only the latitude above which the polar filter is turned on for global model gravity wave drag option 1 on use when grid size gt 10 km whether to output time averaged mass coupled advective velocities whether to output time averaged convective mass fluxes from Grell Devenyi ensemble scheme nonlinear backscatter and anisotropy NBA default off using diagnostic stress terms km_opt 2 3 for scalars using tke base
165. age_l16pt nearest neighbor four_pt sixteen pt search average_gcell r for the grid cell average method average_gcel11 the optional argument r specifies the minimum ratio of source data resolution to simulation grid resolution at which the method will be applied unless specified r 0 0 and the option is used for any ratio When a sequence of two or more methods are given the methods should be separated by a sign No default value 5 SMOOTH_OPTION A character string giving the name of a smoothing method to be applied to the field after interpolation Available smoothing options are 1 2 1 smth desmth and smth desmth_special ARW only Default value is null 1 e no smoothing is applied WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 43 WPS 6 SMOOTH_PASSES If smoothing is to be performed on the interpolated field smooth_passes specifies an integer number of passes of the smoothing method to apply to the field Default value is 1 7 REL_PATH A character string specifying the path relative to the path given in the namelist variable geog_data_path A specification is of the general form RES _STRING REL_PATH where RES STRING is a character string identifying the source or resolution of the data in some unique way and may be specified in the namelist variable geog_data_res and REL PATH is a path relative to geog_data_path where the index and data tiles for the data source are found More than one rel_path specification may be given in a
166. al consistency quality control check on cy sounding gce_test_convective_adj TRUE will perform a convective adjustment quality control check on sounding qc_test_above_lid TRUE will flag the observation above model lid remove _above_lid TRUE will remove the observation above model lid domain_check_h TRUE will discard the observations outside the domain Thining_ SATOB FALSE no thinning for SATOB data TRUE thinning procedure applied to SATOB data Thining SSMI FALSE no thinning for SSMI data TRUE thinning procedure applied to SSMI data Thining_QSCAT FALSE no thinning for SATOB data TRUE thinning procedure applied to SSMI data amp record5 print_gts_read TRUE will write diagnostic on the decoded obs reading in file obs_gts_read diag print_gpspw_read TRUE will write diagnostic on the gpsppw obs reading in file obs_gpspw_read diag print_recoverp TRUE will write diagnostic on the obs pressure recovery in file obs_recover_pressure diag print_duplicate_loc TRUE will write diagnostic on space duplicate removal in file obs_duplicate_loc diag print _duplicate_time TRUE will write diagnostic on time duplicate removal in file obs_duplicate_time diag print_recoverh TRUE will write diagnostic on the obs height recovery in file obs_recover_height diag print_qe_vert TRUE will write diagnostic on the vertical consistency check in file obs_qcl diag print_qce_conv TRUE will write diagnostic on the convec
167. alanced poten tial velocity in eigenvector decomposition specify the maximum truncation value in percent age to explain the variance of the unbalanced tem perature in eigenvector decomposition specify the maximum truncation value percentage to explain the variance of pseudo relative humidity in eigenvector decomposition for unbalanced surface pressure it should be a non zero positive numer set max_vert_var5 0 0 only for offline VarBC ap plications the following 4 variables rtminit_nsensor rtminit_platform rtminit_satid rtminit_sensor to WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 50 WRF Data Assimilation gether control what sensors to be assimilated rtminit nsensor rtminit platform rtminit satid rtminit sensor rad_monitoring thinning mesh thinning qc_rad write iv_rad_ascii write oa_rad_ascii use error factor rad use_antcorr rtm_option only sea_rad use _varbc 1 1 max_instruments 1 0 max_instruments 1 0 max_instruments 0 max_instruments 60 0 max_instruments false true false false false false max_instruments 1 false false total number of sensors to be assimilated platforms IDs array used dimension rtminit_nsensor e g 1 for NOAA 9 for EOS 10 for METOP and 2 for DMSP satellite IDs array used dimension rtminit_nsensor sensor IDs array used dimension rtminit_nsensor e g 0 for HIRS 3 for AMSU A 4 for AMSU B
168. alanced surface pressure For cv_options 5 only tuning factor of scale length for stream function For cv_options 5 only tuning factor of scale length for unbalanced veloc ity potential For cv_options 5 only tuning factor of scale length for unbalanced tem perature For cv_options 5 only tuning factor of scale length for pseudo relative humidity For cv_options 5 only tuning factor of scale length for unbalanced surface pressure For cv_options 5 only ensemble covariance weighting factor for program tracing trace_use true gives addi tional performance diagnostics calling tree local routine timings overall routine timings memory usage It does not change results but does add run time overhead unit number for standard output unit number for error output WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 48 WRF Data Assimilation trace unit trace pe trace repeat_head trace m trace _u trace _u trace _u trace m trace repeat body ax depth se se frequent se dull emory trace _all_ pes trace csv use_ html warnings are fatal 10 10 30 true false false true false true true false amp wrfvar10 for code developer wrfvarl1l cv_opti ons_hum check _ rh sfc_ass i options Unit number for tracing output note that units 10 and 9 are reserved for reading namelist input and writing namelist output respectively Currently statistics are always calcu
169. amine the Fortran subroutines that read and write all three intermediate formats metgrid src read_met_module F90 and metgrid src write_ met _module F90 respectively When writing data to the WPS intermediate format 2 dimensional fields are written as a rectangular array of real values 3 dimensional arrays must be split across the vertical dimension into 2 dimensional arrays which are written independently It should also be noted that for global data sets either a Gaussian or cylindrical equidistant projection must be used and for regional data sets either a Mercator Lambert conformal polar stereographic or cylindrical equidistant may be used The sequence of writes used to write a single 2 dimensional array in the WPS intermediate format is as follows note that not all of the variables declared below are used for a given projection of the data integer version Format version must 5 for WPS format integer nx ny x and y dimensions of 2 d array integer iproj Code for projection of data in array 0 cylindrical equidistant 1 Mercator 3 Lambert conformal conic 4 Gaussian global only 5 Polar stereographic real nlats Number of latitudes north of equator for Gaussian grids real xficst Forecast hour of data real xlvl Vertical level of data in 2 d array real startlat startlon Lat lon of point in array indicated by startloc string real deltalat deltalon Grid spacing degrees real dx
170. and copygb on a single wrfout file containing multiple forecast times run_wrfpost_gracet run wrfpost and copygb on wrfout files with non zero minutes seconds run_wrfpost_minute run wrfpost and copygb for sub hourly wrfout files e libl contains source code subdirectories for the WRF Postprocessor libraries and is the directory where the WRF Postprocessor compiled libraries will reside w3lib Library for coding and decoding data in GRIB format Note The version of this library included in this package is Endian independent and can be used on LINUX and IBM systems iplib General interpolation library see libiplib iplib doc splib Spectral transform library see lib splib splib doc wrfmpi_stubs Contains some C and FORTRAN codes to generate the libmpi a library It supports MPI implementation for LINUX applications e parm contains the parameter files which can be modified by the user to control how the post processing is performed e exec location of executables after compilation Building the WPP Code WPP uses a build mechanism similar to that used by the WRF model First issue the configure command followed by the compile command If the WRFV3 directory is not located at WRFV3 the following environment variable must be set setenv WRF _DIR home user WRFV3 If this is not set the configure script will prompt you for it Type configure and provide the required info For example WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 36
171. and paths to the intermediate files that are created by ungrib The utility of this namelist variable is most easily illustrated by way of an example Suppose we wish to work with the North American Regional Reanalysis NARR data set which is split into separate GRIB files for 3 dimensional atmospheric data surface data and fixed field data We may begin by linking all of the 3D GRIB files using the link_grib csh script and by linking the NARR Vtable to the filename vtable Then we may suitably edit the cungrib namelist record before running ungrib exe so that the resulting intermediate files have an appropriate prefix amp ungrib out_format WPS prefix NARR 3D After running ungrib exe the following files should exist with a suitable substitution for the appropriate dates NARR_3D 2008 08 16 12 NARR_3D 2008 08 16 15 NARR_3D 2008 08 16 18 Given intermediate files for the 3 dimensional fields we may process the surface fields by linking the surface GRIB files and changing the prefix variable in the namelist amp ungrib out_format WPS prefix NARR SFC Again running ungrib exe the following should exist in addition to the NARR_3D files NARR_SFC 2008 08 16 12 NARR_SFC 2008 08 16 15 NARR_SFC 2008 08 16 18 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 23 WPS Finally the fixed file is linked with the link_grib csh script and the prefix variable in the namelist is again set amp ungrib out_format WPS pre
172. and these are the default options Running with your own domain Hopefully our test cases will have prepared you for the variety of ways in which you may wish to run WRFDA Please inform us about your ex periences As a professional courtesy we request that you include the following reference in any publications that makes use of any component of the community WRFDA system Barker D M W Huang Y R Guo and Q N Xiao 2004 A Three Dimensional 3DVAR Data Assimilation System For Use With MM5 Implementation and Initial Re sults Mon Wea Rev 132 897 914 Huang X Y Q Xiao D M Barker X Zhang J Michalakes W Huang T Henderson J Bray Y Chen Z Ma J Dudhia Y Guo X Zhang D J Won H C Lin and Y H Kuo 2009 Four Dimensional Variational Data Assimilation for WRF Formulation and Preliminary Results Mon Wea Rev 137 299 314 Running WRFDA requires a Fortran 90 compiler We have currently tested the WRFDA on the following platforms IBM XLF SGI Altix INTEL PC Linux PGI INTEL GFORTRAN and Apple G95 PGI Please let us know if this does not meet your re quirements and we will attempt to add other machines to our list of supported architec tures as resources allow Although we are interested to hear of your experiences on modi fying compile options we do not yet recommend making changes to the configure file used to compile WRFDA Installing WRFDA a Obtaining WRFDA Source Code Users can do
173. ands 7 Open Shrublands 8 Woody Savannas 9 Savannas 10 Grasslands 11 Permanent Wetlands 12 Croplands WRF ARW V3 User s Guide WPS WPS 13 Urban and Built Up 14 Cropland Natural Vegetation Mosaic 15 Snow and Ice 16 Barren or Sparsely Vegetated 17 Water 18 Wooded Tundra 19 Mixed Tundra 20 Barren Tundra Table 3 16 category Soil Categories Soil Category Soil Description 1 Sand 2 Loamy Sand 3 Sandy Loam 4 Silt Loam 5 Silt 6 Loam 7 Sandy Clay Loam 8 Silty Clay Loam 9 Clay Loam 10 Sandy Clay 11 Silty Clay 12 Clay 13 Organic Material 14 Water 15 Bedrock 16 Other land ice WPS Output Fields Below a listing of the global attributes and fields that are written to the geogrid program s output files is given This listing is an abridged version of the output from the ncdump program when run on a typical geo_em d01 nc file netcdf geo em d01 dimensions Time UNLIMITED 1 currently DateStrLen 19 west _ east 73 south_north 60 south _north_stag 61 west_east_stag 74 land_cat 24 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide WPS soil cat 16 month variables char f Loa Loat Loat Loat Loa Loat Loat Loat Loat WRF ARW V3 Loat Loat Loat Loat Loat Loat Loa Loa Loat Loat Loat 12
174. appear with any MPI runs These are standard out and error files Note that the execution command for MPI runs may be different on different machines and for different MPI installation Check the user manual If the model run is successful the last thing printed in wrf out or rs1 0000 file should be wrf SUCCESS COMPLETE WRF Output files wrfout d01 0001 01 01 and wrfrst should be present in the run directory depending on how namelist variables are specified for output The time stamp on these files originates from the start times in the namelist file b Real data case To make a real data case run cd to the working directory by typing cd test em_real or cd run Start with a namelist input template file in the directory edit it to match your case Running a real data case requires successfully running the WRF Preprocessing System programs or WPS Make sure met _em files from WPS are seen in the run directory either link or copy the files cd test em_real ls l WPS met_em In s WPS met_em Make sure you edit the following variables in namelist input file num _metgrid levels number of_ incoming data levels can be found by using ncdump command on met_em file WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 8 MODEL eta_levels model eta levels from 1 to 0 if you choose to do so If not real will compute a nice set of eta levels The computed eta levels have 7 half levels in the lowest 1 km o
175. apter 6 of this User s Guide The analyses input to OBSGRID as the first guess are analyses output from the METGRID part of the WPS package see Chapter 3 of this User s Guide for details regarding the WPS package OBSGRID capabilities include e Choice of Cressman style or Multiquadric objective analysis WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 1 OBSGRID e Various tests to screen the data for suspect observations e Procedures to input bogus data e Expanded Grid OBSGRID has the capability to cut the input model domain down on output This feature allows you to incorporate data from outside your intended grid to improve analyses near the boundaries To use this feature a user must create a larger domain than the final intended domain when running WPS Program Flow OBSGRID is run directly after metgrid exe and uses the met_em output files from metgrid exe as input OBSGRID also requires additional observations A as input The format of these observational files is described in the Observations Format section of this chapter METGRID wrf_obs little_r formated observational data OBSGRID o plot_level exe plot_sounding exe ASCIII Observational output files wrfinput wrfbdy wrflowinp OBS_DOMAINdxx WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 2 OBSGRID Output from the objective analysis programs can be used to e Provide fields for Initial and Boundary conditions 1 Note that the f
176. are identified by the ungrib and metgrid programs and fields specific to GRIB Edition 2 Each variable to be extracted by ungrib exe will have one or more lines in the Vtable with multiple lines for WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 32 WPS data that are split among different level types for example a surface level and upper air levels The fields that must be specified for a line or entry in the Vtable depends on the specifics of the field and level The first group of fields those that describe how the data are identified within the GRIB file are given under the column headings of the Vtable shown below GRIB1 Level From To Param Type Levell Level2 The GRIB1 Param field specifies the GRIB code for the meteorological field which is a number unique to that field within the data set However different data sets may use different GRIB codes for the same field for example temperature at upper air levels has GRIB code 11 in GFS data but GRIB code 130 in ECMWF data To find the GRIB code for a field the glprint exe and g2print exe utility program may be used Given a GRIB code the Level Type From Levell and From Level2 fields are used to specify which levels a field may be found at As with the GRIB1 Param field the glprint exe and g2print exe programs may be used to find values for the level fields The meanings of the level fields are dependent on the Level Type f
177. as ice snow and graupel processes suitable for real data high resolution simulations 2 c WRF Single Moment 3 class scheme A simple efficient scheme with ice and snow processes suitable for mesoscale grid sizes 3 d WRF Single Moment 5 class scheme A slightly more sophisticated version of c that allows for mixed phase processes and super cooled water 4 e Eta microphysics The operational microphysics in NCEP models A simple efficient scheme with diagnostic mixed phase processes 5 f WRF Single Moment 6 class scheme A scheme with ice snow and graupel processes suitable for high resolution simulations 6 g Goddard microphysics scheme A scheme with ice snow and graupel processes suitable for high resolution simulations 7 New in Version 3 0 h New Thompson et al scheme A new scheme with ice snow and graupel processes suitable for high resolution simulations 8 This adds rain number concentration and updates the scheme from the one in Version 3 0 New in Version 3 1 i Milbrandt Yau Double Moment 7 class scheme 9 This scheme includes separate categories for hail and graupel with double moment cloud rain ice snow graupel and hail New in Version 3 2 j Morrison double moment scheme 10 Double moment ice snow rain and graupel for cloud resolving simulations New in Version 3 0 k WRF Double Moment 5 class scheme 14 This scheme has double moment rain Cloud and CCN for warm processes but is o
178. as usual Note that since this is a new option in the model use it with caution Not all options have been tested For example all filter options have not been tested and positive definite options are not working for lat lon grid As an extension to the global lat lon grid regional domain can be set using lat lon grid too To do so one need to set both grid dimensions and grid distances in degrees Again geogrid will calculate the grid distance assuming the earth is a sphere and its radius is 6370 km Find grid distance in meters in the netcdf file and use the value for WRF s namelist input file j Using Digital Filter Initialization Digital filter initialization DFI is a new option in V3 It is a way to remove initial model imbalance as for example measured by the surface pressure tendency This might be important when one is interested in the 0 6 hour simulation forecast It runs a digital filter during a short model integration backward and forward and then start the forecast In WRF implementation this is all done in a single job In the current release DFI can only be used in a single domain run No special requirement for data preparation Start with namelist template namelist input dfi This namelist file contains an extra namelist record for DFI amp d i control Edit it to match your case configuration For a typical application the following options are used dfi opt 3 dfi nfilter 7 filter option Dolph
179. asts verification pur poses namelist input This is the WRFDA input namelist file which contains all the user defined non default options Any namelist defined options that do not appear in this file should have their names checked against values in WRFDA Registry Registry wrfvar namelist output A consolidated list of all the namelist options used rsl Files containing information of standard WRFDA output from individual proces sors when multiple processors are used It contains host of information on number of ob servations minimization timings etc Additional diagnostics may be printed in these files by including various print WRFDA namelist options To learn more about these addi tional print options search print_ string in WRFDA Registry Registry wrfvar statistics Text file containing OMB OI OMA OA statistics minimum maxi mum mean and standard deviation for each observation type and variable This informa tion is very useful in diagnosing how WRFDA has used different components of the ob serving system Also contained are the analysis minus background A B statistics i e Statistics of the analysis increments for each model variable at each model level This in formation is very useful in checking the range of analysis increment values found in the analysis and where they are in the WRF model grid space The WRFDA analysis file is wrfvar_output It is in WRF NetCDF format It will be come the
180. at field is located Output from geogrid is written in the WRF I O API format and thus by selecting the NetCDF I O format geogrid can be made to write its output in NetCDF for easy visualization using external software packages including ncview NCL and the new release of RIP4 Program ungrib The ungrib program reads GRIB files degribs the data and writes the data in a simple format called the intermediate format see the section on writing data to the intermediate format for details of the format The GRIB files contain time varying meteorological fields and are typically from another regional or global model such as NCEP s NAM or GFS models The ungrib program can read GRIB Edition 1 and if compiled with a GRIB2 option GRIB Edition 2 files GRIB files typically contain more fields than are needed to initialize WRF Both versions of the GRIB format use various codes to identify the variables and levels in the GRIB file Ungrib uses tables of these codes called Vtables for variable tables to define which fields to extract from the GRIB file and write to the intermediate format Details about the codes can be found in the WMO GRIB documentation and in documentation from the originating center Vtables for common GRIB model output files are provided with the ungrib software Vtables are provided for NAM 104 and 212 grids the NAM AWIP format GFS the NCEP NCAR Reanalysis archived at NCAR RUC pressure level data and
181. ate generic state variables as shown in the example following If the namelist variable use_wps_input is set to 1 then the variables u_gc and v_gc are available to be processed lt Table gt lt PackageName gt lt NMLAssociated gt lt Variables gt package realonly use_wps_input state u_gc v_ge T O Applications Program Interface I O API The software that implements WRF I O like the software that implements the model in general is organized hierarchically as a software stack http www mmm ucar edu wrf WG2 Tigers IOAPI IOStack html From top closest to the model code itself to bottom closest to the external package implementing the I O the I O stack looks like this e Domain I O operations on an entire domain e Field I O operations on individual fields e Package neutral I O API e Package dependent I O API external package There is additional information on the WRF I O software architecture on http www mmm ucar edu wrf WG2 IOAPIM0O_files v3_document htm The lower levels of the stack associated with the interface between the model and the external packages are described in the I O and Model Coupling API specification document on http www mmm ucar edu wrf WG2 Tigers IOAPI index html Timekeeping Starting times stopping times and time intervals in WRF are stored and manipulated as Earth System Modeling Framework ESMF http www esmf ucar edu time manager objects This allows exact represe
182. ate of an i j location corresponding to a latitude longitude location that is known in the projection Default value is 1 9 KNOWN Y A real value specifying the j coordinate of an 1 j location corresponding to a latitude longitude location that is known in the projection Default value is 1 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 46 WPS 10 KNOWN _LAT A real value specifying the latitude of a latitude longitude location that is known in the projection No default value 11 KNOWN_LON A real value specifying the longitude of a latitude longitude location that is known in the projection No default value 12 STDLON A real value specifying the longitude that is parallel with the y axis in conic and azimuthal projections No default value 13 TRUELATI A real value specifying the first true latitude for conic projections or the only true latitude for azimuthal projections No default value 14 TRUELAT 2 A real value specifying the second true latitude for conic projections No default value 15 WORDSIZE An integer giving the number of bytes used to represent the value of each grid point in the data files No default value 16 TILE_X An integer specifying the number of grid points in the x direction excluding any halo points for a single tile of source data No default value 17 TILE_Y An integer specifying the number of grid points in the y direction excluding any halo points for a single tile of sour
183. ation Hybrid Data Assimilation in WRFDA The WRFDA system also includes a hybrid data assimilation technique which is based on the existing 3DVAR The difference between hybrid and 3DVAR schemes is that 3DVAR relies solely on a static covariance model to specify the background errors while the hybrid system uses a combination of 3DVAR static error covariances and ensemble estimated error covariances to incorporate a flow dependent estimate of the background error Statistics Please refer to Wang et al 2008a b for a detailed description of the methodology used in the WRF hybrid system The following section will give a brief in troduction of various aspects of using the hybrid system a Source Code There are three executables that are used in the hybrid system If you have successfully compiled the WRFDA system you will see the following WRFDA var build gen_be ensmean exe WRFDA var build gen_be ep2 exe WRFDA var build da_wrfvar exe gen_be_ensmean exe is used to calculate the ensemble mean while gen_be_ep2 exe is used to calculate the ensemble perturbations As with 3DVAR 4DVAR da_wrfvar exe is the main WRFDA program However in this case da_wrfvar exe will run in the hybrid mode b Running The Hybrid System The procedure is the same as running 3DVAR 4DVAR with the exception of some extra input files and namelist settings The basic input files for WRFDA are LANDUSE TBL ob ascii or ob bufr depending on which observation
184. ation For a quick overview of capabilities of VAPOR with WRF data see Getting started with VAPOR and WRF http www vapor ucar edu docs usage wrfstart WRF GetStarted pdf Several documents on the VAPOR website ittp www vapor ucar edu are provided for visualization of WRF data Additional resources are available in the VAPOR user interface to help users quickly get the information they need and showing how to obtain the most useful visualizations The Georgia Weather Case Study http www vapor ucar edu docs tutorial georgia GeorgiaCaseStudy pdf provides a step by step tutorial showing how to use most of the VAPOR features that are useful in WRF visualization Conversion of WRF data and creation of georeferenced images are discussed in the VAPOR WRF Data and Image Preparation Guide http www vapor ucar edu docs usage wrfprep WRF support pdf Using NCL with VAPOR to visualize WRF ARW data http www vapor ucar edu docs tutorial wrfncl VAPOR WRF NCL pdf is a tutorial that shows how to create georeferenced images from NCL plots and to insert them in VAPOR scenes Complete documentation of all capabilities of the VAPOR user interface is provided in the VAPOR User Interface Reference Manual http www vapor ucar edu docs reference UIRef ReferenceManual pdf The VAPOR Users Guide for WRF Typhoon Research http www vapor ucar edu docs tutorial typhoon Typhoon pdf provides a tutorial for using VAPOR
185. ative locations of the arrays are determined by the range of x and y indices in the file names for each of the arrays It is important to note however that every tile in a data set must have the same x and y dimensions and that tiles of data within a data set must not overlap furthermore all tiles must start and end on multiples of the index ranges For example the global 30 second USGS topography data set is divided into arrays of dimension 1200 x 1200 with each array containing a 10 degree x 10 degree piece of the data set the file whose south west corner is located at 90S 180W is named 00001 01200 00001 01200 and the file whose north east corner is located at 90N 180E is named 42001 43200 20401 21600 If a data set is to be split into multiple tiles and the number of grid points in say the x direction is not evenly divided by the number of tiles in the x direction then the last column of tiles must be padded with a flag value specified in the index file using the missing value keyword so that all tiles have the same dimensions For example if a data set has 2456 points in the x direction and three tiles in the x direction will be used the range of x coordinates of the tiles might be 1 820 821 1640 and 1641 2460 with columns 2457 through 2460 being filled with a flag value Clearly since the starting and ending indices must have five digits a field cannot have more than 99999 data points in either of the x o
186. ault volume dimensions and or spatial extents Converting only a subset of the WRF output time steps Converting a specific collection of variables 4 Visualize the WRF data From the command line issue the command vaporgui or double click the VAPOR desktop icon on Windows or Mac This will launch the VAPOR user interface From the Data menu choose Load a dataset into default session and select the metadata file that you associated with your converted WRF data WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 53 POST PROCESSING v VAPOR r Interface isualizer file Edit Data Yiew Script Animation Help ja ore Jamato Vewpoet Regen Pate be Poe OVA Lead TF Lond instntes TF Be perverse ji F Lipeng On Navigation Mode Use left mouse to rotate right to zoom middie to translate To visualize the data select a renderer tab DVR Iso Flow 2D Image or Probe chose the variable s to display and then at the top of the tab check the box labeled Instance 1 to enable the renderer For example the above top image combines volume flow and isosurface visualization with a terrain image The bottom image illustrates hurricane Ike as it made landfall in 2008 The Texas terrain has a map of US Counties applied to it and an NCL image of accumulated rainfall is shown at ground level in the current region WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 54 POST PROCESSING 5 Read the VAPOR Document
187. be downloaded from and installation instruction can be found on the Unidata Web page at http www unidata ucar edu Hint for Linux users If PGI Intel or g95 compiler are used on a Linux computer make sure netCDF is installed using the same compiler Use NETCDF environment variable to point to the PGI Intel g95 compiled netCDF library WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 2 MODEL Hint If using netCDF 4 make sure that the new capabilities such as parallel I O based on HDFS are not activated at the install time WRE source code tar file can be downloaded from http www mmm ucar edu wrf download get_source html Once the tar file is unzipped gunzip WRFV3 TAR gz and untared tar xf WRFV3 TAR and it will create a WRFV3 directory This contains Makefile Top level makefile README General information about WRF ARW core README _test_cases Explanation of the test cases README NMM General information for WRF NMM core README rsl output For NMM Registry Directory for WRF Registry files arch Directory where compile options are gathered clean script to clean created files executables compile script for compiling WRF code configure script to create the configure wrf file for compile chem WRF chemistry supported by NOAA GSD dyn_em Directory for ARW dynamics and numerics dyn_exp Directory for a toy dynamic core dyn_nmm Directory for NMM dynamics and numerics supported
188. be set to 0 e gwd_opt Gravity wave drag option Can be activated when grid size is greater than 10 km May be beneficial for simulations longer than 5 days and over a large domain with mountain ranges New in Version 3 1 Diffusion and Damping Options Diffusion in WRF is categorized under two parameters the diffusion option and the K option The diffusion option selects how the derivatives used in diffusion are calculated and the K option selects how the K coefficients are calculated Note that when a PBL option is selected vertical diffusion is done by the PBL scheme and not by the diffusion scheme In Version 3 vertical diffusion is also linked to the surface fluxes 1 1 Diffusion Option diff_opt a Simple diffusion Gradients are simply taken along coordinate surfaces diff_opt 1 b Full diffusion Gradients use full metric terms to more accurately compute horizontal gradients in sloped coordinates diff_opt 2 1 2 K Option km_opt Note that when using a PBL scheme only options a and d below make sense because b and c are designed for 3d diffusion a Constant K is specified by namelist values for horizontal and vertical diffusion km_opt 1 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 31 MODEL b 3d TKE A prognostic equation for turbulent kinetic energy is used and K is based on TKE km_opt 2 c 3d Deformation K is diagnosed from 3d deformation and stability following a Smagorinsky approach km
189. because it requires several 3 dimensional arrays the model s history variables for the computations When running wrfpost on more than one processor the last processor will be designated as an I O node while the rest of the processors are designated as computational nodes For example if three processors are requested to run the wrfpost only the first two processors will be used for computation while the third processor will be used to write output to GRIB files Setting up the WRF model to interface with the WRF Postprocessor The wrfpost program is currently set up to read a large number of fields from the WRF model history files This configuration stems from NCEP s need to generate all of its required operational products A list of the fields that are currently read in by wrfpost is provided in Table 1 This program is configured such that is will run successfully if an expected input field is missing from the WRF history file as long as this field is not required to produce a requested output field If the pre requisites for a requested output field are missing from the WRF history file wrfpost will abort at run time Take care not to remove fields from the wrfout files which may be needed for diagnostic purposes by the WPP package For example if isobaric state fields are requested but the WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 38 POST PROCESSING pressure fields on model interfaces P and PB are not available in the history file
190. been created to help users calculate simply diagnostics Full descriptions of these functions are available on the NCL web site http www ncl ucar edu Document Functions wrf shtml wrf_avo Calculates absolute vorticity wrf_cape_2d Computes convective available potential energy CAPE convective inhibition CIN lifted condensation level LCL and level of free convection LFC wrf_cape_3d Computes convective available potential energy CAPE and convective inhibition CIN wrf_dbz Calculates the equivalent reflectivity factor wrf_eth Calculates equivalent potential temperature wrf_helicity Calculates storm relative helicity wrf_ij_to_ll Finds the longitude latitude locations to the specified model grid indices i j wrf_ll_to_ij Finds the model grid indices i j to the specified location s in longitude and latitude wrf_pvo Calculates potential vorticity wrf_rh Calculates relative humidity wrf_slp Calculates sea level pressure wrf_smooth_2d Smooth a given field wrf_td Calculates dewpoint temperature in C wrf_tk Calculates temperature in K wrf_updraft_helicity Calculates updraft helicity wrf_uvmet Rotates u v components of the wind to earth coordinates WRF ARW V3 User s Guide i 9 15 POST PROCESSING Adding diagnostics using FORTRAN code It is possible to link your favorite FORTRAN diagnostics routines to NCL It is eas
191. binary has a corresponding parallel format whose number is given by adding 100 to the io form value i e the value of ico _form_geogrid and io form _metgrid for the standard format It is not necessary to use a parallel io form but when one is used each CPU will read write its input output to a separate file whose name is simply the name that would be used during serial execution but with a four digit processor ID appended to the name For example running geogrid on four processors with io _form_geogrid 102 would create output files named geo _em d01 nc 0000 geo _em d01 nc 0001 geo _em d01 nc 0002 and geo_em d01 nc 0003 for the coarse domain During distributed memory execution model domains are decomposed into rectangular patches with each processor working on a single patch When reading writing from to WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 25 WPS the WRF I O API format each processor reads writes only its patch Consequently if a parallel io form is chosen for the output of geogrid metgrid must be run using the same number of processors as were used to run geogrid Similarly if a parallel io_form is chosen for the metgrid output files the real program must be run using the same number of processors Of course it is still possible to use a standard io_form when running on multiple processors in which case all data for the model domain will be distributed collected upon input output As a final note when geogrid or metgrid are run on
192. bs ascii end scan obs ascii Observation summary ob time 1 sound 85 global 85 local synop 531 global 525 local pilot 84 global 84 local satem 78 global 78 local geoamv 736 global 719 local polaramv 0 global 0 local airep 132 global 131 local gpspw 183 global 183 local gpsrf 0 global 0 local metar 1043 global 1037 local ships 86 global 82 local ssmi_rv 0 global 0 local ssmi_tb 0 global 0 local ssmt1 0 global 0 local ssmt2 0 global 0 local qscat 0 global 0 local profiler 61 global 61 local buoy 216 global 216 local bogus 0 global 0 local pseudo 0 global 0 local radar 0 global 0 local radiance 0 global 0 local airs retrieval 0 global 0 local sonde_sfc 85 global 85 local mtgirs 0 global 0 local tamdar 0 global 0 local Set up background errors for regional application WRF Var dry control variables are psi chi_u t_u and psfc Humidity control variable is q qsg Using the averaged regression coefficients for unbalanced part Vertical truncation for psi 15 99 00 Vertical truncation for chi_u 20 99 00 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 17 WRF Data Assimilation Vertical truncation for t_u Vertical truncation for rh Calculate innovation vector 29 99 00 22 99 00 iv Minimize cost function using CG method For this run cost function diagnostics will not be written Starting outer iteration Starting cost function For this outer iteration gradient target is Inner
193. by DTC external Directory that contains external packages such as those for IO time keeping and MPI frame Directory that contains modules for WRF framework inc Directory that contains include files main Directory for main routines such as wrf F and all executables after compilation phys Directory for all physics modules run Directory where one may run WRF share Directory that contains mostly modules for WRF mediation layer and WRF I O test Directory that contains test case directories may be used to run WRF tools Directory that contains tools for developers The steps to compile and run the model are 1 configure generate a configuration file for compilation WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 3 MODEL 2 compile compile the code 3 run the model Go to WRFV3 top directory and type configure and a list of choices for your computer should appear These choices range from compiling for a single processor job serial to using OpenMP shared memory smpar or distributed memory parallelization dmpar options for multiple processors or combination of shared memory and distributed memory options dm sm When a selection is made a second choice for compiling nesting will appear For example on a Linux computer the above steps may look like gt setenv NETCDF usr local netcdf pgi gt configure checking for perl5 no checking for perl found usr bin perl perl Will use NETCDF in dir
194. c calculations Fortran source provided based on the NCAR Graphics package pre processor converts WRF WPS and WRFDA data to RIP input format table driven Oo 0 0 0 UNIX Environment Settings There are only a few environmental settings that are WRF system related Most of these are not required but when things start acting badly test some out In Cshell syntax e setenv WRF_EM CORE 1 o explicitly defines which model core to build e setenv WRF_NMM CORE 0 o explicitly defines which model core NOT to build e setenv WRF_DA CORE 0 o explicitly defines no data assimilation e setenv NETCDF usr local netcdf or where ever you have it stuck o all of the WRF components want both the lib and the include directories e setenv OMP_NUM_THREADS n where n is the number of procs to use o if you have OpenMP on your system this is how to specify the number of threads e setenv MP_STACK SIZE 64000000 o OpenMP blows through the stack size set it large o However if the model still crashes it may be a problem of over specifying stack size Set stack size sufficiently large but not unlimited o On some system the equivalent parameter could be KMP_STACKSIZE or OMP_STACKSIZE e unlimit o especially if you are on a small system WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 2 4 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION Building the WRF Code The WRF code has a fairly complicated build mechanism It tries to determine the architecture that you are on and then presents you w
195. cc eeceeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeaeeees 8 15 Performance sini nidvusanrisvadameatncdudaninedanesteatidasanesumadiwedsiaanadimedaons 8 15 PINS INO eneeier iiaa aa 8 15 9 Post Processing Programs NOGGIN sicrietssaisaitaanrstasitweidaaien a a a aaa a 9 1 NCL aessessesnssssessurouuresnerrenrosnorrsurouuresnurrenrosnrensurruurennsrreurounrennune 9 2 E e E A E E EE A A E AA AE 9 19 PWV OSI a os ceases icc tes ieee setine aeann sed NEE Danaa AAEE Diaa 9 28 S WPR EE EE E EE oul E EA E 9 35 On geen ne PORT nT nC nn nC a TTA ER 9 50 10 Utilities and Tools Introduction cal arcs cdacsderscccscsnacadncatescsnunn cats cabasccos i aatiadleaasantine 10 1 read Wi WAG iccenanadalorncnscmiostaesareccinnneiouumenioe 10 1 a e i E EAEE 10 5 Se oa o E E E Netti ddteatsaanties 10 6 TO Bogus Scheme sscctccnthentcaniheniienchentpeudbesinaniieptrantberinexshttcustiey 10 8 V ED A AA eee 10 10 proc oml ceatossictdieasagaansepnoadijaendadabasoodadanidaassancadijensasoedagesadates 10 12 OOS A AA AA 10 13 Appendix A WRF Fire NT OOUICHON a A 1 WRF Fire in idealized cases cccccceeeeccccccceeeseeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeaes A 3 Fire variables in namelist input ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees A 3 PVEUMISUIS THOU cs nnssicen secur ttedenesagetiusnsdantearetenteasttapsacnepepieasshapiacsuaeinss A 5 Running WRF_Fire on real data ceeeesesecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees A 6 Fire state variables wrsided
196. ce DWPT TEMP ON P SFCS 17 100 Specific humidity on pressure surface SPEC HUM ON P SFCS 51 100 Relative humidity on pressure surface REL HUMID ON P SFCS 52 100 Moisture convergence on pressure surface MST CNVG ON P SFCS 135 100 U component wind on pressure surface U WIND ON PRESS SFCS 33 100 V component wind on pressure surface V WIND ON PRESS SFCS 34 100 Omega on pressure surface OMEGA ON PRESS SFCS 39 100 Absolute vorticity on pressure surface ABS VORT ON P SFCS 41 100 Geostrophic streamfunction on pressure surface STRMFUNC ON P SFCS 35 100 Turbulent kinetic energy on pressure surface TRBLNT KE ON P SFCS 158 100 Cloud water on pressure surface CLOUD WATR ON P SFCS 153 100 Cloud ice on pressure surface CLOUD ICE ON P SFCS 58 100 Rain on pressure surface RAIN ON P SFCS 170 100 Snow water on pressure surface SNOW ON P SFCS 171 100 Total condensate on pressure surface CONDENSATE ON P SFCS 135 100 Mesinger Membrane sea level pressure MESINGER MEAN SLP 130 102 Shuell sea level pressure SHUELL MEAN SLP 2 102 2 M pressure SHELTER PRESSURE 1 105 2 M temperature SHELTER TEMPERATURE 11 105 2 M specific humidity SHELTER SPEC HUMID 51 105 2 M dew point temperature SHELTER DEWPOINT 17 105 2M RH SHELTER REL HUMID 52 105 2 M mixing ratio SHELTER MIX RATIO 53 105 10 M u component wind U WIND AT ANEMOM HT 33 105 10 M v component wind V WIND AT ANEMOM HT 34 105 10 M potential temperature POT TEMP AT 10M 13 105 10 M specific humidity SPEC HUM AT 10M 51 105 Surface
197. ce data No default value 18 TILE_Z An integer specifying the number of grid points in the z direction for a single tile of source data this keyword serves as an alternative to the pair of keywords tile _z_ start and tile z end and when this keyword is used the starting z index is assumed to be 1 No default value 19 TILE_Z START An integer specifying the starting index in the z direction of the array in the data files If this keyword is used tile_z_end must also be specified No default value 20 TILE Z END An integer specifying the ending index in the z direction of the array in the data files If this keyword is used tile_z start must also be specified No default value 21 CATEGORY MIN For categorical data type categorical an integer specifying the minimum category index that is found in the data set If this keyword is used category _max must also be specified No default value 22 CATEGORY MAX For categorical data type categorical an integer specifying the maximum category index that is found in the data set If this keyword is used category _min must also be specified No default value WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 47 WPS 23 TILE_BDR An integer specifying the halo width in grid points for each tile of data Default value is 0 24 MISSING_VALUE A real value that when encountered in the data set should be interpreted as missing data No default value 25 SCALE FACTOR A real value that data
198. ck an option without Vis5SD libraries Compile ARWpost If your WRFV3 code is NOT compiled under WRFV3 edit configure arwp and set WRF_DIR to the correct location of your WRFV3 code WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 29 POST PROCESSING Type compile If successful the executable ARWpost exe will be created Edit the namelist ARWpost file Set input and output file names and fields to process amp io Variable Value Description amp datetime start_date Start and end dates to process end_date Format YY YY MM DD_HH 00 00 interval_seconds 0 Interval in seconds between data to process If data is available every hour and this is set to every 3 hours the code will skip past data not required tacc 0 Time tolerance in seconds Any time in the model output that is within tacc seconds of the time specified will be processed debug_level 0 Set higher to debugging is required amp io io_form_input 2 netCDF 5 GRIB1 input_root_name Path and root name of files to use as input All files starting with the root name will be processed Wild characters are allowed output_root_name Output root name When converting data to GrADS output_root_name ctl and output_root_name dat will be created For VisSD output_root_name v5d will be created output_title Title as Use to overwrite title used in GrADS ctl file in WRF file mercator_defs Fal
199. ck to translate flip mirror rotate scale shear and transform images adjust image colors apply various special effects or draw text lines polygons ellipses and B_zier curves The software package is freely available from http Avww imagemagick org Download and installation instructions are also available from this site Examples of converting data with ImageMagick software convert file pdf file png convert file png file bmp convert file pdf file gif convert file ras file png ImageMagick cannot convert ncgm NCAR Graphics file format to other file formats Converting ncgm NCAR Graphics file format NCAR Graphics has tools to convert ncgm files to raster file formats Once files are in raster file format ImageMagick can be used to translate the files into other formats For ncgm files containing a single frame use ctrans ctrans d sun file ncegm file ras For ncgm files containing multiple frames first use med metafile frame editor and then ctrans med will create multiple single frame files called medxxx ncgm med e 1 S split file ncgm ctrans d sun_ med001 ncegm gt med001 ras WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 13 UTILITIES AND TOOLS Design WRF model domains WPS util plotgrids exe can be used to display model domains before WPS geogrid exe is run This utility reads the domain setup from namelist wps and creates an ncgm file that can be viewed with the NCAR Graphics command idt e g
200. cnadadanwedatsdivoncnemevancasnevansasnncansasnacanimsentonnss A 11 WRF Fire software ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees A 12 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide iii CONTENTS WRF ARW V3 User s Guide OVERVIEW Chapter 1 Overview Table of Contents e Introduction e The WRF ARW Modeling System Program Components Introduction The Advanced Research WRF ARW modeling system has been in development for the past few years The current release is Version 3 available since April 2008 The ARW is designed to be a flexible state of the art atmospheric simulation system that is portable and efficient on available parallel computing platforms The ARW is suitable for use in a broad range of applications across scales ranging from meters to thousands of kilometers including e Idealized simulations e g LES convection baroclinic waves e Parameterization research e Data assimilation research e Forecast research e Real time NWP e Hurricane research e Regional climate research e Coupled model applications e Teaching The Mesoscale and Microscale Meteorology Division of NCAR is currently maintaining and supporting a subset of the overall WRF code Version 3 that includes e WRF Software Framework WSF e Advanced Research WRF ARW dynamic solver including one way two way nesting and moving nest e The WRF Preprocessing System WPS e WRF Data Assimilation WRF DA system which curren
201. cription PRECIP RATE FROM CUMULUS SCHEME PRATEC units mm s 1 RAINCV Time south_north west_east RAINCV description TIME STEP CUMULUS PRECIPITATION RAINCV units mm SNOWNC Time south_north west_east SNOWNC description ACCUMULATED TOTAL GRID SCALE SNOW AND ICE SNOWNC units mm GRAUPELNC Time south_north west _east GRAUPELNC description ACCUMULATED TOTAL GRID SCALE GRAUPEL GRAUPELNC units mm EDT_OUT Time south north west_east EDT _OUT description EDT FROM GD SCHEME EDT _OUT units Fe y SWDOWN Time south_north west_east SWDOWN description DOWNWARD SHORT WAVE FLUX AT GROUND SURFACE SWDOWN units W m 2 GLW Time south north west_east GLW description DOWNWARD LONG WAVE FLUX AT GROUND SURFACE GLW units W m 2 OLR Time south north west_east OLR description TOA OUTGOING LONG WAVE OLR units W m 2 XLAT Time south_north west_east XLAT description LATITUDE SOUTH IS NEGATIVE XLAT units degree north XLONG Time south north west_east XLONG description LONGITUDE WEST IS NEGATIVE XLONG units degree east XLAT_U Time south _north west_east_stag XLAT U description LATITUDE SOUTH IS NEGATIVE XLAT_U units degree north XLONG_U Time south_north west_east_stag XLONG U description LONGITUDE WEST IS NEGATIVE XLONG U units degree _east
202. d for diagnosis False Ignore the JcDF output from WRF jcdfi_tauc 10800 seconds filter time window second jcdfi_gama 1 0 Scaling number used to tune the weight of JcDF term jcdfi_error_wind 3 0 m s wind error used in JcDF jedfi_error t 1 0 K temperature error used in JcDF jcedfi_error_q 0 001 kg kg specific humidity error used in JcDF jcdfi_error_mu 1000 Pa perturbation pressure mu error used in JcDF OBSPROC namelist variables Variable Names Description amp recordl obs_gts_filename name and path of decoded observation file fg_format MMS for MM5 application WRF for WRF application obserr txt name and path of observational error file first_guess_ file name and path of the first guess file amp record2 time_window_min The earliest time edge as ccyy mm dd_hh mn ss WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 54 WRF Data Assimilation time_analysis The analysis time as ccyy mm dd_hh mn ss time_window_max The latest time edge as ccyy mm dd_hh mn ss Note Only observations between time_window_min time_window_max will kept amp record3 max _number_of_obs Maximum number of observations to be loaded ie in domain and time window this is independent of the number of obs actually read fa TRUE will stop when more than max_number_of_obs are loaded tal_if_exceed_max_obs FALSE will process the first max_number_of_obs loaded obser vations amp record4 qc_test_vert_consisten TRUE will perform a vertic
203. d point an example of which is the 30 second USGS land use data set WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 34 WPS For a categorical field given as dominant categories the data must first be stored in a regular 2 d array of integers with each integer giving the dominant category at the corresponding source grid point Given this array the data are written to a file row by row beginning at the bottom or southern most row For example in the figure above the elements of the n x m array would be written in the order x11 X12 Xim X21 X2m w Xn Xnm When written to the file every element is stored as a 1 2 3 or 4 byte integer in big endian byte order 1 e for the 4 byte integer ABCD byte A is stored at the lowest address and byte D at the highest although little endian files may be used by setting endian little in the index file for the data set Every element in a file must use the same number of bytes for its storage and of course it is advantageous to use the fewest number of bytes needed to represent the complete range of values in the array When writing the binary data to a file no header record marker or additional bytes should be written For example a 2 byte 1000 x 1000 array should result in a file whose size is exactly 2 000 000 bytes Since Fortran unformatted writes add record markers it is not possible to write a geogrid binary formatted file directly from Fortran instead it is recomm
204. d stress terms km_opt 2 needed 1 adds output of Mij stress terms when NBA is not used 2 activate 8 pre defined tracers in Registry boundary condition control total number of rows for specified boundary value nudging number of points in specified zone spec b c option number of points in relaxation zone spec b c option specified boundary conditions only can be used for to domain 1 exponential multiplier for relaxation zone ramp for specified t 0 linear ramp default 0 33 3 dx exp decay factor The above 5 namelists are used for real data runs only periodic boundary conditions in x direction WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 58 MODEL symmetric xs symmetric xe open xs max_dom open xe max_dom periodic _y max_dom symmetric ys symmetric ye open_ys max_dom open _ye max_dom nested max_dom polar constant_bc amp namelist_quilt nio tasks per group nio_groups amp grib2 background_proc_id forecast _proc_id max_dom false max_dom false false false false max_dom false max_dom false false false false true true false false 0 255 255 symmetric boundary conditions at x start west symmetric boundary conditions at x end east open boundary conditions at x start west open boundary conditions at x end east periodic boundary conditions in y direction symmetric boundary conditi
205. d to compute the directional derivative of the field in the y direction using a central difference along the interior of the domain or a one sided difference at the boundary of the domain the derivative field will be named according to the character string assigned to the keyword df_dy Default value is null i e no derivative field is computed 19 Z DIM NAME For 3 dimensional output fields a character string giving the name of the vertical dimension or z dimension A continuous field may have multiple levels and thus be a 3 dimensional field and a categorical field may take the form of a 3 dimensional field if it is written out as fractional fields for each category No default value WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 45 WPS Description of index Options Related to the GEOGRID TBL are the index files that are associated with each static data set An index file defines parameters specific to that data set while the GEOGRID TBL file describes how each of the data sets should be treated by geogrid As with the GEOGRID TBL file specifications in an index file are of the form keyword value Below are possible keywords and their possible values 1 PROJECTION A character string specifying the projection of the data which may be either lambert polar mercator regular_1ll albers nad83 OF polar _wgs84 No default value 2 TYPE A character string either categorical or continuous that determines whether the data in the data files sho
206. dge as ccyy mm dd_hh mn ss time_analysis 2008 02 05 12 00 00 The analysis time as ccyy mm dd_hh mn ss time _window_max 2008 02 05 13 00 00 The latest time edge as ccyy mm dd_hh mn ss amp record6 7 8 Edit all the domain setting according with your own experiment You may pay special attention on NESTIX and NESTJX which is described in the section Description of Namelist Variables for details amp record9 use_for 3DVAR used for 3D Var default To run OBSPROC type gt obsproc exe gt amp obsproc out Once obsproc exe has completed successfully you will see an observation data file obs_gts_ 2008 02 05 12 00 00 3DVAR in the obsproc directory This is the input ob servation file to WRFDA WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 10 WRF Data Assimilation obs_gts_ 2008 02 05 12 00 00 3DVAR is an ASCII file that contains a header section listed below followed by observations The meanings and format of observations in the file are described in the last six lines of the header section TOTAL 9066 MISS 888888 SYNOP 757 METAR 2416 SHIP 145 BUOY 250 BOGUS 0 TEMP 86 AMDAR 19 AIREP 205 TAMDAR 0 PILOT 85 SATEM 106 SATOB 2556 GPSPW 187 GPSZD 0 GPSRF 3 GPSEP 0 SSMT1 0 SSMT2 0 TOVS 0 QSCAT 2190 PROFL 61 AIRSR 0 OTHER 0 PHIC 40 00 XLONC 95 00 TRUE1L 30 00 TRUE2 60 00 XIM11 1 00 XJM11 1 00 base _temp 290 00 bas
207. do vertical nesting prior to Version 3 2 namely adding vertical levels this program can be used after running ndown to achieve the same results Starting from Version 3 2 vertical levels may be added in program ndown via namelist option vert refine fact which allows one to refine vertical levels by an integer factor The v_interp utility program can be obtained from the WRF Download page http www mmm ucar edu wrf users download get_source html Compile The code should be easily built and run on any machine with a netCDF library To compile the code use the compile flags shown at the top of the utility program e g for a LINUX machine and pgf90 compiler one may type pgf90 v_interp f L usr local netcdf lib lnetcdf I usr local netcdf include Mfree O v _ interp If successful this will create the executable v_interp Run Edit the namelist file namelist v_interp see namelist options below for the number of new vertical levels nvert and the new set of levels nlevels To find out the existing model levels check the original WRF namelist input file used to create the input files or type the following ncdump v ZNW wrfinput_ddl The executable takes two arguments on the command line v_interp file file_new WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 10 UTILITIES AND TOOLS where file is the input file you want to add the vertical levels to and file new is the output file that contains more ve
208. e south_north west_east AANDSEA units proprtn AANDSEA description Land Sea flag l land 0 or 2 sea t SEAICE Time south _north west _east SEAICE units proprtn SEAICE description Ice flag ST100200 Time south _north west_east ST100200 ST100200 ST040100 1 STO040100 STO40100 ST010040 1 units K description T 100 200 cm below ground layer Bottom Time south north west_east units K description T 40 100 cm below ground layer Upper Time south north west_east User s Guide 3 61 WPS ST010040 units K ST010040 description T 10 40 cm below ground layer Upper float ST000010 Time south _north west east ST000010 units K ST000010 description T 0 10 cm below ground layer Upper float SM100200 Time south_north west_east SM100200 units kg m 3 SM100200 description Soil Moist 100 200 cm below gr layer float SM040100 Time south_north west _ east SM040100 units kg m 3 SM040100 description Soil Moist 40 100 cm below grn layer float SM010040 Time south_north west east SM010040 units kg m 3 SM010040 description Soil Moist 10 40 cm below grn layer float SM000010 Time south_north west _ east SM000010 units kg m 3 SM000010 description Soil Moist
209. e Check vertical consistency and super adiabatic for multi level observations e Assign observational errors based on a pre specified error file e Write out the observation file to be used by WRFDA in ASCII or BUFR format The OBSPROC program obsproc exe should be found under the directory WRFDA var obsproc sre if compile all_wrfvar was completed successfully a Prepare observational data for 3D Var To prepare the observation file for example at the analysis time Oh for 3D Var all the observations between 1h or 1 5h will be processed as illustrated in following figure which means that the observations between 23h and 1h are treated as the observations at Oh WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 9 WRF Data Assimilation fs Time window 21h 22h 23h Analysis time lh 2h 3h Before running obsproc exe create the required namelist file namelist obsproc see WRFDA var obsproc README namelist or the section Description of Namelist Vari ables for details For your reference an example file named namelist_obsproc 3dvar wrfvar tut has already been created in the var obsproc directory Thus proceed as follows gt cp namelist obsproc 3dvar wrfvar tut namelist obsproc Next edit the namelist file namelist obsproc by changing the following variables to accommodate your experiments amp record1 obs_gts_ filename obs 2008020512 amp record2 time_window_min 2008 02 05 11 00 00 The earliest time e
210. e SLOPE TYPE 222 1 Snow depth SNOW DEPTH 66 1 Liquid soil moisture LIQUID SOIL MOISTURE 160 112 Snow free albedo SNOW FREE ALBEDO 170 1 Maximum snow albedo MAXIMUM SNOW 159 1 ALBEDO Canopy water evaporation CANOPY WATER EVAP 200 1 Direct soil evaporation DIRECT SOIL EVAP 199 1 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 48 POST PROCESSING Plant transpiration PLANT TRANSPIRATION 210 1 Snow sublimation SNOW SUBLIMATION 198 1 Air dry soil moisture AIR DRY SOIL MOIST 231 1 Soil moist porosity SOIL MOIST POROSITY 240 1 Minimum stomatal resistance MIN STOMATAL RESIST 203 1 Number of root layers NO OF ROOT LAYERS 171 1 Soil moist wilting point SOIL MOIST WILT PT 219 1 Soil moist reference SOIL MOIST REFERENCE 230 1 Canopy conductance solar component CANOPY COND SOLAR 246 1 Canopy conductance temperature component CANOPY COND TEMP 247 1 Canopy conductance humidity component CANOPY COND HUMID 248 1 Canopy conductance soil component CANOPY COND SOILM 249 1 Potential evaporation POTENTIAL EVAP 145 1 Heat diffusivity on sigma surface DIFFUSION H RATE S S 182 107 Surface wind gust SFC WIND GUST 180 1 Convective precipitation rate CONV PRECIP RATE 214 1 Radar reflectivity at certain above ground heights RADAR REFL AGL 211 105 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 49 POST PROCESSING VAPOR VAPOR is the Visualization and Analysis Platform for Ocean Atmosphere and Solar Researchers VA
211. e WRF software framework frame the WRF model dyn_em phys chem share WRF Var da configuration files arch Registry helper and utility programs tools and packages that are distributed with the WRF code external WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 1 SOFTWARE Scripts The top level directory contains three user executable scripts configure compile and clean The configure script relies on the Perl script in arch Config_new pl Programs A significant number of WRF lines of code are automatically generated at compile time The program that does this is tools registry and it is distributed as part of the source code with the WRF model Makefiles The main Makefile input to the UNIX make utility is in the top level directory There are also makefiles in most of the subdirectories that come with WRF Make is called recursively over the directory structure Make is not directly invoked by the user to compile WRF the compile script is provided for this purpose Configuration files The configure wrf contains compiler linker and other build settings as well as rules and macro definitions used by the make utility The configure wrf file is included by the Makefiles in most of the WRF source distribution Makefiles in tools and external directories do not include configure wrf The configure wrf file in the top level directory is generated each time the configure script is invoked It is also deleted by clean a Thus confi
212. e _lapse 50 00 PTOP 1000 base pres 100000 base tropo pres 20000 base_strat_temp 21554 IXC 60 JXC 90 IPROJ 1 IDD 1 MAXNES 1 NESTIX 60 NESTJUX 90 NUMC Ly DIS 60 00 NESTI 1 NESTJ Ly INFO PLATFORM DATE NAME LEVELS LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEVATION ID SRFC SLP PW DATA QC ERROR EACH PRES SPEED DIR HEIGHT TEMP DEW PT HUMID DATA QC ERROR LEVELS INFO FMT A12 1X A19 1X A40 1X 16 3 F12 3 11X 6X A40 SRFC_FMT F12 3 14 F7 2 F12 3 14 F7 3 EACH FMT 3 F12 3 14 F7 2 11X 3 F12 3 14 F7 2 11X 3 F12 3 14 F7 2 SFE i a a a a a a ae a i a ee ee as bas observations Before running WRFDA you may like to learn more about various types of data that will be passed to WRFDA for this case for example their geographical distribution etc This file is in ASCII format and so you can easily view it To have a graphical view about the content of this file there is a MAP plot utility to look at the data distribution for each type of observations To use this utility proceed as follows gt cd MAP plot gt make We have prepared some configure user ibm linux mac files for some platforms when make is typed the Makefile will use one of them to determine the compiler and compiler option Please modify the Makefile and configure user xxx to accommo date the complier on your platform Successful compilation will produce Map exe Note The successful c
213. e analysis on a nest This is done manually with a separate OBSGRID process performed on met_em_dOx files for the particular nest Often however such a step is unnecessary it complicates matters for the user and may introduce errors into the forecast At other times extra information available to the user or extra detail that objective analysis may provide on a nest makes objective analysis on a nest a good option The main reason to do objective analysis on a nest is if you have observations available with horizontal resolution somewhat greater than the resolution of your coarse domain There may also be circumstances in which the representation of terrain on a nest allows for better use of surface observations i e the model terrain better matches the real terrain elevation of the observation The main problem introduced by doing objective analysis on a nest is inconsistency in initial conditions between the coarse domain and the nest Observations that fall just outside a nest will be used in the analysis of the coarse domain but discarded in the analysis of the nest With different observations used right at a nest boundary one can get very different analyses How to run OBSGRID Get the source code The source code can be downloaded from http www mmm ucar edu wrf download get_source html Once the tar file is gunzipped gunzip OBSGRID TAR gz and untared untar OBSGRID TAR and it will create an OBSGRID directory cd OBSGRID Ge
214. e as a subsequent run after the coarser grid resolution run where the ndown program is run in between the two simulations The initial and lateral boundary conditions for this finer grid run are obtained from the coarse grid run together with input from higher resolution terrestrial fields e g terrain landuse etc and masked surface fields such as soil temperature and moisture The program that performs this task is ndown exe Note that the use of this program requires the code to be compiled for nesting When one way nesting is used the coarse to fine grid ratio is only restricted to be an integer An integer less than or equal to 5 is recommended Frequent output e g hourly from the coarse grid run is also recommended to provide better boundary specifications A caveat with using ndown for one way nesting is that the microphysics variables are not used for boundary conditions they are only in the initial conditions If that is important to you use two way nesting option instead To make a one way nested run involves these steps 1 Generate a coarse grid model output 2 Make temporary fine grid initial condition wrfinput_d01 file note that only a single time period is required valid at the desired start time of the fine grid domain 3 Run program ndown with coarse grid model output and a fine grid initial condition to generate fine grid initial and boundary conditions similar to the output from the real exe program 4 R
215. e display level by setting k1 and the name of the vari able to display by setting var Further details are given in this script If you are aiming to display increment of potential temperature at level 18 after modify ing WRFDA var graphcs ncl WRF Var_plot ncl suitably make sure following pieces of codes are uncommented var T fg first _guess gt T Theta 300 an analysis gt T Theta 300 plot_data an fg When you execute the following command from WRFDA var graphics ncl gt ncl WRF Var_plot ncl The plot created will looks as follows 18 1 08 06 04 02 0 02 04 06 1 12 6 os Note Larger analysis increments indicate a larger data impact in the corresponding re gion of the domain Updating WRF boundary conditions Before running NWP forecast using the WRF model with WREDA analysis the values and tendencies for each of predicted variables for the first time period in the lateral boundary condition file for domain 1 wrfbdy_d01 must be updated to be consistent with the new WREDA initial condition analysis This is absolutely essential Moreover in the cycling run mode warm start the low boundary in the WRFDA analysis file also need to be updated based on the information of the wrfinput file generated by WPS real exe at the analysis time So there are three input files WRFDA analysis wrfin WREF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 34 WRF Data Assimilation put and wrfbdy files fro
216. e for nesting 0 no nesting l basic 2 preset moves 3 vortex following default 0 1 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 4 MODEL Enter appropriate options that are best for your computer and application Alternatively one may type gt configure arw When the return key is hit a configure wrf file will be created Edit compile options paths if necessary Hint It is helpful to start with something simple such as the serial build If it is successful move on to build smpar or dmpar code Remember to type clean a between each build Hint If you anticipate generating a netCDF file that is larger than 2Gb whether it is a single or multi time period data e g model history file you may set the following environment variable to activate the large file support option from netCDF setenv WRFIO NCD LARGE FILE SUPPORT 1 To compile the code type compile and the following choices will appear Usage compile wrf compile wrf in run dir Note no real exe ndown exe or ideal exe generated or choose a test case see README test _ cases for details compile em_b wave compile em_esmf_exp example only compile em grav2d x compile em heldsuarez compile em hill2d x compile em les compile em quarter ss compile em real compil m seabreeze2d x compile em squall2d x compile em squall2d_y compile exp real example of a toy solver compile nmm_real NMM solver
217. e levels correspond to 6 layers with a thickness of 30 hPa each e For flight level the levels are 914 m 1524 m 1829 m 2134 m 2743 m 3658 m and 6000 m e For AGL RADAR Reflectivity the levels are 4000 and 1000 m e For surface or shelter level output only the first position of the line can be turned on For example the sample control file parm wrf_cntrl parm has the following entry for surface dew point temperature SURFACE DEWPOINT _ SCAL 4 0 L 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 Based on this entry surface dew point temperature will not be output by wrfpost To add this field to the output modify the entry to read SURFACE DEWPOINT _ SCAL 4 0 L 10000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 Running WPP Number of scripts for running the WRF Postprocessor package is included in the tar file run_wrfpost run_wrfpostandgrads run_wrfpostandgempak run_wrfpost_frames run_wrfpost_gracet run_wrfpost_minute Before running any of the above listed scripts perform the following instructions 1 cd to your DOMAINPATH directory 2 Make the following directories The first will hold the WRF Postprocessor results The second is where you will place your copy of the wrf_cntrl parm file WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 41 POST PROCESSING mkdir postprd mkdir parm 3 Copy the default WPPV3 parm wrf_cntrl parm to your w
218. e number of parent domain grid cells to move in i direction the number of parent domain grid cells to move in j direction positive in increasing i j directions and negative in decreasing i j directions Only 1 0 and 1 is permitted how often the new vortex position is computed unit in m sec used to compute the search radius for the new vortex position how many coarse grid cells the moving WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 43 MODEL track level 50000 time _to_move max_dom 0 options for adaptive time step use adaptive time_step false step _to_output_time true target_cfl max_dom 1 2 1 2 1 2 max_step_ increase pct 5 51 51 max dom starting time step 1 ed ell max_ dom max_time_step max_dom 1 min time step 1 1 1 max_dom adaptation domain 1 options to control parallel computing tile sz x 0 tile_sz_y 0 numtiles 1 nproc_x 1 nproc_y lt 1 nest is allowed to get near the coarse grid boundary Pressure level value Pa at which the tropical storm vortex is tracked time in minutes to start moving nest whether to use adaptive time step whether to modify the time steps so that the exact history time is reached if vertical and horizontal CFL lt this value then time step is increased percentage of previous time step to increase if the max CFL is lt target_cfl flag 1 implies 6 dx is used to start the model Any positive integer number specifies
219. e post processed For runs with a single domain use for domain d01 For runs with multiple domains use for domain d01 d02 dnn WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 42 POST PROCESSING 7 Create namelist itag that will be read in by wrfpost exe from stdin unit 5 This namelist contains 4 lines i Name of the WRF output file to be posted ii Format of WRF model output netCDF or binary iii Forecast valid time not model start time in WRF format iv Model name ARW for the WRF_ARW model 8 Run wrfpost and check for errors The execution command in the distributed scripts is for a single processor w rfpost exe lt itag gt outpost To run wrfpost on multiple processors the command line should be mpirun np N wrfpost exe lt itag gt outpost for LINUX MPI systems mpirun lsf wrfpost exe lt itag gt outpost for IBM If scripts run_wrfpostandgrads or run_wrfpostandgempak are used additional steps are taken to create image files see Visualization section below Upon a successful run wrfpost will generate the output file WRF PRS_dnn hh linked to wrfpr_dnn hh in the post processor working directory where nn is the domain ID and hh the forecast hour In addition the script run_wrfpostandgrads will produce a suite of gif images named variablehh_dnn_GrADS gif and the script run_wrfpostandgempak will produce a suite of gif images named variable_dnn_hh gif If the run did not complete successfu
220. e utility for blocking unblocking is available from http www nco ncep noaa gov sib decoders BUF RLIB toc cwordsh WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 23 WRF Data Assimilation c Radiative Transfer Model The core component for direct radiance assimilation is to incorporate a radiative transfer model RTM should be accurate enough yet fast into the WRFDA system as one part of observation operators Two widely used RTMs in NWP community RTTOV8 devel oped by EUMETSAT in Europe and CRTM developed by the Joint Center for Satellite Data Assimilation JCSDA in US are already implemented in WRFDA system with a flexible and consistent user interface Selecting which RTM to be used is controlled by a simple namelist parameter RTM OPTION 1 for RTTOV the default and 2 for CRTM WREDA is designed to be able to compile with only one of two RTM libraries or without RTM libraries for those not interested in radiance assimilation by the definition of envi ronment variables CRTM and RTTOV see Installing WRFDA section Both RTMs can calculate radiances for almost all available instruments aboard various satellite platforms in orbit An important feature of WRFDA design is that all data struc tures related to radiance assimilation are dynamically allocated during running time ac cording to simple namelist setup The instruments to be assimilated are controlled at run time by four integer namelist parameters RTMINIT_NSENSOR the total
221. ears old The advanced features of VAPOR perform best with nVidia or ATI graphics accelerators VAPOR is installed on NCAR visualization systems Users with UCAR accounts can connect their windows or Linux desktops to the NCAR visualization systems using NCAR s vnc based remote visualization services to run VAPOR and visualize the results remotely Instructions for using this are at http www cisl ucar edu hss das g services docs VAP OR shtml Contact dasg ucar edu for assistance VAPOR support resources The VAPOR website hitp Awww vapor ucar edu includes software documentation example data and links to other resources The document Getting started with VAPOR and WRF http www vapor ucar edu docs usage wrfstart WRF GetStarted pdf has an overview of the various documents that are useful in visualizing WRF data with VAPOR The VAPOR sourceforge website hitp sourceforge net projects vapor enables users to post bugs request features download software etc WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 51 POST PROCESSING Users of VAPOR on NCAR visualization systems should contact dasg ucar edu for support Users are encouraged to provide feedback Questions problems bugs etc should be reported to vapor ucar edu The VAPOR development priorities are set by users as well as by the VAPOR steering committee a group of turbulence researchers who are interested in improving the ability to analyze and visualize time
222. ectory for converting observations files from the GTS to wrf_obs little_r format NCEP operational global surface and upper air observations subsets as archived by the Data Support Section DSS at NCAR e Upper air data RAOBS ADPUPA in NMC ON29 format e Surface data NMC Surface ADP data in NMC ON29 format NMC Office Note 29 can be found in many places on the World Wide Web including http www emc ncep noaa gov mmb data_processing on29 htm Objective Analysis techniques in OBSGRID Cressman Scheme Three of the four objective analysis techniques used in OBSGRID are based on the Cressman scheme in which several successive scans nudge a first guess field toward the neighboring observed values WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 3 OBSGRID The standard Cressman scheme assigns to each observation a circular radius of influence R The first guess field at each grid point P is adjusted by taking into account all the observations that influence P The differences between the first guess field and the observations are calculated and a distance weighted average of these difference values is added to the value of the first guess at P Once all grid points have been adjusted the adjusted field is used as the first guess for another adjustment cycle Subsequent passes each use a smaller radius of influence Grd Poin e Q fi ae Z Observations O1 and Oz Influence grid point P Os does not Ellipse Scheme In analyses of wind
223. eight Full Model Height m wrf_user_list_times nc_file Usage times wrf_user_list_times a Obtain a list of times available in the input file The function returns a 1D array containing the times type character in the input file wrf_contour nc_file wks data res Usage contour wrf_contour a wks ter opts Returns a graphic contour of the data to be contoured This graphic is only created but not plotted to a wks This enables a user to generate many such graphics and overlay them before plotting the resulting picture to a wks The returned graphic contour does not contain map information and can therefore be used for both real and idealized data cases This function can plot both line contours and shaded contours Default is line contours Many resources are set for a user of which most can be overwritten Below is a list of resources you may want to consider changing before generating your own graphics WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 8 POST PROCESSING Resources unique to ARW WRF Model data opts MainTitle Controls main title on the plot opts MainTitlePos Main title position Left Right Center Default is Left opts NoHeaderFooter Switch off all Headers and Footers opts Footer Add some model information to the plot as a footer Default is True opts InitTime Plot initial time on graphic Default is True If True the initial time will be extracted from the input file
224. el dumps the vortex center location with minimum mean sea level pressure and maximum 10 m winds in standard out file e g rsl out 0000 Tying grep ATCF rsl out 0000 will produce a list of storm information at 15 minutes interval ATCF 2007 08 20 12 00 00 20 37 81 80 929 7 133 9 ATCF 2007 08 20 12 15 00 20 29 81 57 6 929 3 133 2 In both types of moving nest runs the initial location of the nest is specified through i parent start andj parent start inthenamelist input file The automatic moving nest works best for well developed vortex g Analysis Nudging Runs Upper Air and or Surface Prepare input data to WRF as usual using WPS If nudging is desired in the nest domains make sure all time periods for all domains are processed in WPS For surface analysis nudging new in Version 3 1 OBSGRID needs to be run after METGRID and it will output awrfsfdda_d01 file that the WRF model reads for this option Set the following options before running real exe in addition to others described earlier see namelist template namelist input grid_ fddaintest em real directory for guidance grid fdda 1 grid_sfdda 1 Run real exe as before and this will create in addition to wrfinput_d0 and wrfbdy d01 files a file named wrffdda_d0 Other grid nudging namelists are ignored at this stage But it is a good practice to fill them all before one runs real In particular set gfdda_inname wrffdda_d lt domain gt gfdda_
225. eme will be used in the model When the GWDO scheme will not be used the fields will simply be ignored in WRF and the user need not be concerned with the resolution of data from which the fields are interpolated However it is recommended that these fields be interpolated from a resolution of source data that is slightly ower 1 e coarser in resolution than the model grid consequently if the GWDO scheme will be used care should be taken to select an appropriate resolution of GWDO static data Currently five resolutions of GWDO static data are available 2 degree 1 degree 30 minute 20 minute and 10 minute denoted by the strings 2deg Ideg 30m 20m and 10m respectively To select the resolution to interpolate from the user should prefix the resolution specified for the geog_data_res variable in the geogrid namelist record by the string XXX where XXX is one of the five available resolutions of GWDO static data For example in a model configuration with a 48 km grid spacing the geog_data_res variable might typically be specified as geog data_res 10m WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 21 WPS However if the GWDO scheme were employed the finest resolution of GWDO static data that is still lower in resolution than the model grid would be the 30 minute data in which case the user should specify geog data_res 30m 10m If none of 2deg 1deg 30m or 20m
226. en_be ep2 exe 2006102800 10 af 2006102712 wrfout_d01_ 2006 10 28 00 00 00 Check the output files A list of binary files will be created under the 2006102800 ep directory Among them tmp e are temporary scratch files that can be removed 3 Run WRFDA in hybrid mode In your hybrid working directory link all the necessary files and directories as follows In fs 2006102800 ep ep ensemble perturbation files should be under the ep subdirectory ln fs 2006102712 wrfout dol 2006 10 28 00 00 00 fig first guess is che ensemble mean lt ln fs WRFDA run LANDUSE TBL lt ln fs wrfhelp DATA VAR Hybrid ob 2006102800 ob ascii ob ascii or ob bufr lt ln fs wrfhelp DATA VAR Hybrid be be dat be dat lt ln fs WRFDA var build da_wrfvar exe lt cp wrfhelp DATA VAR Hybrid namelist input Edit namelist input and pay special attention to the following hybrid related settings amp wrfivar7 je_factor 2 0 amp wrfvarl6 ensdim_alpha 10 alphacv_method 2 alpha_corr_type 3 alpha_corr_scale 1500 0 alpha_std_dev 1 000 Next run hybrid in serial mode recommended for initial testing of the hybrid system or in parallel mode lt da_wrfvar exe gt amp wrfda log Check the output files The output file lists are the same as when you run WRF 3D Var WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 43 WRF Data Assimilation c Hybrid namelist options 1 je_factor ensemble covariance weighting factor This
227. ended that the C routines in read_geogrid c and write_geogrid c in the geogrid src directory be called when writing data either from C or Fortran code Similar in format to a field of dominant categories is the case of a field of continuous or real values Like dominant category fields single level continuous fields are first organized as a regular 2 d array then written row by row to a binary file However because a continuous field may contain non integral or negative values the storage representation of each element within the file is slightly more complex All elements in the array must first be converted to integral values This is done by first scaling all elements by a constant chosen to maintain the required precision and then removing any remaining fractional part through rounding For example if three decimal places of precision are required the value 2 71828 would need to be divided by 0 001 and rounded to 2718 Following conversion of all array elements to integral values if any negative values are found in the array a second conversion must be applied if elements are stored using 1 byte each then 2 is added to each negative element for storage using 2 bytes 2 is added to each negative element for storage using 3 bytes 2 is added to each negative element and for storage using 4 bytes a value of 2 is added to each WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 35 WPS negative element It is important to note that no con
228. ent though for now the user need not be concerned with them Static Geographical Data real exe Gridded Data NAM GFS RUC AGRMET etc The build mechanism for the WPS which is very similar to the build mechanism used by the WRF model provides options for compiling the WPS on a variety of platforms When MPICH libraries and suitable compilers are available the metgrid and geogrid programs may be compiled for distributed memory execution which allows large model domains to be processed in less time The work performed by the ungrib program is not amenable to parallelization so ungrib may only be run on a single processor Function of Each WPS Program The WPS consists of three independent programs geogrid ungrib and metgrid Also included in the WPS are several utility programs which are described in the section on utility programs A brief description of each of the three main programs is given below with further details presented in subsequent sections Program geogrid The purpose of geogrid is to define the simulation domains and interpolate various terrestrial data sets to the model grids The simulation domains are defined using WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 2 WPS information specified by the user in the geogrid namelist record of the WPS namelist file namelist wps In addition to computing the latitude longitude and map scale factors at every grid point geogrid will inte
229. equired The key here is the specification of the namelist input file What the model does is to interpolate all variables required in the nest from the coarse domain fields Set input_from_file F F WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 12 MODEL Real Data Cases For real data cases three input options are supported The first one is similar to running the idealized cases That is to have all fields for the nest interpolated from the coarse domain input from file T F The disadvantage of this option is obvious one will not benefit from the higher resolution static fields such as terrain landuse and so on The second option is to set input _from_file T for each domain which means that the nest will have a nest wrfinput file to read in The limitation of this option is that this only allows the nest to start at the same time as the coarse domain The third option is in addition to setting input from file T foreach domain also set fine input stream 2 for each domain Why a value of 2 This is based on the Registry setting which designates certain fields to be read in from auxiliary input stream number 2 This option allows the nest initialization to use 3 D meteorological fields interpolated from the coarse domain static fields and masked time varying surface fields from the nest wrfinput It hence allows a nest to start at a later time than hour 0 Setting fine input stream 0 is equivalent to the second option To ru
230. equired from the WPS pressure u v temperature relative humidity geopotential height e 3D soil data from the WPS soil temperature soil moisture soil liquid optional depending on physics choices in the WRF model e 2D meteorological data from the WPS sea level pressure surface pressure surface u and v surface temperature surface relative humidity input elevation e 2 D meteorological optional data from WPS sea surface temperature physical snow depth water equivalent snow depth e 2D static data for the physical surface terrain elevation land use categories soil texture categories temporally interpolated monthly data land sea mask elevation of the input model s topography e 2D static data for the projection map factors Coriolis projection rotation computational latitude e constants domain size grid distances date e The WPS data may either be isobaric or some more generalized vertical coordinate where each column is monotonic in pressure e All 3 D meteorological data wind temperature height moisture pressure must have the same number of levels and variables must have the exact same levels It is not acceptable to have more levels for temperature for example than height Likewise it is not acceptable to have a 925 mb level for the horizontal wind components but not for moisture WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 4 6 INITIALIZATION Real Data Test Case 2000 January 24 12 through 25 12 e A test data
231. errain elevation above sea level m UF VF surface wind WRF ARW V3 User s Guide A 11 FIRE FIRE AREA approximate part of the area of the cell that is on fire between 0 and 1 WRE Fire software This section is intended for programmers who wish to modify or extend the fire module WRF Fire coding conventions The fire model resides in WRF physics layer and conforms to WRF Coding Conventions which can be found at http www mmm ucar edu wrf WG2 WRF_conventions html The purpose of the conventions is to produce a transparent fast and maintainable code that runs in parallel without any effort on the side of the programmer of the physics layer routines The fire code maintains the conventions as they apply to on atmospheric grids adapts them to 2D surface based computations and follows analogous conventions on the fire grid In particular the fire code may not maintain any variables or arrays that persist between calls and may not use common blocks allocatable variables or pointer variables Work arrays with variable bounds may be declared only as automatic thus they are freed between on exit from the subroutine where they are declared All grid sized arrays that should persist between calls to the fire code must be created in WRF through the registry mechanism and passed to the fire code as arguments In addition the fire code may not call any WRF routines directly but only through a utility layer Thi
232. es radi ance data in NCEP BUFR format radiance_info files VARBC in RTM CRTM or RTTOV coefficient files Edit namelist input Pay special attention to wrfvar4 Swrfvarl4 amp wrfvar21 and amp wrfvar22 for radiance related options A very basic namelist input for running the radiance test case is provided as WRFDA var test radiance namelist input gt In sf DAT_DIR gdas1 t00z lbamua tm00 bufr_d amsua bufr gt In sf DAT_DIR gdas1 t00z lbamub tm00 bufr_d amsub bufr gt In sf WRFDA var run radiance info radiance info radiance info is a directory gt In sf WRFDA var run VARBC in VARBC in CRTM only gt ln sf WRFDA var run crtm_coeffs crtm_coeffs crtm_coeffs is a directory RTTOV only gt ln sf rttov87 rtcoef rttov7 a list of rtcoef files See the following sections for more details on each aspect b Radiance Data Ingest Currently the ingest interface for NCEP BUFR radiance data is implemented in WREDA The radiance data are available through NCEP s public ftp server Stp ftp ncep noaa gov pub data nccf com gfs prod gdas yyyymmddhh in near real time with 6 hour delay and can meet requirements both for research purposes and some real time applications So far WRFDA can read data from the NOAA ATOVS instruments HIRS AMSU A AMSU B and MHS the EOS Aqua instruments AIRS AMSU A and DMSP instru ments SSMIS Note that NCEP radiance BUFR files are separated by instr
233. es grib2ctl pl and gribmap are able to decode GRIB files whose navigation is on any non staggered grid These utilities and instructions on how to use them to generate GrADS control files are available from http www cpc ncep noaa gov products wesley grib2ctl html The GrADS package is available from http grads iges org grads grads html GrADS has an online Users Guide at http grads iges org grads gadoc A list of basic commands for GrADS can be found at http grads iges org grads gadoc reference_card pdf A sample script named run_wrfpostandgrads which is included in the scripts directory of the WRF Postprocessing package can be used to run wrfpost and plot the following fields using GrADS Sfcmaphh_dnn_GRADS gif mean SLP and 6 hour accumulated precipitation 850mbRHhh_dnn_GRADS gif 850 mb relative humidity 850mbTempandWindhh_dnn_GRADS gif 850 mb temperature and wind vectors 500mbHandVorthh_dnn_GRADS gif 500 mb geopotential heights and absolute vorticity 250mb WindandHhh_dnn_GRADS gif 250 mb wind speed isotacs and geopotential heights In order to use the script run_wrfpostandgrads it is necessary to 1 Set the environmental variable GADDIR to the path of the GrADS fonts and auxiliary files For example setenv GADDIR usr local grads data 2 Add the location of the GrADS executables to the PATH For example WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 44 POST PROCESSING setenv PATH usr local grads bin SP
234. es of the data in the file H plotfmt exe The plotfmt exe is an NCAR Graphics program that plots the contents of an intermediate format file The program takes as its only command line argument the name of the file to plot and produces an NCAR Graphics metafile which contains contour plots of each field in input file The graphics metafile output gmeta may be viewed with the idt command or converted to another format using utilities such as ctrans I rd_intermediate exe Given the name of a singe intermediate format file on the command line the rd_intermediate exe program prints information about the fields contained in the file Writing Meteorological Data to the Intermediate Format The role of the ungrib program is to decode GRIB data sets into a simple intermediate format that is understood by metgrid If meteorological data are not available in GRIB WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 30 WPS Edition 1 or GRIB Edition 2 formats the user is responsible for writing such data into the intermediate file format Fortunately the intermediate format is relatively simple consisting of a sequence of unformatted Fortran writes It is important to note that these unformatted writes use big endian byte order which can typically be specified with compiler flags Below we describe the WPS intermediate format users interested in the SI or MMS intermediate formats can first gain familiarity with the WPS format which is very similar and later ex
235. est case including the following input data a observation file in the format prior to OBSPROC b WRF NetCDF background file WPS REAL output used as a first guess of the analysis and c Background error statis tics estimate of errors in the background file You can download the test dataset from http www mmm ucar edu wrf users wrfda download testdata html In your own work you have to create all these input files yourselves See the section Running Observation Preprocessor for creating your observation files See section Running gen_be for generat ing your background error statistics file if you want to use cv_options 5 Before using your own data we suggest that you start by running through the WRFDA related programs at least once using the supplied test case This serves two purposes First you can learn how to run the programs with data we have tested ourselves and sec ond you can test whether your computer is adequate to run the entire modeling system WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 2 WRF Data Assimilation After you have done the tutorial you can try running other more computationally inten sive case studies and experimenting with some of the many namelist variables WARNING It is impossible to test every code upgrade with every permutation of com puter compiler number of processors case namelist option etc The namelist options that are supported are indicated in the WRFDA var README namelist
236. evel see Controlling which levels wrfpost outputs If an entry for a particular field is not yet available in the control file two lines may be added to the control file with the appropriate entries for that field Controlling which levels wrfpost outputs The second line of each pair determines which levels wrfpost will output Output on a given level is turned off by a 0 or turned on by a 1 For isobaric output 47 levels are possible from 2 to 1013 hPa 8 levels above 75 mb and then every 25 mb from 75 to 1000mb The complete list of levels is specified in sorc wrfpost POSTDATA f Modify specification of variable LSM in the file CTLBLK comm to change the number of pressure levels PARAMETER LSM 47 Modify specification of SPL array in the subroutine POSTDATA f to change the values of pressure levels DATA SPL 200 500 700 1000 2000 3000 amp 5000 7000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 20000 For model level output all model levels are possible from the highest to the lowest WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 40 POST PROCESSING e When using the Noah LSM the soil layers are 0 10 cm 10 40 cm 40 100 cm and 100 200 cm e When using the RUC LSM the soil levels are 0 cm 5 cm 20 cm 40 cm 160 cm and 300 cm For the RUC LSM it is also necessary to turn on two additional output levels in the wrf_cntrl parm to output 6 levels rather than the default 4 layers for the Noah LSM e For PBL layer averages th
237. evel first guess Obser WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 49 WRF Data Assimilation calculate _cg cost fn lat_stats_ option amp wrfvar12 balance type amp wrfvar13 vert corr vertical _ip vert_evalue max vert_varl max vert _var2 max vert_var3 max vert_var4 max vert vars amp wrfvar14 false false 99 0 99 0 99 0 99 0 99 0 vations are not used when the height difference of the elevation of the observing site and the lowest model level height is larger than 100m 2 gt surface observations will be assimilated based on surface similarity theory in PBL Innova tions are computed based on 10 m wind 2 m tem perature and 2 m moisture the purpose of calculate_cg_cost_fn is changed use print_detail_grad true to dump cost function and gradient of each iteration to cost_fn and grad_fn conjugate gradient algorithm does not re quire the computation of cost function at every it eration during minimization true cost function is printed out and is directly derived from the gradient using the fully linear properties inside the inner loop false Only the initial and final cost functions are computed do not change obsolete do not change obsolete do not change specify the maximum truncation value in percent age to explain the variance of stream function in eigenvector decomposition specify the maximum truncation value in percent age to explain the variance of unb
238. ext file that defines parameters of each of the meteorological fields to be interpolated by metgrid Parameters for each field are defined in a separate section with sections being delimited by a line of equality symbols e g SSS SSS SSS Within each section there are specifications each of which has the form of keyword value Some keywords are required in a section while others are optional some keywords are mutually exclusive with other keywords Below the possible keywords and their expected range of values are described WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 48 WPS 1 NAME A character string giving the name of the meteorological field to which the containing section of the table pertains The name should exactly match that of the field as given in the intermediate files and thus the name given in the Vtable used in generating the intermediate files This field is required No default value 2 OUTPUT Either yes or no indicating whether the field is to be written to the metgrid output files or not Default value is yes 3 MANDATORY Either yes or no indicating whether the field is required for successful completion of metgrid Default value is no 4 OUTPUT_NAME A character string giving the name that the interpolated field should be output as When a value is specified for output_name the interpolation options from the table section pertaining to the field with the specified name are used Thus the effects of specifyin
239. face REL HUM ON MDL SFCS 52 109 Moisture convergence on model surface MST CNVG ON MDL SFCS 135 109 U component wind on model surface U WIND ON MDL SFCS 33 109 V component wind on model surface V WIND ON MDL SFCS 34 109 Cloud water on model surface CLD WTR ON MDL SFCS 153 109 Cloud ice on model surface CLD ICE ON MDL SFCS 58 109 Rain on model surface RAIN ON MDL SFCS 170 109 Snow on model surface SNOW ON MDL SFCS 171 109 Cloud fraction on model surface CLD FRAC ON MDL SFCS 71 109 Omega on model surface OMEGA ON MDL SFCS 39 109 Absolute vorticity on model surface ABS VORT ON MDL SFCS 41 109 Geostrophic streamfunction on model surface STRMFUNC ON MDL SFCS 35 109 Turbulent kinetic energy on model surface TRBLNT KE ON MDL SFC 158 109 Richardson number on model surface RCHDSN NO ON MDL SFC 254 109 Master length scale on model surface MASTER LENGTH SCALE 226 109 Asymptotic length scale on model surface ASYMPT MSTR LEN SCL 227 109 Radar reflectivity on pressure surface RADAR REFL ON P SFCS 211 100 Height on pressure surface HEIGHT OF PRESS SFCS 7 100 Temperature on pressure surface TEMP ON PRESS SFCS 11 100 Potential temperature on pressure surface POT TEMP ON P SFCS 13 100 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 45 POST PROCESSING Dew point temperature on pressure surfa
240. face model Pleim Xiu scheme ARW only urban physics option replacing ucmcall option in previous versions works with Noah LSM no urban physics single layer UCM Kusaka multi layer BEP Martilli works with BouLac and MYJ PBL only boundary layer option no boundary layer YSU scheme use sf_sfclay_physics 1 Mellor Yamada Janjic Eta TKE scheme use sf_sfclay physics 2 NCEP GFS scheme NMM only use sf_sfclay physics 3 QNSE use sf_sfclay physics 4 MYNN 2 5 level TKE use sf_sfclay physics 1 2 and 5 MYNN 3 level TKE use sf_sfclay physics 5 ACM2 Pleim scheme use sf sfclay physics l 7 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 47 MODEL 8 99 blidt max_dom 0 grav_settling 0 max_ dom cu_physics max_dom 0 1 2 3 4 5 99 cudt 0 ishallow 0 maxiens 1 maxens 3 maxens2 3 maxens3 16 ensdim 144 cugd_avedx 1 isfflx 1 ifsnow 0 Bougeault and Lacarrere BouLac TKE use sf_sfclay physics l 2 MRF scheme to be removed minutes between boundary layer physics calls 0 call every time step Gravitational settling of fog cloud droplet MYNN PBL only cumulus option no cumulus Kain Fritsch new Eta scheme Betts Miller Janjic scheme Grell Devenyi ensemble scheme Simplied Arakawa Schubert NMM only New Grell scheme G3 previous Kain Fritsch scheme minutes between cumulus physics calls 0 call every time step Shallow convection used with Grell 3D Grell Devenyi and G3 only G D only
241. factor controls the weighting component of ensemble and static covariances The corresponding jb_factor je_factor je_factor 1 2 ensdim_alpha the number of ensemble members Hybrid mode is activated when ens dim_alpha is larger than zero 3 alphacv_method 1 perturbations in control variable space psi 599 99 chi_u 99 99 99 99 tu gt rh ps_u 2 perturbations in model space 6E 93 99_ 99 98 u v tq ps Option 2 is extensively tested and recommended to use 4 alpha_corr_type correlation function 1 Exponential 2 SOAR 3 Gaussian 5 alpha_corr_scale hybrid covariance localization scale in km unit Default value is 1500 6 alpha_std_dev alpha standard deviation Default value is 1 0 Description of Namelist Variables e WREDA namelist variables Variable Names amp wrfvarl write increments var4d multi inc var4d co print de print de print de print_de print_de upling tail radar tail xa tail xb tail obs tail grad check _ max iv print amp wrfvar2 analysis_accu Default Value Description false false 0 2 false false false false false true 900 true write out a binary analysis increment file true 4D Var mode gt 0 multi incremental run 1 var4d_coupling_disk_linear 2 var4d_coupling_disk_simul print_detail_xxx output extra sometimes can be too many diagnostics for debugging not recom mended
242. fective orographic length float OL2 Time south_north west_east OL2 units fraction OL2 description effective orographic length float OL3 Time south_north west _east OL3 units fraction OL3 description effective orographic length float OL4 Time south _north west_east OL4 units fraction OL4 description effective orographic length global attributes TITLE OUTPUT FROM GEOGRID V3 2 SIMULATION START DATE 0000 00 00 00 00 00 WEST EAST GRID DIMENSION 74 SOUTH NORTH GRID DIMENSION 61 BOTTOM TOP GRID DIMENSION 0 WEST EAST PATCH START UNSTAG 1 WEST EAST PATCH END UNSTAG 73 WEST EAST PATCH START STAG 1 WEST EAST PATCH END STAG 74 SOUTH NORTH PATCH START UNSTAG 1 SOUTH NORTH PATCH END UNSTAG 60 SOUTH NORTH PATCH START STAG 1 SOUTH NORTH PATCH END STAG 61 GRIDTYPE C DX 30000 f DY 30000 f DYN_OPT 2 CEN LAT 34 83001f CEN LON 81 03 TRUELAT1 30 f TRUELAT2 60 f MOAD CEN LAT 34 83001f STAND LON 98 f POLE LAT 90 f POLE LON 0 f corner lats 28 17127 44 36657 39 63231f 24 61906f 28 17842f 44 37617 39 57811f 24 57806f 28 03772f 44 50592f 39 76032f 24 49431f 28 04484f 44 51554f 39 70599f 24 45341f corner lons 93 64893f 92 39661f 66 00165f 72 6405f 93 80048f 92 59155f 65 83557f 72 5033f 93 65717f
243. fficient observations for the MQD scheme If not the code will revert to Cressman for that time period Note that if some time periods have enough observations and others does not the code will only revert to Cressman for the times without sufficient observations 2 The code will check per time level and variable if sufficient observations are available for the MOD scheme If not the code will revert to the Cressman scheme for that particular time level and variable Note as this can result in uncontrolled switching between MQD and Cressman this option is not recommended radius influence There are three ways to set the radius of influence RIN for the Cressman scheme e Manually Set the RIN and number of scans directly E g 5 4 3 2 will result in 4 scans The first will use 5 grid points for the RIN and the last 2 points e Automatically 1 Set RIN to 0 and the code will calculate the RIN based on the domain size and an estimated observation density of 325km By default there will be 4 scans e Automatically 2 Set RIN to a negative number and the code will calculate the RIN based on the domain size and an estimated observation density of 325km The number of scans is controlled by the value of the set number E g 5 will result in 5 scans Namelist plot_sounding Only used for the utility plot_sounding exe Namelist Value Description Variable file type raw File to read to produce the plots Options are raw or
244. ficient for u and v sec 1 nudging coefficient for temp sec 1 nudging coefficient for qvapor sec 1 radius of influence used to determine the confidence or weights for the analysis which is based on the distance between the grid point to the nearest obs The analysis without nearby observation is used at a reduced weight WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 52 MODEL for obs nudging obs nudge opt max_dom max obs fdda_startj max_dom fdda_end max_dom obs nudge wind max_dom obs_ coef wind max_dom obs nudge_temp max_dom obs coef temp max_dom obs nudge mois max_dom obs_ coef mois max_dom obs nudge pstr max_dom obs coef pstr max_dom obs_rinxy obs_rinsig obs _twindo max_dom obs npfi obs_ionf max_dom obs_idynin obs dtramp obs prt_max 150000 0 180 6 e 4 6 e 4 6 e 4 200 0 1 0 666667 10 40 10 obs prt _freq max_dom 10 obs nudging fdda on 0 off for each domain also need to set auxinput 1_interval and auxinput 1_end_h in time_control namelist max number of observations used on a domain during any given time window obs nudging start time in minutes obs nudging end time in minutes whether to nudge wind 0 off nudging coefficient for wind unit s 1 whether to nudge temperature 0 off nudging coefficient for temp unit s 1 whether to nudge water vapor mixing ratio 0 off nudging coefficient for water vap
245. files WRFDA must be compiled with the NCEP BUFR library see http www nco ncep noaa gov sib decoders BUF RLIB Table 1 NCEP and WRFDA radiance BUFR file naming convention NCEP BUFR file names WREDA naming convention gdas1 t00z lbamua tm00 bufr_d amsua bufr gdas1 t00z lhamub tm00 bufr_d amsub bufr gdas 1 t00z lbhrs3 tm00 bufr_d hirs3 bufr gdas 1 t00z lbhrs4 tm00 bufr_d hirs4 bufr gdas1 t00z lbmhs tm00 bufr_d mhs bufr gdas1 t00z airsev tm00 bufr_d airs bufr Namelist parameters are used to control the reading of corresponding BUFR files into WRFEDA For instance USE_AMSUAOBS USE _AMSUBOBS USE _HIRS30BS USE_HIRS4OBS USE MHSOBS USE AIRSOBS USE_EOS AMSUAOBS and USE SSMISOBS control whether or not the respective file is read These are logical parameters that are assigned to FALSE by default therefore they must be set to true to read the respective observation file Also note that these parameters only control whether the data is read not whether the data included in the files is to be assimilated This is con trolled by other namelist parameters explained in the next section NCEP BUFR files downloaded from NCEP s public ftp server ftp ftp ncep noaa gov pub data nccf com gfs prod gdas yyyymmddhh are Fortran blocked on big endian machine and can be directly used on big endian machines for ex ample IBM For most Linux clusters with Intel platforms users need to first unblock the BUFR files and then reblock them Th
246. fix NARR_ FIXED Having run ungrib exe for the third time the fixed fields should be available in addition to the surface and 3D fields NARR_FIXED 1979 11 08 00 For the sake of clarity the fixed file may be renamed to remove any date information for example by renaming it to simply NARR_FIXED since the fields in the file are static In this example we note that the NARR fixed data are only available at a specific time 1979 November 08 at 0000 UTC and thus the user would need to set the correct starting and ending time for the data in the sshare namelist record before running ungrib on the NARR fixed file of course the times should be re set before metgrid is run Given intermediate files for all three parts of the NARR data set metgrid exe may be run after the constants name and fg_name variables in the metgrid namelist record are set amp metgrid constants name NARR FIXED fg name NARR_ 3D NARR_SFC Although less common another situation where multiple data sources would be required is when a source of meteorological data from a regional model is insufficient to cover the entire simulation domain and data from a larger regional model or a global model must be used when interpolating to the remaining points of the simulation grid For example to use NAM data wherever possible and GFS data elsewhere the following values might be assigned in the namelist amp metgrid fg name data ungribbed GFS
247. fixing each resolution of static data with the string modis_ 30st For example in a three domain configuration where the geog_data_res variable would ordinarily be specified as geog data_res 10m 2m 30s the user should instead specify geog data_res modis 30s 10m modis 30s 2m modis 30s 30s The effect of this change is to instruct the geogrid program to look in each entry of the GEOGRID TBL file for a resolution of static data with a resolution denoted by modis 30s and if such a resolution is not available to instead look for a resolution denoted by the string following the Thus for the GEOGRID TBL entry for the LANDUSEFF field the MODIS based land use data which is identified with the string modis_ 30s would be used instead of the 10m 2m and 30s resolutions of USGS data in the example above for all other fields the 10m 2m and 30s resolutions would be used for the first second and third domains respectively As an aside when none of the resolutions specified for a domain in geog_data_res are found ina GEOGRID TBL entry the resolution denoted by default will be used Selecting Static Data for the Gravity Wave Drag Scheme The gravity wave drag by orography GWDO scheme in the ARW requires ten static fields from the WPS In fact these fields will be interpolated by the geogrid program regardless of whether the GWDO sch
248. float float float float ITIMESTEP description ITIMESTEP units XTIME Time XTIME description minutes since simulation start XTIME units QVAPOR Time bottom_top south _north west_east QVAPOR description Water vapor mixing ratio QVAPOR units kg kg 1 QCLOUD Time bottom_top south _north west_east QCLOUD description Cloud water mixing ratio QCLOUD units kg kg 1 QRAIN Time bottom_top south north west_east QRAIN description Rain water mixing ratio QRAIN units kg kg 1 LANDMASK Time south north west_east LANDMASK description LAND MASK 1 FOR LAND 0 FOR WATER LANDMASK units TSLB Time soil layers stag south north west_east TSLB description SOIL TEMPERATURE TSLB units K SMOIS Time soil _ layers stag south north west_east SMOIS description SOIL MOISTURE SMOIS units m3 m 3 SH20 Time soil layers stag south_north west_east SH20 description SOIL LIQUID WATER SH20 units m3 m 3 SEAICE Time south north west _east SEAICE description SEA ICE FLAG SEAICE units XICEM Time south north west_east XICEM description SEA ICE FLAG PREVIOUS STEP XICEM units SFROFF Time south north west_east SFROFF description SURFACE RUNOFF SFROFF units mm UDROFF Time south _north west _east UDROFF description UNDERGROUND RUNOFF UDROFF units mm
249. flowinp IO format netCDF for input stream 2 data indicating if the run is using wrfout file as input file In this case Thompson initialization routine will not be called again performance issue getting some simple diagnostic fields WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 39 MODEL debug_level auxhist2_ outname auxhist2_ interval max_dom io form_auxhist2 frame per auxhist2 max_dom auxinputll interval auxinput11_ end h nocolons write_input inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu Inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu inpu tout_interval t outname tout begin _y tout begin d tout begin h tout begin m tout begin _ s tout_end_y tout_end d tout_end h tout_end m tout_end s all_ic_times 0 t rainfall_d lt domain gt 10 false 180 wrf_3dvar_input_ d lt domain gt _ lt date gt ooo O uU Oo Oo domain averaged Dpsfc Dt Dmu Dt will appear in stdout file in addition to those above domain averaged rainfall surface evaporation sensible and latent heat fluxes will be output 50 100 200 300 values give increasing prints file name for extra output if not specified auxhist2_d lt domain gt _ lt date gt will be used Also note that to write variables in output other than the history file requires Registry EM file change interval in minutes output in netCDF output times per output file designated for obs nudging input designated for
250. for example 1 for the most coarse grid 2 for the second domain and the second argument is the returned value of the namelist variable The associated subroutine to set the namelist variable with the same argument list is nl_set_my_nml_var For namelist variables that are scalars the grid identifier should be set to 1 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 11 SOFTWARE The rconfig line may also be used to define variables that are convenient to pass around in the model usually part of a derived configuration such as the number of microphysics species associated with a physics package In this case the lt How set gt column entry is derived This variable does not appear in the namelist but is accessible with the same generated nl_set and nl_get subroutines Registry Halo Period and Xpose The distributed memory inter processor communications are fully described in the Registry file An entry in the Registry constructs a code segment which is included with cpp in the source code Following is an example of a halo communication split across two lines and interleaved for readability lt Table gt lt CommName gt lt Core gt halo HALO_EM D2 3 dyn_em lt Stencil varlist gt 24 u_2 v_2 w_2 t_2 ph_2 24 moist chem scalar 4 mu_2 al The keyword is halo The communication is named in the lt CommName gt column so that it can be referenced in the source code The entry in the lt CommName gt column is case sensitive t
251. for the whole domain alter fuel properties add custom fuel categories or for real data experiments project a spatially heterogeneous map of fuel categories onto the domain from fuel mapping datasets The user also sets the number of ignitions their time location and shape and the fuel moisture content an important factor in fire behavior One time step of the fire model is performed for every WRF time step The fire model runs on a refined grid which covers the same region as the innermost WRF domain The fire module supports both distributed and shared memory parallel execution Other References e WRF Fire documentation in particular the Technical description available at http www openwfm org wiki WRF Fire documentation e Users may wish to review Anderson s fuel classification system Anderson H E 1982 Aids to determining fuel models for estimating fire behavior USDA For Serv Gen Tech Rep INT 122 22p Intermt For and Range Exp Stn Ogden Utah 84401 at http www fs fed us rm pubs_int int_gtr122 pdf e The original report introducing Rothermel s semi empirical formulas Rothermel R C 1972 A mathematical model for predicting fire spread in wildland fuels Res Pap INT 115 Ogden UT U S Department of Agriculture Intermountain Forest and Range Experiment Station 40 p is available at http www treesearch fs fed us pubs 32533 WREF ARW V3 User s Guide A 2 FIRE WRE Fire in
252. format you use and be dat static background errors Additional input files required by the hybrid are a single ensemble mean file used as the fg for the hybrid application and a set of ensemble perturbation files used to represent flow dependent background errors Before the hybrid application can be started a set of initial ensemble members must be prepared These ensembles can be obtained from other ensemble model outputs or you can generate them yourself for example adding random noise to the initial conditions at a previous time and integrating each member to the desired time Once you have the ini tial ensembles the ensemble mean and perturbations can be calculated following the steps below 1 Calculate ensemble mean Copy or link the ensemble forecasts to your working directory In this example the time is 2006102712 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 41 WRF Data Assimilation lt ln sf wrfhelp DATA VAR Hybrid fc 2006102712 e0 Next copy the directory that contains two template files ensemble mean and variance files to your working directory In this case the directory name is 2006102712 which contains the template ensemble mean file wrfout_d01_2006 10 28 00 00 00 and the template variance file wrfout_d01_2006 10 28_00 00 00 vari These template files will be overwritten by the program that calculates the ensemble mean and variance as dis cussed below lt cp r wrfhelp DATA VAR Hybrid fc 2006102712
253. formation and can therefore be used for both real and idealized data cases Many resources are set for a user of which most can be overwritten Below is a list of resources you may want to consider changing before generating your own graphics Resources unique to ARW WRF Model data opts MainTitle Controls main title on the plot opts MainTitlePos Main title position Left Right Center Default is Left opts NoHeaderFooter Switch off all Headers and Footers WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 9 POST PROCESSING opts Footer Add some model information to the plot as a footer Default is True opts InitTime Plot initial time on graphic Default is True If True the initial time will be extracted from the input file opts ValidTime Plot valid time on graphic Default is True A user must set opts TimeLabel to the correct time opts TimeLabel Time to plot as valid time opts TimePos Time position Left Right Default is Right opts ContourParameters A single value is treated as an interval Three values represent Start End and Interval opts FieldTitle Overwrite the field title if not set the field description is used for the title opts UnitLabel Overwrite the field units seldom needed as the units associated with the field will be used opts PlotLevelID Use to add level information to the field title opts NumVectors Density of wind vectors General NCL resource
254. ftpack directory to build FFT library for the global filters e make in other external directories as specified by external target in the configure wrf file 2 Make in the tools directory to build the program that reads the Registry Registry file and auto generates files in the ine directory 3 Make in the frame directory to build the WRF framework specific modules 4 Make in the share directory to build the non core specific mediation layer routines including WRF I O modules that call the I O API 5 Make in the phys directory to build the WRF model layer routines for physics non core specific 6 Make in the dyn_core directory for core specific mediation layer and model layer subroutines 7 Make inthe main directory to build the main programs for WRF symbolic link to create executable files location depending on the build case that was selected as the argument to the compile script Source files F and in some of the external directories F90 are preprocessed to produce 90 files which are input to the compiler As part of the preprocessing Registry generated files from the inc directory may be included Compiling the 90 files results in the creation of object o files that are added to the library main libwrflib a Most of the external directories generate their own library file The linking step produces the wrf exe executable and other executables depending on the case argument to the compile command
255. fy the following loop to assure a desired refinement of the vertical atmospheric grid near the Earth surface DO k 1 kde gridsznw k exp k 1 float kde 1 z_ scale amp exp 1 z_scale 1 exp 1 z_scale ENDDO WRF ARW V3 User s Guide A 15 FIRE b Topography The relevant code is found by searching for the text xxx x x set terrain height The terrain height needs to be set consistently in the atmosphere model in the array gridSht and in the fire model array grid zsf at the finer resolution In the supplied examples controlled by namelist input variables fire mountain type fire mountain start_x fire mountain start y fire mountain end x fire mountain _end_y and fire mountain height both arrays are set consistently from an algebraic formula a cosine hill or a cosine ridge It is possible though not recommended to set only grid ht and have the fire module interpolate the terrain height from the atmosphere mesh by specifying fire topo from atm 1 in namelist input This will result in blocky terrain with discontinuous terrain gradients which will affect fire spread patterns Note that in a real run the user should leave fire topo from atm 0 and both terrain height arrays are set consistently at the best available resolution from the WPS The user should not modify the code immediately after the setting of the terrain height arrays which initializes a number of atmosphere variables consistently w
256. g 0 no nesting l basic 2 preset moves 3 vortex following default 0 Configuration successful To build the model type compite compile After running the configuration script and choosing a compilation option a config ure wrf file will be created Because of the variety of ways that a computer can be con figured if the WRFDA build ultimately fails there is a chance that minor modifications to the configure wrf file may be needed Note WRF compiles with r4 option while WRFDA compiles with r8 For this rea son WRF and WRFDA cannot reside and be compiled under the same directory WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 5 WRF Data Assimilation Hint It is helpful to start with something simple such as the serial build If it is success ful move on to build dmpar code Remember to type clean a between each build To compile the code type gt compile all_wrfvar gt amp compile out Successful compilation of all_wrfvar will produce 32 executables in the var build directory which are linked in var da directory as well as obsproc exe in var obsproc src directory You can list these executables by issuing the command from WRFDA directory gt ls l var build exe var obsproc src obsproc exe rwxr xr x 1 noname users 641048 Mar 23 09 28 var build da_advance_time exe rwxr xr x 1 noname users 954016 Mar 23 09 29 var build da_bias_airmass exe Ywxr xr x 1 noname users 721140 Mar 23 09 29 va
257. g a11 FIELD may either be the name of another field the string const or the string vertical_index If FIELD is specified as const then SLEVEL is a constant value that will be used to fill with if FIELD is specified as vertical_index then SLEVEL must not be specified and the value of the vertical index of the source field is used if DLEVEL is all then all levels from the field specified by the level_template keyword are used to fill the corresponding levels in the field one at a time No default value WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 50 WPS 17 LEVEL_TEMPLATE A character string giving the name of a field from which a list of vertical levels should be obtained and used as a template This keyword is used in conjunction with a i11_lev specification that uses a11 in the DLEVEL part of its specification No default value 18 MASKED Either land or water indicating whether the field is invalid over land or water respectively When a field is masked or invalid the static LANDMASK field will be used to determine which model grid points the field should be interpolated to invalid points will be assigned the value given by the FILL_MISSING keyword Default value is null i e the field is valid for both land and water points 19 MISSING VALUE A real number giving the value in the input field that is assumed to represent missing data No default value 20 VERTICAL _INTERP_ OPTION A character string specifying the vertical
258. g endian and little endian computers regardless of where the file was created To use the netCDF libraries ensure that the paths to these libraries are set correct in your login scripts as well as all Makefiles Additional libraries required by each of the supported post processing packages NCL http www ncl ucar edu GrADS http grads iges org home html GEMPAK http my unidata ucar edu content software gempak index html VAPOR http www vapor ucar edu WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 1 POST PROCESSING NCL With the use of NCL Libraries hitp Avww ncl ucar edu WRF ARW data can easily be displayed The information on these pages has been put together to help users generate NCL scripts to display their WRF ARW model data Some example scripts are available online http www mmm ucar edu wrf OnLineTutorial Graphics NCL NCL_examples htm but in order to fully utilize the functionality of the NCL Libraries users should adapt these for their own needs or write their own scripts NCL can process WRF ARW static input and output files as well as WRF Var output data Both single and double precision data can be processed WRE and NCL In July 2007 the WRF NCL processing scripts have been incorporated into the NCL Libraries thus only the NCL Libraries are now needed Major WRF ARW related upgrades have recently been added to the NCL libraries In order to use many of the functions NCL version 5 1 0 or higher
259. g output_name are two fold The interpolated field is assigned the specified name before being written out and the interpolation methods are taken from the section pertaining to the field whose name matches the value assigned to the output_name keyword No default value 5 FROM INPUT A character string used to compare against the values in the fg_name namelist variable if from_input is specified the containing table section will only be used when the time varying input source has a filename that contains the value of from_input as a substring Thus from_input may be used to specify different interpolation options for the same field depending on which source of the field is being processed No default value 6 OUTPUT_STAGGER The model grid staggering to which the field should be interpolated For ARW this must be one of u v and m for NMM this must be one of HH and vv Default value for ARW is m default value for NMM is HH 7 IS_U_FIELD Either yes or no indicating whether the field is to be used as the wind U component field For ARW the wind U component field must be interpolated to the U staggering output_stagger U for NMM the wind U component field must be interpolated to the V staggering output_stagger vv Default value is no 8 IS_V_FIELD Either yes or no indicating whether the field is to be used as the wind V component field For ARW the wind V component field must be interpolated to the V staggering output_stag
260. g q dging ph if zfac_uv max_dom k_zfac_uv if z2fac t k_ zfac t max_dom if zfac_q max_dom k_ zfac q if zfac_ph max_dom 1 2 wrffdda_d lt domain gt 360 10 10 10 0 for grid obs and spectral nudging grid analysis nudging on 0 off spectral analysis nudging option defined name in real Time interval min between analysis times Time h to stop nudging after start of forecast analysis format 2 netcdf calculation frequency in minutes for analysis nudging 0 every time step and this is recommended not active nudging tendencies are set to zero in between fdda calls 1 no nudging of u and v in the pbl 0 nudging in the pbl 1 no nudging of temp in the pbl 0 nudging in the pbl 1 no nudging of qvapor in the pbl 0 nudging in the pbl 1 no nudging of ph in the pbl 0 nudging in the pbl only for spectral nudging O nudge u and v in all layers 1 limit nudging to levels above k_zfac_uv 10 model level below which nudging is switched off for u and v O nudge temp in all layers 1 limit nudging to levels above k_zfac_t 10 model level below which nudging is switched off for temp 0 nudge qvapor in all layers 1 limit nudging to levels above k_zfac_q 10 model level below which nudging is switched off for water qvapor O nudge ph in all layers 1 limit nudging to levels above k_zfac_ph spectral nudging only WRF ARW V3 User s Guide MOD
261. gS 0 25 reduce Ps variance by 75 Note You may like to try the response of individual variable by setting one parameter at one time See the magnitude of analysis increments d Response of convergence criteria Run tutorial case with amp wrfvar6 eps 0 0001 You may like to compare various diagnostics with earlier run e Response of outer loop on minimization Run tutorial case with amp wrfvar6 max_ext_its 2 With this setting outer loop for the minimization procedure will get activated You may like to compare various diagnostics with earlier run Note Maximum permissible value for MAX_EXT_ITS is 10 Response of suppressing particular types of data in WRFDA The types of observations that WREDA gets to use actually depend on what is included in the observation file and the WRFDA namelist settings For example if you have SYNOP data in the observation file you can suppress its usage in WRFDA by setting use_synopobs false in record amp wrfvar4 of namelist input It is OK if there is no SYNOP data in the observation file and use_synopobs true Turning on and off of certain types of observations are widely used for assessing impact of observations on data assimilations Note It is important to go through the default use_ settings in record swrfvar4 in WRFDA Registry Registry wrfvar to know what observations are activated in default WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 40 WRF Data Assimil
262. ger Vv for NMM the wind V component field must be interpolated to the V staggering output_stagger vv Default value is no 9 INTERP_OPTION A sequence of one or more names of interpolation methods to be used when horizontally interpolating the field Available interpolation methods are average 4pt average l16pt wt_average 4pt wt_average 16pt nearest neighbor four_pt sixteen_pt search average _gcell r for the grid cell average method average _gce11 the optional argument r specifies the minimum ratio of source data resolution to simulation grid resolution at which the method will be WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 49 WPS applied unless specified r 0 0 and the option is used for any ratio When a sequence of two or more methods are given the methods should be separated by a sign Default value is nearest_ neighbor 10 INTERP_MASK The name of the field to be used as an interpolation mask along with the value within that field which signals masked points A specification takes the form field maskval where field is the name of the field and maskval is a real value Default value is no mask 11 INTERP_LAND MASK The name of the field to be used as an interpolation mask when interpolating to water points determined by the static LANDMASK field along with the value within that field which signals land points A specification takes the form field maskval where field is the name of the field and maskval is a real
263. grid e Land Use and Soil Categories in the Static Data e WPS Output Fields Introduction The WRF Preprocessing System WPS is a set of three programs whose collective role is to prepare input to the real program for real data simulations Each of the programs performs one stage of the preparation geogrid defines model domains and interpolates static geographical data to the grids ungrib extracts meteorological fields from GRIB formatted files and metgrid horizontally interpolates the meteorological fields extracted by ungrib to the model grids defined by geogrid The work of vertically interpolating meteorological fields to WRF eta levels is performed within the real program WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 1 WPS External Data Sources WRF Preprocessing System gt The data flow between the programs of the WPS is shown in the figure above Each of the WPS programs reads parameters from a common namelist file as shown in the figure This namelist file has separate namelist records for each of the programs and a shared namelist record which defines parameters that are used by more than one WPS program Not shown in the figure are additional table files that are used by individual programs These tables provide additional control over the programs operation though they generally do not need to be changed by the user The GEOGRID TBL METGRID TBL and Vtable files are explained later in this docum
264. gure wrf is the place to make temporary changes such as optimization levels and compiling with debugging but permanent changes should be made in the file arch configure_new defaults The configure wrf file is composed of three files arch preamble_new arch postamble_new and arch_configure_new defaults The arch configure_new defaults file contains lists of compiler options for all the supported platforms and configurations Changes made to this file will be permanent This file is used by the configure script to generate a temporary configure wrf file in the top level directory The arch directory also contains the files preamble_new and postamble_new which constitute the generic parts non architecture specific of the configure wrf file that is generated by the configure script The Registry directory contains files that control many compile time aspects of the WRF code The files are named Registry core where core is for example EM The configure script copies one of these to Registry Registry which is the file that tools registry will use as input The choice of core depends on settings to the configure script Changes to Registry Registry will be lost permanent changes should be made to Registry core For the WRF ARW model the file is typically Registry EM Environment variables Certain aspects of the configuration and build are controlled by environment variables the non standard locations of NetCDF libraries or the Perl com
265. hbor interpolation The nearest neighbor interpolation method simply sets the interpolated value at x y to the value of the nearest source data point regardless of whether this nearest source point is valid missing or masked WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 53 WPS 8 search Breadth first search interpolation The breadth first search option works by treating the source data array as a 2 d grid graph where each source data point whether valid or not is represented by a vertex Then the value assigned to the point x y is found by beginning a breadth first search at the vertex corresponding to the nearest neighbor of x y and stopping once a vertex representing a valid i e not masked or missing source data point is found In effect this method can be thought of as nearest valid neighbor 9 average_gcell Model grid cell average The grid cell average interpolator may be used when the resolution of the source data is higher than the resolution of the model grid For a model grid cell J the method takes a simple average of the values of all source data points that are nearer to the center of I than to the center of any other grid cell The operation of the grid cell average method is illustrated in the figure above where the interpolated value for the model grid cell represented as the large rectangle is given by the simple average of the values of all of the shaded source grid cells Land Use and Soil Categ
266. he metgrid namelist record the path and prefix of the intermediate meteorological data files must be given with fg_name the full path and file names of any intermediate files containing constant fields may be specified with the constants_name variable and the output format for the horizontally interpolated files may be specified with the io_form_metgrid variable Other variables in the metgrid namelist record namely opt output from metgrid_path and opt_metgrid_tbl_path allow the user to specify where interpolated data files should be written by metgrid and where the METGRID TBL file may be found As with geogrid and the GEOGRID TBL file a METGRID TBL file appropriate for the WRF core must be linked in the metgrid directory or in the directory specified by opt_metgrid_tbl_path if this variable is set gt ls metgrid METGRID TBL lrwxrwxrwx 1 15 METGRID TBL gt METGRID TBL ARW After suitably editing the namelist wps file and verifying that the correct METGRID TBL will be used metgrid may be run by issuing the command gt metgrid exe If metgrid successfully ran the message Successful completion of metgrid Prrrrrrrrri rr bbb bbb bbb bb bbb bP Pe EE will be printed After successfully running metgrid output files should appear in the WPS root directory or in the directory specified by opt_output_from_metgrid_path if this variable was set These files will be named met_em dON YYYY MM DD_HH mm ss nc in WR
267. he assimi lation appears sensible The WRFDA package which includes lots of useful scripts may be downloaded from http www mmm ucar edu wrf users wrfda download tools html The content of some useful diagnostic files are as follows cost_fn and grad_fn These files hold in ASCII format WRFDA cost and gradient function values respectively for the first and last iterations However if you run with PRINT DETAIL GRAD true these values will be listed for each iteration this can be help ful for visualization purposes The NCL script WRFDA var graphces ncl plot_cost_grad_fn ncl may be used to plot the content of cost_fn and grad_fn if these files are generated with PRINT DETAIL GRAD true Cost function minimization for Tutorial Gradient function for Tutorial 23000 240 22000 200 21000 160 D 20000 D 120 O O 19000 80 18000 40 17000 0 i 2 9 9 12 15 0 3 6 9 12 15 Iterations Iterations Note Make sure that you removed first two lines header in cost_fn and grad_fn be fore you plot Also you need to specify the directory name for these two files WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 31 WRF Data Assimilation gts _omb_oma_01 It contains in ASCII format information on all of the observations used by the WRFDA run Each observation has its observed value quality flag observa tion error observation minus background OMB and observation minus analysis OMA This information is very useful for both analysis and forec
268. he atmospheric grid to the fire grid Number of seconds between each atmospheric dataset 10800 for 3 hour NARR data Domain specifications When using nested grids the parent of the current grid or 0 if it is the highest level The refinement ratio from the parent grid ignored for top level grid only 3 or 5 is supported by WRF The indices on the parent grid of the lower left corner of the current grid ignored for top level grid The size of the grid in the x y axis Resolution of the grid in the x y axis Projection specifications Lambert is typically used for central latitudes such as the continental US For small domains the projection used does not matter much Grid index of a reference point with known geographic location Defaults to the center of the domain The location longitude latitude of the reference point Absolute or relative path to geogrid data released with WPS http www mmm ucar edu wrf sre wps_files geog_ v3 1 tar gz The geogrid executable acts exclusively on static datasets those that don t change from day to day such as surface elevation and land use Because these datasets are static they WREF ARW V3 User s Guide A 7 FIRE can be obtained as a single tarball from the main WPS distribution website in resolutions of 10 minutes 2 minutes and 30 seconds The geogrid executable extracts from these global data sets what it needs for the current domain While resolutions of this magni
269. he convention is to start the name with HALO_EM The selected dynamical core is defined in the lt Core gt column There is no ambiguity as every communication in each Registry file will have the exact same lt Core gt column option The last set of information is the lt Stencil varlist gt The portion in front of the is the stencil size and the comma separated list afterwards defines the variables that are communicated with that stencil size Different stencil sizes are available and are separated in the same lt Stencil varlist gt column The stencil sizes 8 24 48 all refer to a square with an odd number of grid cells on a side with the center grid cell removed 8 3x3 1 24 5x5 1 48 7x7 1 The special small stencil 4 is just a simple north south east west communication pattern The convention in the WRF model is to provide a communication immediately after a variable has been updated The communications are restricted to the mediation layer an intermediate layer of the software that is placed between the framework level and the model level The model level is where developers spend most of their time The majority of users will insert communications into the dyn_em solve_em F subroutine The HALO_EM_D2_3 communication defined in the Registry file in the example above is activated by inserting a small section of code that includes an automatically generated code segment into the solve routine via standard cpp direc
270. hich must be replicated for hundreds of variables Registry Syntax Each entry in the Registry is for a specific variable whether it is for a new dimension in the model a new field a new namelist value or even a new communication For readability a single entry may be spread across several lines with the traditional at the end of a line to denote that the entry is continuing When adding to the Registry most users find that it is helpful to copy an entry that is similar to the anticipated new entry and then modify that Registry entry The Registry is not sensitive to spatial formatting White space separates identifiers in each entry Note Do not simply remove an identifier and leave a supposed token blank use the appropriate default value currently a dash character Registry Entries The WRF Registry has the following types of entries not case dependent Dimspec Describes dimensions that are used to define arrays in the model State Describes state variables and arrays in the domain structure I Describes local variables and arrays in solve Typedef Describes derived types that are subtypes of the domain structure Reonfig Describes a configuration e g namelist variable or array Package Describes attributes of a package e g physics Halo Describes halo update interprocessor communications Period Describes communications for periodic boundary updates Xpose Describes commu
271. hich resolution of static data geogrid will interpolate from using the geog_data_res variable whose value should match one of the resolutions of data in the GEOGRID TBL If the full set of static data are downloaded from the WRF download page possible resolutions include 30s 2m 5m and 10m corresponding to 30 arc second data 2 5 and 10 arc minute data Depending on the value of the wrf_core namelist variable the appropriate GEOGRID TBL file must be used with geogrid since the grid staggerings that WPS interpolates to differ between dynamical cores For the ARW the GEOGRID TBL ARW file should be used and for the NMM the GEOGRID TBL NMM file should be used Selection of the appropriate GEOGRID TBL is accomplished by linking the correct file to GEOGRID TBL in the geogrid directory or in the directory specified by opt_geogrid_tbl_path if this variable is set in the namelist gt ls geogrid GEOGRID TBL lrwxrwxrwx 1 15 GEOGRID TBL gt GEOGRID TBL ARW For more details on the meaning and possible values for each variable the user is referred to a description of the namelist variables Having suitably defined the simulation coarse domain and nested domains in the namelist wps file the geogrid exe executable may be run to produce domain files In the case of ARW domains the domain files are named geo_em dON nc where n is the number of the nest defined in each file When run for NMM domains geogrid produces the file geo
272. his is correct you are ready to learn how to run WRFDA b Run the Case 3D Var The data for this case is valid at 12 UTC 5 February 2008 The first guess comes from the NCEP FNL Final Operational Global Analysis data passed through the WRF WPS and real programs To run WRF 3D Var first create and cd to a working directory for example WRFDA var test tutorial and then follow the steps below gt cd WRFDA var test tutorial gt ln sf WRFDA run LANDUSE TBL LANDUSE TBL gt In sf DAT_DIR rc 2008020512 wrfinput_d01 fg link first guess file as fg gt ln sf WRFDA var obsproc obs_gts_2008 02 05 12 00 00 3DVAR ob ascii link OBSPROC processed observation file as ob ascii gt ln sf DAT_DIR be be dat be dat link background error statistics as be dat gt In sf WRFDA var da da_wrfvar exe da_wrfvar exe link executable WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 15 WRF Data Assimilation We will begin by editing the file namelist input which is a very basic nam elist input for running the tutorial test case is shown below and provided as WRFDA var test tutorial namelist input Only the time and domain settings need to be specified in this case if we are using the default settings provided in WRFDA Registry Registry wrfvar wrfvarl print _detail_grad false amp wrfvar2 wrfvar3 wrfvar4 amp wrfvar5 amp wrfvar6 amp wrfvar7 amp wrfvar8 amp wrfvar9 amp wrfvar10
273. hybrid WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 3 WPS coordinate data AFWA s AGRMET land surface model output ECMWF and other data sets Users can create their own Vtable for other model output using any of the Vtables as a template further details on the meaning of fields in a Vtable are provided in the section on creating and editing Vtables Ungrib can write intermediate data files in any one of three user selectable formats WPS a new format containing additional information useful for the downstream programs SI the previous intermediate format of the WRF system and MM5 format which is included here so that ungrib can be used to provide GRIB2 input to the MM5 modeling system Any of these formats may be used by WPS to initialize WRF although the WPS format is recommended Program metgrid The metgrid program horizontally interpolates the intermediate format meteorological data that are extracted by the ungrib program onto the simulation domains defined by the geogrid program The interpolated metgrid output can then be ingested by the WRF real program The range of dates that will be interpolated by metgrid are defined in the share namelist record of the WPS namelist file and date ranges must be specified individually in the namelist for each simulation domain Since the work of the metgrid program like that of the ungrib program is time dependent metgrid is run every time a new simulation is initialized Control over ho
274. ics variables mixing Pf S TKE_MYJ EL_MYJ exch_h QC QI Oo _ 4 TKE MYJ EL_MYJ exch_h QC QI exch_m MYNN2 ARW 1 2 5 QKE Tsq Qsq Cov QC exch_h exch_m ARW 1 2 5 exch_h exch_m QC Qsq Cov C ARW 1 2 TKE_PBL EL_PBL exch_h Q exch_m wu_tur wv_tur wt_tur wq_tur MRF ARW 1 QC QI NMM WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 35 MODEL Summary of Microphysics Options mp_physics Scheme Reference ae 1 Kessler Kessler 1969 2000 2 Lin Purdue Lin Farley and Orville 1983 JCAM 2000 3 WSM3 Hong Dudhia and Chen 2004 MWR 2004 4 WSMS5 Hong Dudhia and Chen 2004 MWR 2004 5 Be o N 399 6 WSM6 Hong and Lim 2006 JKMS 2004 7 Goddard Tao Simpson and McCumber 1989 MWR 2008 8 98 Thompson old aa Field Rasmussen and Hall 2008 2009 9 Milbrandt 2 mom Milbrandt and Yau 2005 JAS 2010 10 Morrison 2 mom Hong and Pan 1996 MWR 2008 14 WDM5 Lim and Hong 2010 2009 16 WDM6 Lim and Hong 2010 2009 mp_physics Number Variables WRE ARW V3 User s Guide 5 36 MODEL 8 98 Thompson old ARW NMM Qc Qr Qi Qs Qg Ni Nr Ni Milbrandt 2 Nc Nr Ni Ns Ng 9 mm ARW OSEO Advects only total condensates Nn CCN number Description of Namelist Variables The following is a description of namelist variables The variables that are a function of nests are indicated by max_dom following the variable Also see Registry Registry EM and run README namelist filein WRFV3 directory
275. ics of OMB OMA vs channels and OMB OMA vs dates will be plotted false data coverage scatter plots before and after bias correction histograms before and af ter bias correction and statistics will be plotted all sea_only land_only true or false true plot only quality controlled data false plot all data true or false switch for histogram plots true or false switch for scatter plots true or false switch for emissivity plots true or false true one frame in each file false all frames in one file true or false true plot cloudy data Cloudy data to be plotted are defined by PLOT_CLOUDY_OPT si or clwp CLWP_VALUE SI_VALUE settings si or clwp clwp cloud liquid water path from model si scatter index from obs for amsua amsub and mhs only only plot points with clwp gt clwp_value when clwp_value gt 0 clwp gt clwp_value when clwp_value 0 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 30 WRF Data Assimilation 5 evolution of VarBC parameters NCL scripts WRFDA var graphics ncl plot_rad_varbc_param ncl and WRFDA var graphics ncl advance_cymdh nc1 are used for plotting evolu tions of VarBC parameters WREDA Diagnostics WREDA produces a number of diagnostic files that contain useful information on how the data assimilation has performed This section will introduce you to some of these files and what to look for Having run WRFDA it is important to check a number of output files to see if t
276. id is coincident with an unstaggered grid point in the parent domain both e_we and e_sn must be one greater than some integer multiple of the nesting ratio Also for each nest the resolution or list or resolutions see the description of namelist variables of source data to interpolate from is specified with the geog_data_res variable For a complete description of these namelist variables the user is referred to the description of namelist variables Selecting Between USGS and MODIS based Land Use Classifications By default the geogrid program will interpolate land use categories from USGS 24 category data However the user may select an alternative set of land use categories based on the MODIS land cover classification of the International Geosphere Biosphere Programme and modified for the Noah land surface model Although the MODIS based data contain 20 categories of land use these categories are not a subset of the 24 USGS categories users interested in the specific categories in either data set can find a listing of the land use classes in the section on land use and soil categories t must be emphasized WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 20 WPS that the MODIS based categories should only be used with the Noah land surface model in WRF The 20 category MODIS based land use data may be selected instead of the USGS data at run time through the geog_data_res variable in the geogrid namelist record This is accomplished by pre
277. id value is used i parent start j parent start lower left corner starting indices of the nest domain in its parent domain These parameters should be the same as in namelist wps parent grid_ratio integer parent to nest domain grid size ratio Typically odd number ratio is used in real data applications parent time step ratio integer time step ratio for the nest domain It may be different from the parent grid ratio though they are typically set the same feedback this is the key setup to define a two way nested or one way nested run When feedback is on the values of the coarse domain are overwritten by the values of the variables average of cell values for mass points and average of the cell face values for horizontal momentum points in the nest at the coincident points For masked fields only the single point value at the collocating points is fedback If the parent grid ratio is even an arbitrary choice of southwest corner point value is used for feedback This is the reason it is better to use odd parent grid ratio with this option When feedback is off it is equivalent to a one way nested run since nest results are not reflected in the parent domain smooth option this a smoothing option for the parent domain in area of the nest if feedback is on Three options are available 0 no smoothing 1 1 2 1 smoothing 2 smoothing desmoothing 3 D Idealized Cases For 3 D idealized cases no nest input files are r
278. ide for FORTRAN Utilities ncdump Part of the netCDF libraries Reads a netCDF file and prints information about the dataset e g nedump h file print header information ncdump v VAR file print header information and the full field VAR ncdump v Times file a handy way to see how many times are available in a WRF output file ncview Display netCDF data graphically No overlays no maps and no manipulation of data possible http meteora ucsd edu pierce ncview_home_page html ncBrowse Display netCDF data graphically Some overlays maps and manipulation of data are possible http www epic noaa gov java ncBrowse read_wrf_nc A utility to display basic information about WRF netCDF files iowrf A utility to do some basic file manipulation on WRF ARW netCDF files p_interp A utility to interpolate WRF ARW netCDF output files to user specified pressure levels netCDF operators http nco sourceforge net Stand alone programs to which can be used to manipulate data performing grid point averaging file differencing file appending Examples of the available operators are ncdiff ncrcat ncra and ncks ncdiff Difference two file e g nediff inputi nce input2 nc output nc WREF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 15 UTILITIES AND TOOLS nercat Write specified variables times to a new file e g nercat v RAINNC wrfout RAINNC nc nercat d Time 0 231 v RAINNC wrfout RAINNC nc nc
279. ield and are summarized in the following table Level Level Type From Levell To Level2 Upper air 100 il blank Surface 1 0 blank Sea level 102 0 blank Levels at a specified 105 Height in meters of blank height AGL the level above ground Fields given as layers 112 Starting level for the Ending level for layer the layer When layer fields Level Type 112 are specified the starting and ending points for the layer have units that are dependent on the field itself appropriate values may be found with the glprint exe and g2print exe utility programs The second group of fields in a Vtable those that describe how the data are identified within the metgrid and real programs fall under the column headings shown below metgrid metgrid metgrid Name Units Description WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 33 WPS The most important of these three fields is the metgrid Name field which determines the variable name that will be assigned to a meteorological field when it is written to the intermediate files by ungrib This name should also match an entry in the METGRID TBL file so that the metgrid program can determine how the field is to be horizontally interpolated The metgrid Units and metgrid Description fields specify the units and a short description for the field respectively here it is important to note that if no descri
280. ields true idealized only Lateral Boundary Condition Options e Periodic periodic_x periodic_y for idealized cases Open open_xs open_xe open_ys open_ye for idealized cases Symmetric symmetric_xs symmetric_xe symmetric_ys symmetric_ye for idealized cases Specified specified for real data cases The first row and column are specified with external model values spec_zone 1 and it should not change The rows and columns in relax_zone have values blended from external model and WRF The value of relax_zone may be changed as long as spec_bdy_width spec_zone relax_zone Can be used with periodic_x in tropical channel simulations Spec_exp exponential multiplier for relaxation zone ramp used with specified boundary condition 0 linear ramp default 0 33 3 dx exp decay factor May be useful for long simulations Nested nested for real and idealized cases Summary of PBL Physics Options bl_pbl_physics Scheme Reference Added 1 YSU Hong Noh and Dudhia 2006 MWR 2004 2 MYJ Janjic 1994 MWR 2000 3 GFS Hong and Pan 1996 MWR 2005 4 QNSE Sukoriansky Galperin and Perov 2005 BLM 2009 5 MYNN2 Nakanishi and Niino 2006 BLM 2009 6 MYNN3 Nakanishi and Niino 2006 BLM 2009 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 34 MODEL ACM2 Pleim 2007 JAMC 2008 BouLac Bougeault and Lacarrere 1989 MWR 2009 MRF Hong and Pan 1996 MWR 2000 sf_sfclay_ Prognostic Diagnostic variables Cloud phys
281. ier to use FORTRAN 77 code but NCL does recognize basic FORTRAN 90 code Let s use a routine that calculated temperature K from theta and pressure FORTRAN 90 routine called myTK f90 subroutine compute_tk tk pressure theta nx ny nz implicit none Variables integer nx ny nz real dimension nx ny nz tk pressure theta Local Variables integer i j k real dimension nx ny nz pi pi pressure 1000 287 1004 tk piG theta return end subroutine compute_tk For simple routines like this it is easiest to re write the routine into a FORTRAN 77 routine FORTRAN 77 routine called myTK f subroutine compute_tk tk pressure theta nx ny nz implicit none C Variables integer nx ny nz real tk nx ny nz pressure nx ny nz theta nx ny nz C Local Variables integer i j k real pi DO k 1 nz DO j 1 ny DO i 1 nx pi pressure i j k 1000 287 1004 tk i j k pi theta i j k ENDDO ENDDO ENDDO return end WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 16 POST PROCESSING Add the markers NCLFORTSTART and NCLEND to the subroutine as indicated below Note that local variables are outside these block markers FORTRAN 77 routine called myTK f with NCL markers added C NCLFORTSTART subroutine compute_tk tk pressure theta nx ny nz implicit none C Variables integer nx ny nz real tk nx ny nz
282. iles metoa_em are formatted identical to the met_em files from metgrid exe The only difference is that the fields in these files now incorporate observational information e Provide surface fields for surface analysis nudging FDDA 2 Note when using the wrfsfdda file as input to WRF it is also recommended to use the 3 D fdda file wrffdda 5 which is an optional output created when running real exe as input to WRF e Provide data for observational nudging 3 Note since version 3 1 1 of OBSGRID this file can be read directly by the observational nudging code and no longer needs to pass through an additional perl script e Provide ASCII output 4 These files provide information regarding the observations used and the quality control flags assigned The information in these files can also be plotted with the provided plotting utilities Source of Observations OBSGRID reads observations provided by the user in formatted ASCII text files This allows users to adapt their own data to use as input to the OBSGRID program This format wrf_obs little_r format is the same format used in the MM5 objective analysis program LITTLE_R hence the name Programs are available to convert NMC ON29 formatted files see below into the wrf_obs little_r format Users are responsible for converting other observations they may want to provide to OBSGRID into this format A user contributed i e unsupported program is available in the utils dir
283. in all files is due to a limitation in real exe which requires a constant number of vertical levels to interpolate from The mod_levs utility is something of a temporary solution to the problem of accommodating two or more data sets with differing numbers of vertical levels Should a user choose to use mod _levs it should be noted that although the vertical locations of the levels need not match between data sets all data sets should have a surface level of data and when running real exe and wrf exe the value of p_top must be chosen to be below the lowest top among the data sets C calc_ecmwf_p exe In the course of vertically interpolating meteorological fields the real program requires 3 d pressure and geopotential height fields on the same levels as the other atmospheric fields The calc_ecmwf_p exe utility may be used to create such these fields for use with ECMWF sigma level data sets Given a surface pressure field or log of surface pressure field and a list of coefficients A and B calc_ecmwf_p exe computes the pressure at an ECMWF sigma level k at grid point ij as Pix Ax Bk Psfc j The list of coefficients used in the pressure computation can be copied from a table appropriate to the number of sigma levels in the data set from http www ecmwf int products data technical model_levels index html This table should be written in plain text to a file eemwf_coeffs in the current working directory for example with 16 sigma level
284. in column MUB units Pa NEST_POS Time south_north west_east NEST_POS description NEST _POS units P Time bottom_top south north west_east P description perturbation pressure P units Pa PB Time bottom_top south _north west_east PB description BASE STATE PRESSURE PB units Pa SR Time south north west_east SR description fraction of frozen precipitation SR units POTEVP Time south north west_east POTEVP description accumulated potential evaporation POTEVP units W m 2 SNOPCX Time south north west_east SNOPCX description snow phase change heat flux SNOPCX units W m 2 SOILTB Time south north west _east SOILTB description bottom soil temperature SOILTB units K FNM Time bottom_top FNM description upper weight for vertical stretching FNM units FNP Time bottom_top FNP description lower weight for vertical stretching FNP units RDNW Time bottom_top RDNW description inverse d eta values between full w levels RDNW units RDN Time bottom_top RDN description inverse d eta values between half mass levels RDN units DNW Time bottom_top DNW description d eta values between full w levels DNW units DN Time bottom_top DN description d eta values between half mass levels DN units CFN Time CFN description
285. in the namelist is the times you want to process As this step will create a large number of extra files creating a new directory to place these files in will enable you to manage the files easier mkdir RIPDP e g ripdp wrfarw RIPDP arw all wrfout_d0l WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 22 POST PROCESSING The RIP user input file Once the RIP data has been created with RIPDP the next step is to prepare the user input file UIF for RIP see Chapter 4 of the RIP users guide for details This file is a text file which tells RIP what plots you want and how they should be plotted A sample UIF called rip_sample in is provided in the RIP tar file This sample can serve as a template for the many UIFs that you will eventually create A UIF is divided into two main sections The first section specifies various general parameters about the set up of RIP in a namelist format userin which control the general input specifications and trajcale which control the creation of trajectories The second section is the plot specification section which is used to specify which plots will be generated namelist userin Variable Value Description idotitle 1 Control first part of title title auto Define your own title or allow RIP to generate one titlecolor def foreground Control color of the title linittime 1 Print initial date and time in UTC on plot ifcst
286. inerals kg silica kg wood Weighting parameter that determines the slope of the mass loss curve This can range from about 5 fast burnup to 1000 40 decrease in mass over 10 minutes Initial dry mass loading of canopy fuel in kg m The burnout time of canopy fuel once ignited s Is this a chaparral category to be treated differently using an empirical rate of spread relationship that depends only on windspeed 1 yes this is a chaparral category and should be treated differently 0 no this is not a chaparral category or should not be treated differently Primarily used for Fuel Category 4 WREF ARW V3 User s Guide A 5 FIRE Running WRF Fire on real data Building the code Running WRF with real data is a complicated process of converting data formats and interpolating to the model grid This process is simplified by the WRF Preprocessing System WPS The purpose of this section is to summarize the use of this system and to highlight the differences in its use between fire and ordinary atmospheric simulations For more complete documentation of WPS see Chapter 3 of the WRF ARW User s Guide WPS consists of three utility programs geogrid exe ungrib exe and metgrid exe Each program is designed to take existing data sets and convert interpolate them into an intermediate format The build system for WPS is similar to that of WRF NetCDF must be installed and the environment variable NETCDF should be set to
287. integrated rain TOTAL COLUMN RAIN 138 200 Column integrated snow TOTAL COLUMN SNOW 139 200 Column integrated total condensate TOTAL COL 140 200 CONDENSATE Helicity STORM REL HELICITY 190 106 U component storm motion U COMP STORM MOTION 196 106 V component storm motion V COMP STORM MOTION 197 106 Accumulated total precipitation ACM TOTAL PRECIP 6l 1 Accumulated convective precipitation ACM CONVCTIVE PRECIP 63 1 Accumulated grid scale precipitation ACM GRD SCALE PRECIP 62 1 Accumulated snowfall ACM SNOWFALL 65 1 Accumulated total snow melt ACM SNOW TOTAL MELT 99 1 Precipitation type 4 types instantaneous INSTANT PRECIP TYPE 140 1 Precipitation rate instantaneous INSTANT PRECIP RATE 59 1 Composite radar reflectivity COMPOSITE RADAR REFL 212 200 Low level cloud fraction LOW CLOUD FRACTION 73 214 Mid level cloud fraction MID CLOUD FRACTION 74 224 High level cloud fraction HIGH CLOUD FRACTION 75 234 Total cloud fraction TOTAL CLD FRACTION 71 200 Time averaged total cloud fraction AVG TOTAL CLD FRAC 71 200 Time averaged stratospheric cloud fraction AVG STRAT CLD FRAC 213 200 Time averaged convective cloud fraction AVG CNVCT CLD FRAC 72 200 Cloud bottom pressure CLOUD BOT PRESSURE 1 2 Cloud top pressure CLOUD TOP PRESSURE 1 3 Cloud bottom height above MSL CLOUD BOTTOM HEIGHT 7 2 Cloud top height above MSL CLOUD TOP HEIGHT 7 3 Convective cloud bottom pressure CONV CLOUD BOT PRESS 1 242 Convective cloud top pressure CONV CLOUD TOP PRESS 1
288. interpolation method that should be used when vertically interpolating to missing points Currently this option is not implemented No default value 21 FLAG _IN OUTPUT A character string giving the name of a global attribute which will be assigned a value of 1 and written to the metgrid output if the interpolated field is to be output output yes Default value is null i e no flag will be written for the field Available Interpolation Options in Geogrid and Metgrid Through the GEOGRID TBL and METGRID TBL files the user can control the method by which source data either static fields in the case of geogrid or meteorological fields in the case of metgrid are interpolated In fact a list of interpolation methods may be given in which case if it is not possible to employ the i th method in the list the i 1 st method will be employed until either some method can be used or there are no methods left to try in the list For example to use a four point bi linear interpolation scheme for a field we could specify interp_option four_pt However if the field had areas of missing values which could prevent the four_pt option from being used we could request that a simple four point average be tried if the four_pt method couldn t be used by specifying interp_option four_pt taverage 4pt instead Below each of the available interpolation options in the WPS are described conceptually for the details of each method the user is referred t
289. interval time interval of input data in minutes gfdda_end h end time of grid nudging in hours sgfdda_inname wrfsfdda_d lt domain gt sgfdda_interval time interval of input data in minutes sgfdda_end h end time of surface egrid nudging in hours See http www mmm ucar edu wrf users wrfv2 How_to_run_grid_fdda html and README grid fdda in WRFV3 test em_real for more information WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 19 MODEL Spectral Nudging is a new upper air nudging option in Version 3 1 This selectively nudges the coarser scales only but is otherwise set up the same way as grid nudging This option also nudges geopotential height The wave numbers defined here are the number of waves contained in the domain and the number is the maximum one that is nudged grid fdda 2 xwavenum 3 ywavenum 3 h Observation Nudging Run In addition to the usual input data preparation using WPS station observation files are required See http www mmm ucar edu wrf users wrfv2 How_to_run_obs_fdda html for instructions The observation file names expected by WRF are OBS _DOMAIN101 for domain 1 and OBS DOMAIN201 for domain 2 etc Observation nudging is activated in the model by the following namelists obs nudge opt 1 fdda_start 0 obs nudging start time in minutes fdda_end 360 obs nudging end time in minutes Look for example to set other obs nudging namelist variables in namelist template namelist input obs fdda
290. intest em_real directory See http www mmm ucar edu wrf users wrfv2 How_to_run_obs_fdda html and README obs fddainWRFV3 test em_real for more information i Global Run WREFV3 begins to support global capability To make a global run run WPS starting with namelist template namelist wps gloabl Setmap proj lat lon and grid dimensions e we and e sn without setting dx and dy in namelist wps The geogrid program will calculate grid distances and their values can be found in the global attribute section of geo _em d01 nc file Type ncdump h geo _em d01 nc to find out the grid distances which will be needed in filling out WRF s namelist input file Grid distances in x and y directions may be different but it is best they are set similarly or the same WRF and WPS assume earth is a sphere and its radius is 6370 km There is no restrictions on what to use for grid dimensions but for effective use of the polar filter in WRF the east west dimension should be set to 2 32 58 1 where P Q and R are any integers including 0 Run the rest of WPS programs as usual but only for one time period This is because the domain covers the entire globe lateral boundary conditions are no longer needed WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 20 MODEL Run program real exe as usual and for one time period only Lateral boundary file wrfbdy_ d0O1 is not needed Copy over namelist input globalto namelist input and edit it Run the model
291. ion Coriolis cosine latitude term E units s 1 SINALPHA Time south_north west_east SINALPHA description Local sine of map rotation SINALPHA units COSALPHA Time south _horth west_east COSALPHA description Local cosine of map rotation COSALPHA units HGT Time south north west_east HGT description Terrain Height HGT units m HGT_SHAD Time south_north west_east HGT_SHAD description Height of orographic shadow HGT SHAD units m TSK Time south north west_east TSK description SURFACE SKIN TEMPERATURE TSK units K P_TOP Time WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 65 MODEL float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float P TOP description PRESSURE TOP OF THE MODEL P TOP units Pa MAX MSTFX Time MAX MSTFX description Max map factor in domain MAX MSTFX units So Uh MAX MSTFY Time H MAX MSTFY description Max map factor in domain MAX MSTFY units SoN RAINC Time south_north west_east RAINC description ACCUMULATED TOTAL CUMULUS PRECIPITATION RAINC units mm RAINNC Time south_north west_east RAINNC description ACCUMULATED TOTAL GRID SCALE PRECIPITATION RAINNC units mm PRATEC Time south_north west_east PRATEC des
292. ion works with all sf_surface_physics options isftcflx Modify surface bulk drag Donelan and enthalpy coefficients to be more in line with recent research results of those for tropical storms and hurricanes This option also includes dissipative heating term in heat flux It is only available for sf_sfclay_physics 1 There are two options for computing enthalpy coefficients WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 30 MODEL isftcflx 1 constant Zo since V3 2 for heat and moisture isftcflx 2 Garratt formulation slightly different forms for heat and moisture b Other options for long simulations new in Version 3 1 tmn_update update deep soil temperature 1 sst_skin calculate skin SST based on Zeng and Beljaars 2005 1 bucket_mm bucket reset value for water equivalent precipitation accumulations value in mm 1 inactive bucket_J bucket reset value for energy accumulations value in Joules 1 inactive Only works with CAM and RRTMG radiation ra_lw_physics 3 and 4 and ra_sw_physics 3 and 4 options To drive WRF model with climate data that does not have leap year there is a compile option to do that Edit configure wrf and add DNO_LEAP_ CALENDAR to the macro ARCH_LOCAL c usemonalb When set to true it uses monthly albedo fields from geogrid instead of table values d no_mp_heating When set to 1 it turns off latent heating from microphysics When using this option cu_physics should
293. ions of the code are not listed in this output e The data has gone through an expensive test to determine if the report is within the analysis region and the data have been given various quality control flags Unless a blatant error in the data is detected such as a negative sea level pressure the observation data are not typically modified but only assigned quality control flags e Data with qc flags higher than a specified values user controlled via the namelist will be set to missing data qc_obs_raw dn YYYY MM DD_HH mm ss tttt This file contains a listing of all of the observations available for use by the OBSGRID program e The observations have been sorted and the duplicates have been removed e Observations outside of the analysis region have been removed e Observations with no information have been removed WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 10 OBSGRID e All reports for each separate location different levels but at the same time have been combined to form a single report e Data which has had the discard flag internally set data which will not be sent to the quality control or objective analysis portions of the code are not listed in this output e The data has gone through an expensive test to determine if the report is within the analysis region and the data have been given various quality control flags Unless a blatant error in the data is detected such as a negative sea level pressure the observation data are not
294. iption Map scale factor on mass grid MAPFAC M units MAPFAC U Time south north west_east_stag MAPFAC _U description Map scale factor on u grid MAPFAC U units gt MAPFAC V Time south north stag west_east MAPFAC V description Map scale factor on v grid MAPFAC V units MAPFAC MX Time south north west_east MAPFAC MX description Map scale factor on mass grid x direction MAPFAC MX units MAPFAC MY Time south_north west _east MAPFAC MY description Map scale factor on mass grid y direction MAPFAC MY units MAPFAC UX Time south north west _east_stag MAPFAC UX description Map scale factor on u grid x direction MAPFAC UX units MAPFAC UY Time south north west _east_stag MAPFAC UY description Map scale factor on u grid y direction MAPFAC UY units MAPFAC VX Time south_north_stag west_east MAPFAC VX description Map scale factor on v grid x direction MAPFAC VX units MF VX _INV Time south north stag west _east MF VX_INV description Inverse map scale factor on v grid x direction MF VX INV units A MAPFAC_VY Time south_north_stag west_east MAPFAC VY description Map scale factor on v grid y direction MAPFAC VY units F Time south_north west_east F description Coriolis sine latitude term F units s 1 E Time south_north west_east E descript
295. is required current version of NCL is 5 2 Special functions are provided to simplify the plotting of WRF ARW data These functions are located in NCARG_ROOT lib ncarg nclscripts wrf WRFUserARW ncl Special NCL built in functions have been added to the NCL libraries to help users calculate basic diagnostics for WRF ARW data All the FORTRAN subroutines used for diagnostics and interpolation previously located in wrf_user_fortran_util_0 f has been re coded into NCL in line functions This means users no longer need to compile these routines What is NCL The NCAR Command Language NCL is a free interpreted language designed specifically for scientific data processing and visualization NCL has robust file input and output It can read in netCDF HDF4 HDF4 EOS GRIB binary and ASCII data The graphics are world class and highly customizable WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 2 POST PROCESSING It runs on many different operating systems including Solaris AIX IRIX Linux MacOSX Dec Alpha and Cygwin X running on Windows The NCL binaries are freely available at http Avww ncl ucar edu Download To read more about NCL visit http Avww ncl ucar edu overview shtml Necessary software NCL libraries version 5 1 0 or higher current version of NCL is 5 2 Environment Variable Set the environment variable NCARG_ROOT to the location where you installed the NCL libraries Typically for cshrc shell setenv NCARG ROOT
296. is returned value may potentially be outside the model domain lons lats can be scalars or arrays Optional resources res returnInt If set to False the return values will be real default is True with integer return values res useTime Default is 0 Set if want the reference longitude latitudes must come from a specific time one will only use this for moving nest output which has been stored in a single file loc 0 is the x WE locations and loc 1 the y SN locations wrf_user_ij_to_ll nc_file i j res Usage loc wrf_user_latlon_to_ij a 10 40 res Usage loc wrf_user_latlon_to_ij a 10 12 40 50 res Convert a i j location to a lon lat location This function makes use of map information to find the closest point so this returned value may potentially be outside the model domain i j can be scalars or arrays Optional resources res useTime Default is 0 Set if want the reference longitude latitudes must come from a specific time one will only use this for moving nest output which has been stored in a single file loc 0 is the lons locations and loc 1 the lats locations wrf_user_unstagger varin unstagDim This function unstaggers an array This function returns an array on ARW WRF mass points varin Array to be unstaggered WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 13 POST PROCESSING unstagDim Dimension to unstagger Must be either X Y or Z This i
297. ist input file cannot be used to change the horizontal or vertical dimensions since they are specified in the input_Jjet file Making modifications apart from namelist controlled options or soundings has to be done by editing the Fortran code Such modifications would include changing the topography the distribution of vertical levels the properties of an initialization thermal bubble or preparing a case to use more physics such as a land surface model The Fortran code to edit is contained in WRFV3 dyn_em module_initialize_ case F where case is the case chosen in compilation e g module_initialize_squal1l2d_x F The subroutine to modify is init_domain_rk To change the vertical levels only the 1 D array znw must be defined containing the full levels starting from 1 at k 1 and ending with 0 at k kde To change the topography only the 2 D array ht must be defined making sure it is periodic if those boundary conditions are used To change the thermal perturbation bubble search for the string bubble to locate the code to change Each of the ideal cases provides an excellent set of default examples to the user The method to specify a thermal bubble is given in the super cell case In the hill2d case the topography is accounted for properly in setting up the initial 3 D arrays so that example should be followed for any topography cases A symmetry example in the squall line cases tests that your indexing modifications are correct Fu
298. ith multiple domains should horizontally interpolate the generated meteorological fields to the fine grid domains Alternatively users may run the tc exe program on separate met grid output files for different domains though this is not recommended insert bogus storm logical insert a bogus storm remove_storm logical remove an existing storm num storm integer number of storms to bogus currently must be set to 1 late storm real latitude of bogus storm north south lonc_storm real longitude of bogus storm east west vmax meters per second real maximum observed sustained wind speed m s rmax real radius from the cyclone center to where the maximum wind speed occurs m vmax ratio real scale factor for model s Rankine vortex Note If insert_bogus_stormis set to true then remove_storm should be set to false If remove_storm is set to true then insert_bogus_storm should be set to false The value for vmax_ratio should be about 0 75 for a 45 km domain and about 0 90 for a 15 km domain This is a representativeness scale factor The observed maximum wind speed is not appropriate for an entire grid cell when the domain is fairly coarse For example assume that a cyclone report came in with the storm centered at 25 N and 75 W where the maximum sustained winds were observed to be 120 kts with the maximum winds about 90 km from the storm center With a 45
299. ith options to allow you to select the preferred build method For example if you are on a Linux machine it determines whether this is a 32 or 64 bit machine and then prompts you for the desired usage of processors such as serial shared memory or distributed memory You select from among the available compiling options in the build mechanism For example do not choose a PGI build if you do not have PGI compilers installed on your system e Get the WRF zipped tar file from WRFV3 from o http www mmm ucar edu wrf users download get_source html o always get the latest version if you are not trying to continue a long project e unzip and untar the file o gzip cd WRFV3 TAR gz tar xf o alternatively tar xzf WRFV3 TAR gz on some systems e cd WRFV3 e configure o serial means single processor o smpar means Symmetric Multi Processing Shared Memory Parallel OpenMP this does not reliably work on most non IBM machines dmpar means Distributed Memory Parallel MPI dm sm means Distributed Memory with Shared Memory for example MPI across nodes with OpenMP within a node usually better performance is through dmpar only o the second option is for nesting 0 no nesting 1 standard static nesting 2 nesting with a prescribed set of moves 3 nesting that allows a domain to follow a vortex typhoon tracking compile em_real or any of the directory names in WRFV3 test directory e ls ls main exe o if you built a real data
300. ith the terrain height WRFEF ARW V3 User s Guide A 16
301. ition J of the OBS in unit of grid point Set the z position K of OBS with the vertical level index in bottom up order Set the innovation of the ob wind in m s pressure in Pa temperature in K specific humidity in kg kg WRF ARW V3 User s Guide WRF Data Assimilation pseudo_err 1 0 set the error of the pseudo ob Unit the same as pseudo_val if pseudo_var q pseudo_err 0 001 is more reasonable amp wrfvarl16 for hybrid WRFDA ensemble alphacv_method 2 1 ensemble perturbations in control variable space 2 ensemble perturbations in model variable space ensdim_ alpha 0 ensemble size alpha _ corr _ type 3 1 alpha_corr_type_exp 2 alpha_corr_type_soar 3 alpha_corr_type_gaussian default alpha_corr scale 1500 0 km amp wrfvar17 analysis type 3D VAR 3D VAR 3D VAR mode default QC OBS 3D VAR mode plus extra filtered_obs output VERIFY verification mode WREDA resets check_max_iv false and ntmax 0 RAN DOMCV for creating ensemble perturbations amp wrfvar18 needs to set amp wrfvar21 and amp wrfvar22 as well if ob_format 1 and or radi ances are used analysis_date 2002 08 specify the analysis time It should be consistent 03_00 00 00 00 with the first guess time However if time differ 00 ence between analysis_date and date info read in from first guess is larger than analysis_accu WREDA will issue a warning message gt Wrong xb time found but wo
302. ity input is supplied through ASCII format e Multiple outer loop to address the nonlinearity e Capability to compute adjoint sensitivity e Horizontal component of the background first guess error is represented via recursive filter for regional or power spectrum for global The vertical component is applied through projections on climatologically generated averaged eigenvectors and its corresponding eigenvalues e Horizontal and vertical background errors are non separable Each eigenvector has its own horizontal climatologically determined length scale e Preconditioning of background part of the cost function is done via control variable transform U defined as B UU e It includes gen_be utility to generate the climatological background error covariance estimate via the NMC method or ensemble perturbations e A utility program to update WRF boundary condition file after WRF DA WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 1 3 OVERVIEW ARW Solver This is the key component of the modeling system which is composed of several initialization programs for idealized and real data simulations and the numerical integration program The key features of the WRF model include e Fully compressible nonhydrostatic equations with hydrostatic option e Regional and global applications e Complete Coriolis and curvature terms e Two way nesting with multiple nests and nest levels e Concurrent one way nesting with multiple nests and nest levels e Off
303. ive you a feel for the impact of input observation data you assimilated via WRFDA by modifying the input analysis first guess How long did WRFDA take to converge Does it really converge You will get the an swers of all these questions by looking into rs1 files as it indicates the number of itera tions taken by WRFDA to converge If this is the same as the maximum number of itera tions specified in the namelist NTMAx or its default value 200 set in WRFDA Registry Registry wrfvar then it means that the analysis solution did not converge If so you may like to increase the value of wrmax and rerun your case to en sure that the convergence is achieved On the other hand a normal WRFDA run should usually converge within 100 iterations If it still doesn t converge in 200 iterations that means there might be some problem in the observations or first guess A good visual way of seeing the impact of assimilation of observations is to plot the analysis increments i e analysis minus first guess difference There are many different graphics packages used e g RIP4 NCL GRADS etc that can do this The plot of level 18 theta increments below was produced using the particular NCL script This script is located at WRFDA var graphcs ncl WRF Var_plot ncl WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 33 WRF Data Assimilation You need to modify this script to fix the full path for first_guess amp analysis files You may also like to modify th
304. ively WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 29 WPS E plotgrids exe The plotgrids exe program is an NCAR Graphics based utility whose purpose is to plot the locations of all nests defined in the namelist wps file The program operates on the namelist wps file and thus may be run without having run any of the three main WPS programs Upon successful completion plotgrids produces an NCAR Graphics metafile gmeta which may be viewed using the idt command The coarse domain is drawn to fill the plot frame a map outline with political boundaries is drawn over the coarse domain and any nested domains are drawn as rectangles outlining the extent of each nest This utility may be useful particularly during initial placement of domains at which time the user can iteratively adjust the locations of nests by editing the namelist wps file running plotgrids exe and determining a set of adjustments to the nest locations Currently this utility does not work for ARW domains that use the latitude longitude projection i when map_proj lat lon F g1print exe The gl print exe program takes as its only command line argument the name of a GRIB Edition 1 file The program prints a listing of the fields levels and dates of the data in the file G g2print exe Similar to gl print exe the g2print exe program takes as its only command line argument the name of a GRIB Edition 2 file The program prints a listing of the fields levels and dat
305. l detected 2 11 2048 vertical spike in wind speed or direction 2 12 4096 convective adjustment applied to temperature field 2 13 8192 no neighboring observations for buddy check 2 14 16384 fails error maximum test 2 15 32768 fails buddy test 2 16 65536 observation outside of domain detected by QC 2 17 131072 OBSGRID Namelist The OBSGRID namelist file is called namelist oa and must be in the directory from which OBSGRID is run The namelist consists of nine namelist records named record1 through record9 each having a loosely related area of content Each namelist record which extends WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 15 OBSGRID over several lines in the namelist oa file begins with amp record lt gt where lt gt is the namelist record number and ends with a slash The namelist record amp plot_sounding is only used by the corresponding utility Namelist record1 The data in namelist record define the analysis times to process Namelist Value Description Variable Start year 2000 4 4 digit year of the starting time to process year of the starting time to process start _ month 01 2 digit month of the starting time to process start day 24 2 digit day of the starting time to process start hour 12 2 digit hour of the starting time to process lend year 2000 4 digit year of the ending time to process lend month 01 2 digit month of the ending
306. lass scheme Thompson scheme in V3 0 For non zero mp_physics options this keeps moisture variables above a threshold value gt 0 An alternative and better way to keep moisture variables positive is to use moist _adv_opt no action taken no adjustment to any moisture field except for Qv all other moisture arrays are set to zero if they fall below a critical value Qv gt 0 and all other moisture arrays are set to zero if they fall below a critical value critical value for moisture variable threshold below which moisture arrays except for Qv are set to zero unit kg kg limit on temp tendency from microphysics latent heating when radar data assimilation is used 0 running gsfcgce scheme with graupel 1 running gsfcgce scheme with hail 0 running gsfcgce scheme with snow ice WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 45 MODEL no_mp heating ra lw physics max_dom ra sw_ physics max_dom radt max_ dom co2tt cam_abs freq s levsiz paerlev cam_abs_ diml cam_abs_ dim2 21600 59 29 4 same as e_vert and graupel hail 1 running gsfcgce scheme with only ice and snow 2 running gsfcgce scheme with only ice and graupel used only in very extreme situation switch to turn off latent heating from mp 0 normal 1 turn off latent heating from a microphysics scheme longwave radiation option no longwave radiation rrtm scheme CAM scheme rrtmg scheme GFDL Eta longwave semi
307. lated for all processors and output by processor 0 the number of times any trace statement will pro duce output for any particular routine This stops overwhelming trace output when a routine is called multiple times Once this limit is reached a going quiet message is written to the trace file and no more output is produced from the routine though statistics are still gathered see trace_repeat_head description define the deepest level to which tracing writes output true activate tracing true calculate allocated memory using a mallinfo call On some platforms Cray and Mac mallinfo is not available and no memory monitoring can be done true tracing is output for all pes As stated in trace_pe this does not change processor statistics true tracing statistics are written to a xxxx csv file in CSV format true tracing and error reporting routines will in clude HTML tags true warning messages that would normally allow the program to continue are treated as fatal errors do not change 0 gt No supersaturation check after minimization 1 gt supersaturation rh gt 100 and minimum rh rh lt 10 check and make the local adjustment of q 2 gt supersaturation rh gt 95 and minimum rh rh lt 11 check and make the multi level q ad justment under the constraint of conserved column integrated water vapor l gt surface observations will be assimilated based on the lowest model l
308. ld is case sensitive The policy adapted during development was to set all diagnostic variables calculated by NCL to lower case to distinguish them from fields directly available from the netCDF files List of available diagnostics avo Absolute Vorticity 10 5 s 1 pvo Potential Vorticity PVU cape_2d Returns 2D fields mcape mcin IcI lfc cape_3d Returns 3D fields cape cin dbz Reflectivity dBZ mdbz Maximum Reflectivity dBZ geopt geopotential Full Model Geopotential m2 s 2 lat Latitude will return either XLAT or XLAT_M depending on which is available lon Longitude will return either XLONG or XLONG_M depending on which is available p pres Full Model Pressure Pa WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 7 POST PROCESSING pressure Full Model Pressure hPa rh2 2m Relative Humidity rh Relative Humidity slp Sea Level Pressure hPa ter Model Terrain Height m will return either HGT or HGT_M depending on which is available td2 2m Dew Point Temperature C td Dew Point Temperature C tc Temperature C tk Temperature K th theta Potential Temperature K ua U component of wind on mass points va V component of wind on mass points wa W component of wind on mass points uvmet10 10m U and V components of wind rotated to earth coordinates uvmet U and V components of wind rotated to earth coordinates z h
309. le 3 unbalanced tempera ture For cv_options 3 only The actual default values are 0 25 1 0 1 5 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 47 WRF Data Assimilation as4 3 as5 3 rf passes var_scalingl var_scaling2 var_scaling3 var_scaling4 var scaling5 len_scaling1 len_scaling2 len_scaling3 len_scaling4 len_scaling5 je_factor amp wrfvar8 not used amp wrfvar9 stdout stderr 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 tuning factors for variance horizontal and vertical scales for control variable 4 pseudo relative hu midity For cv_options 3 only The actual default values are 0 25 1 0 1 5 tuning factors for variance horizontal and vertical scales for control variable 5 unbalanced surface pressure For cv_options 3 only The actual default values are 0 25 1 0 1 5 number of passes of recursive filter tuning factor of background error covariance for control variable 1 stream function For cv_options 5 only tuning factor of background error covariance for control variable 2 unbalanced velocity potential For cv_options 5 only tuning factor of background error covariance for control variable 3 unbalanced temperature For cv_options 5 only tuning factor of background error covariance for control variable 4 pseudo relative humidity For cv_options 5 only tuning factor of background error covariance for control variable 5 unb
310. les write_bogus If keep bogus obs in obs_gts ASCII files write_airs If keep airs obs in obs_gts ASCII files WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 58 OBSGRID Chapter 7 Objective Analysis OBSGRID Table of Contents e Introduction e Program Flow e Source of Observations e Objective Analysis techniques in OBSGRID e Quality Control for Observations e Additional Observations e Surface FDDA option e Objective Analysis on Model Nests e How to run OBSGRID e Output Files e Plot Utilities e Observations Format e OBSGRID Namelist Introduction The goal of objective analysis in meteorological modeling is to improve meteorological analyses the first guess on the mesoscale grid by incorporating information from observations Traditionally these observations have been direct observations of temperature humidity and wind from surface and radiosonde reports As remote sensing techniques come of age more and more indirect observations are available for researchers and operational modelers Effective use of these indirect observations for objective analysis is not a trivial task Methods commonly employed for indirect observations include three dimensional or four dimensional variational techniques 3DVAR and 4DVAR respectively which can be used for direct observations as well This chapter discusses the objective analysis program OBSGRID Discussion of variational techniques WRF Var can be found in Ch
311. line one way nesting with vertical nesting e Moving nests prescribed moves and vortex tracking e Mass based terrain following coordinate e Vertical grid spacing can vary with height e Map scale factors for these projections o polar stereographic conformal o Lambert conformal o Mercator conformal o Latitude and longitude which can be rotated e Arakawa C grid staggering e Runge Kutta 2nd and 3rd order time integration options e Scalar conserving flux form for prognostic variables e 2nd to 6th order advection options horizontal and vertical e Monotonic transport and positive definite advection option for moisture scalar tracer and TKE e Time split small step for acoustic and gravity wave modes o small step horizontally explicit vertically implicit o divergence damping option and vertical time off centering o external mode filtering option e Upper boundary absorption and Rayleigh damping e Lateral boundary conditions o idealized cases periodic symmetric and open radiative o real cases specified with relaxation zone e Full physics options for land surface planetary boundary layer atmospheric and surface radiation microphysics and cumulus convection e A single column ocean mixed layer model e Grid analysis nudging using separate upper air and surface data and observation nudging e Spectral nudging e Digital filter initialization e Adaptive time stepping e Gravity wave drag e A number of idealized examples WRF ARW V3 User
312. list above when you have 24 hour and 12 hour forecasts initialized at 2008020512 through 2008020612 the first and final forecast difference valid dates are 2008020612 and 2008020700 respectively Note The forecast dataset should be located in Fc_DIR Then type gt gen_be_ wrapper ksh Once gen_be wrapper ksh runs completed the be dat can be found under RUN_DIR directory To get a clear idea about what are included in be dat the script gen_be plot_wrapper ksh may be used to plot various data in be dat such as Model Level Model Level 0 8 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 8 0 8 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 8 Eigenvector Model Level Model Level 0 8 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 8 0 8 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 8 Eigenvector Eigenvector WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 38 WRF Data Assimilation Additional WRFDA Exercises a Single Observation response in WRFDA With the single observation test you may get the ideas of how the background and obser vation error statistics working in the model variable space Single observation test is done in WRFDA by setting num_pseudo 1 along with other pre specified values in record amp wrfvar15 and amp wrfvar19 of namelist input With the settings shown below WRFDA generates a single observation with pre specified innovation Observation First Guess value at desired location e g at in terms of grid coordinate 23x23 level 14 for U observation with error characteristics 1 m s innovation size
313. list variables that are affected by nests are shown in the partial namelist records above The example shows namelist variables for a two domain run the coarse domain plus a single nest and the effect on the namelist variables generalize to multiple nests in the obvious way rather than specifying lists of two values lists of N values must be specified where N is the total number of model grids In the above example the first change to the share namelist record is to the max_dom variable which must be set to the total number of nests in the simulation including the coarse domain Having determined the number of nests all of the other affected namelist variables must be given a list of N values one for each grid The only other change to the share namelist record is to the starting and ending times Here a starting and ending time must be given for each nest with the restriction that a nest cannot begin before its parent domain or end after its parent domain also it is suggested that nests be given starting and ending times that are identical to the desired starting times of the nest when running WPS This is because the nests get their lateral boundary conditions from their parent domain and thus only the initial time for a nest needs to be processed by WPS except when grid nudging also called analysis nudging is used in WRF It is important to note that when running WRF the actual starting and ending times for all nests mu
314. ll physics options are demonstrated in the seabreeze2d_x case Available Ideal Test Cases The available test cases are 1 2 D squall2d_x test em_squall2d_x o 2D squall line x z using Kessler microphysics and a fixed 300 m 2 s viscosity o periodicity condition used in y so that 3D model produces 2D simulation o v velocity should be zero and there should be no variation in y in the results 2 2 D squall2d_y test em_squall2d_y o Same as squall2d_x except with x rotated to y o uvelocity should be zero and there should be no variation in x in the results 3 3 D quarter circle shear supercell simulation test em_quarter_ss o Left and right moving supercells are produced o See the README quarter_ss file in the test directory for more information 4 2 D flow over a bell shaped hill x z test em_hill2d_x o 10km half width 2 km grid length 100 m high hill 10 m s flow N 0 01 s 30 km high domain 80 levels open radiative boundaries absorbing upper boundary WRE ARW V3 User s Guide 4 4 INITIALIZATION o Case is in linear hydrostatic regime so vertical tilted waves with 6km vertical wavelength 5 3 D baroclinic waves test em_b_wave o Baroclinically unstable jet u y z on an f plane o Symmetric north and south periodic east and west boundaries o 100 km grid size 16 km top with 4 km damping layer o 41x81 points in x y 64 layers 6 2 D gravity current test em_grav2d_x o Test case is described in
315. lly a log file in the post processor working directory called wrfpost_dnn hh out where nn is the domain ID and hh is the forecast hour may be consulted for further information Visualization GEMPAK The GEMPAK utility nagrib is able to decode GRIB files whose navigation is on any non staggered grid Hence GEMPAK is able to decode GRIB files generated by the WRE Postprocessing package and plot horizontal fields or vertical cross sections A sample script named run_wrfpostandgempak which is included in the scripts directory of the tar file can be used to run wrfpost and plot the following fields using GEMPAK Sfcmap_dnn_hh gif mean SLP and 6 hourly precipitation PrecipType_dnn_hh gif precipitation type just snow and rain 850mbRH_dnn_hh gif 850 mb relative humidity 850mbTempandWind_dnn_hh gif 850 mb temperature and wind vectors 500mbHandVort_dnn_hh gif 500 mb geopotential height and vorticity WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 43 POST PROCESSING 250mb WindandH_dnn_hh gif 250 mb wind speed isotacs and geopotential height This script can be modified to customize fields for output GEMPAK has an online users guide at http www unidata ucar edu software gempak help_and_documentation manual In order to use the script run_wrfpostandgempak it is necessary to set the environment variable GEMEXEC to the path of the GEMPAK executables For example setenv GEMEXEC usr local gempak bin GrADS The GrADS utiliti
316. lt Use gt column entry of dyn_em to misc for miscellaneous The misc entry is typical of fields used in physics packages Only dynamics variables have more than a single time level and this introductory material is not suitable for describing the impact of multiple time periods on the registry program For the lt Stagger gt option users may select any subset from X Y Z or where the dash character signifies no staggering For example in the ARW model the x direction wind component u is staggered in the X direction and the y direction wind component v is staggered in the Y direction The lt IO gt column handles file input and output and it handles the nesting specification for the field The file input and output uses three letters i input r restart and h history If the field is to be in the input file to the model the restart file from the model and the history file from the model the entry would be irh To allow more flexibility the input and history fields are associated with streams The user may specify a digit after the i or the h token stating that this variable is associated with a specified stream 1 through 9 instead of the default 0 A single variable may be associated with WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 9 SOFTWARE multiple streams Once any digit is used with the i or h tokens the default 0 stream must be explicitly stated For example lt IO gt entry i and lt IO gt entry i0 a
317. ly the values of a variable that was just updated may be used from an adjacent tile only in the next call to the computational subroutines after the required synchronization was done outside Synchronization within a patch is by exiting the OpenMP loop Synchronization of the values between patches is by explicit HALO calls on the required variables and with the required width HALOs are provided by the WRF infrastructure and specified in the registry The overall structure of the parallelism is spread over multiple software layers subroutines and source files The computation is organized in stages controlled by the value of ifun the code executes on a single patch if distributed memory we are one of the MPI processes do ifun ifun_start ifun end what to do if ifun eq 1 then this HALO needed before stage ifun 1 include SOME HALO inc communicate between patches endif SOMP PARALLEL DO do ij 1 num tiles parallel loop over tiles if 1fun eq 1 then one of the initialization stages call some atmospheres to fire interpolation endif call sfire model ifun call the actual model for some values of ifun sfire model may do nothing if ifun eq 6 then fire step done call some fire to atmosphere computation endif enddo end parallel loop over tiles array variables are synchronized between tiles now enddo end ifun loop WRF ARW V3 User s Guide A 13 FIRE
318. m it is important for users to understand the wrf_obs little_r Observations Format Observations are conceptually organized in terms of reports A report consists of a single observation or set of observations associated with a single latitude longitude coordinate Examples e asurface station report including observations of temperature pressure humidity and winds e an upper air station s sounding report with temperature humidity and wind observations at many height or pressure levels e an aircraft report of temperature at a specific lat lon height e aSatellite derived wind observation at a specific lat lon height WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 12 OBSGRID Each report in the wrf_obs little_r Observations Format consists of at least four records e A report header record e one or more data records e an end data record e anend report record The report header record is a 600 character long record much of which is unused and needs only dummy values that contains certain information about the station and the report as a whole location station id station type station elevation etc The report header record is described fully in the following table Shaded items in the table are unused Report header format Variable Fortran I O Description Fz s Latitude F20 5 5 station latitude north station latitude north positive s_ longitude F20 5 station longitude east positive ha Bso JED of station
319. m WPS real exe and a namelist file param in for running da_update_bc exe for domain 1 For the nested domains domain 2 domain 3 the lateral boundaries are provided by their parent domains so no lateral boundary update needed for these domains But the low boundaries in each of the nested domains WRFDA analysis files are still need to be updated In these cases you must set the namelist variable domain_id gt 1 default is 1 for domain 1 and no wrfbdy_dO1file need to be provided to the namelist variable wrf_bdy_file This procedure is performed by the WRFDA utility called da_updated_bc exe Note Make sure that you have da_update_bc exe in WRFDA var build directory This executable should be created when you compiled WREDA code Torun da_update_bc exe follow the steps below gt cd WRFDA var test update_ bc gt cp p SDAT_DIR rc 2008020512 wrfbdy dol wrfbdy_do1 IMPORTANT make a copy of wrfbdy_d01 as the wrf_bdy file will be overwritten by da_update_bc exe gt vi parame in amp control param wrfvar_output_file wrf_bdy file wrf_ input wrfvar_output wrfbdy_d01 DAT_DIR rc 2008020512 wrfinput_d01 tool cycling false set to true if WRFDA first guess comes from a previous WRF forecast debug true low_bdy only false update _lsm false gt In sf WRFDA var da da_update_bc exe da_update_bc exe gt da_updatebc exe At this stage you should have the files wrfvar_output
320. main At this time it is hard to tell which BE is better the impact on analysis may be varying case by case CV3 is the NCEP background error covariance it is estimated in grid space by what has become known as the NMC method Parrish and Derber 1992 The statistics are esti mated with the differences of 24 and 48 hour GFS forecasts with T170 resolution valid at the same time for 357 cases distributed over a period of one year Both the amplitudes and the scales of the background error have to be tuned to represent the forecast error in the guess fields The statistics that project multivariate relations among variables are also derived from the NMC method The variance of each variable and the variance of its second derivative are used to esti mate its horizontal scales For example the horizontal scales of the stream function can be estimated from the variance of the vorticity and stream function The vertical scales are estimated with the vertical correlation of each variable A table is built to cover the range of vertical scales for the variables The table is then used to find the scales in vertical grid units The filter profile and the vertical correlation are fitted lo cally The scale of the best fit from the table is assigned as the scale of the variable at that vertical level for each latitude Note that the vertical scales are locally defined so that the negative correlation further away in the vertical direction is not included
321. mains All grid settings must match those given in the geogrid section of namelist wps num metgrid levels The number of vertical levels of the atmospheric data being used This can be determined from the met_em files ncdump h met_em grep num metgrid levels sr x sr_ y Fire grid refinement Must match that given in namelist wps as subgrid ratio x subgrid ratio y p_top requested The default is 5000 but may need to be edited if there is an error executing real If so just set this to whatever it tells you in the error message Once the namelist is properly configured run the real executable real exe and then run wrf wrf exe Fire state variables A number of array variables were added to the registry to the WRF state in order to support the fire model They are available in the wrfout files created when running WRE All fire array variables are based at the centers of the fire grid cells Their values in the strips at the upper end of width sr_x in the x direction and sr_y in the y direction are unused and are set to zero by WRF The following variables can be used to interpret the fire model output LFN level set function Node i j is on fire if LFN j lt 0 FXLONG FXLAT longitude and latitude of the nodes FGRNHFX ground heat flux from the fire W m averaged over the cell FGRNQFX ground heat flux from the fire Wm averaged over the cell ZSF t
322. mal diffusion Soil temperature only scheme using five layers sf_surface_physics 1 b Noah Land Surface Model Unified NCEP NCAR AFWA scheme with soil temperature and moisture in four layers fractional snow cover and frozen soil physics New modifications are added in Version 3 1 to better represent processes over ice sheets and snow covered area c RUC Land Surface Model RUC operational scheme with soil temperature and moisture in six layers multi layer snow and frozen soil physics 3 d Pleim Xiu Land Surface Model Two layer scheme with vegetation and sub grid tiling 7 New in Version 3 0 e Fractional sea ice fractional_seaice 1 Treat sea ice as fractional field Require fractional sea ice as input data Data sources may include those from GFS or the National Snow and Ice Data Center http nsidc org data seaice index html Use XICE for Vtable entry instead of SEAICE This option works with sf_sfclay_physics 1 2 and sf_surface_physics 2 3 in the present release New in Version 3 1 3 3 Urban Surface sf_urban_physics replacing old switch ucmcall a Urban canopy model 1 3 category UCM option with surface effects for roofs walls and streets b BEP 2 Building Environment Parameterization Multi layer urban canopy model that allows for buildings higher than the lowest model levels Only works with Noah LSM and Boulac and MYJ PBL options New in Version 3 1 c BEM 3 Building Energy Model Add
323. mand which dynamic core to compile machine specific features and optional build libraries such as Grib Edition 2 HDF and parallel netCDF WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 2 SOFTWARE In addition to WRF related environment settings there may also be settings specific to particular compilers or libraries For example local installations may require setting a variable like MPICH_F90 to make sure the correct instance of the Fortran 90 compiler is used by the mpi 90 command How the WRF build works There are two steps in building WRF configuration and compilation Configuration The configure script configures the model for compilation on your system The configuration first attempts to locate needed libraries such as netCDF or HDF and tools such as Perl It will check for these in normal places or will use settings from the user s shell environment The configure file then calls the UNIX uname command to discover what platform you are compiling on It then calls the Perl script arch Config_new p1 which traverses the list of known machine configurations and displays a list of available options to the user The selected set of options is then used to create the configure wrf file in the top level directory This file may be edited but changes are temporary since the file will be deleted by clean a or overwritten by the next invocation of the configure script About the only typical option that is included on the configure command is
324. me step and to write one history and restart output Timing for main time 2006 01 21 23 55 00 on domain Timing for main time 2006 01 21 23 56 00 on domain Timing for main time 2006 01 21 23 57 00 on domain Timing for main time 2006 01 21 23 57 00 on domain 91110 elapsed seconds 73350 elapsed seconds 72360 elapsed seconds 55880 elapsed seconds HNNN CENS and Timing for Writing wrfout_d02_ 2006 01 22 00 00 00 for domain 2 1 17970 elapsed seconds Timing for main time 2006 01 22 00 00 00 on domain 1 27 66230 elapsed seconds Timing for Writing wrfout_d01_2006 01 22 00 00 00 for domain 1 0 60250 elapsed seconds If the model did not run to completion take a look at these standard output error files too If the model has become numerically unstable it may have violated the CFL criterion for numerical stability Check whether this is true by typing the following grep cfl rsl error orgrep cfl wrf out you might see something like these 5 points exceeded cfl 2 in domain 1 at time 4 200000 MAX AT i j k 123 48 3 cfl w d eta 4 165821 21 points exceeded cfl 2 in domain 1 at time 4 200000 MAX AT i j k 123 49 4 cfl w d eta 10 66290 When this happens consider using namelist option w_damping and or reducing time step Trouble Shooting If the model aborts very quickly it is likely that either the computer memory is not large enough to run the specific configuration or the input data have some serious problem
325. mes in the lt Dim gt column may either be a single unique character for release 3 0 1 1 and prior or the lt Dim gt column may be a string with no embedded spaces such as my_dim When this dimension is used later to dimension a state or il variable it must be surrounded by curly braces such as my_dim This lt Dim gt variable is not case Geaa specific so for example i is the same as an entry for I Registry State and I1 A state variable in WRF is a field that is eligible for IO and communications and exists for the duration of the model forecast The I1 variables intermediate level one are typically thought of as tendency terms computed during a single model time step and then discarded prior to the next time step The space allocation and de allocation for these I1 variables is automatic on the stack for the model solver In this example for readability the column titles and the entries are broken into multiple interleaved lines with the user entries in abold font Some fields have simple entries in the Registry file The following is a state variable that is a Fortran type real The name of the field inside the WRF model is WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 8 SOFTWARE u_gc It is a three dimension array igj This particular field is only for the ARW core dyn_em It has a single time level and is staggered in the X and Z directions This field is input only to the real program i1 On output the
326. minant category from the fractional categorical field and to output the dominant category field with the name specified by the value of dominant_category This option can only be used for fields with dest_type categorical Default value is null i e no dominant category will be computed from the fractional categorical field 16 DOMINANT ONLY When specified as a character string the effect is similar to that of the dominant_category keyword geogrid will compute the dominant category from the fractional categorical field and output the dominant category field with the name specified by the value of dominant_only Unlike with dominant_category though when dominant_only is used the fractional categorical field will not appear in the geogrid output This option can only be used for fields with dest_type categorical Default value is null i e no dominant category will be computed from the fractional categorical field 17 DF_DX When af_ax is assigned a character string value the effect is to cause geogrid to compute the directional derivative of the field in the x direction using a central difference along the interior of the domain or a one sided difference at the boundary of the domain the derivative field will be named according to the character string assigned to the keyword df_dx Default value is null i e no derivative field is computed 18 DF_DY When df_dy is assigned a character string value the effect is to cause geogri
327. moisture advection in SCM turn on vertical advection in SCM controls for tc_em exe only false false 1 999 999 vmax_ meters per second ggg rmax 999 T F for inserting a bogus tropical storm T F for only removing the original TC number of bogus TC center latitude of the bogus TC center longitude of the bogus TC vmax of bogus storm in meters per second maximum radius outward from storm WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 61 MODEL center vmax_ratio 999 ratio for representative maximum winds 0 75 for 45 km grid and 0 9 for 15 km grid WRF Output Fields List of Fields The following is an edited output list from netCDF command ncdump Note that valid output fields will depend on the model options used If the fields have zero values then the fields are not computed by the model options selected ncdump h wrfout_d lt domain gt lt date gt netcdf wrfout_d01_2000 01 24 12 00 00 dimensions Time UNLIMITED 1 currently DateStrLen 19 west_east 73 south_north 60 bottom_top 27 bottom_top_stag 28 soil layers stag 4 west_east_stag 74 south _north stag 61 variables char Times Time DateStrLen float LU_INDEX Time south _north west _east LU_INDEX description LAND USE CATEGORY LU_INDEX units au float ZNU Time bottom_top ZNU description eta values on half mass levels ZNU units float ZNW Time bottom_top_ s
328. mpile e Ils ls exe o you should see geogrid exe ungrib exe and metgrid exe if you are missing both geogrid exe and metgrid exe you probably need to fix where the path to WRF is pointing in the configure wps file if you are missing ungrib exe try a Gribl only build to further isolate the problem e ls ls util exe o you should see a number of utility executables avg_tsfc exe calc_ecmwf_p exe glprint exe g2print exe height_ukmo exe mod_levs exe plotfmt exe plotgrids exe and rd_intermediate exe files requiring NCAR Graphics are plotfmt exe and plotgrids exe e if geogrid exe and metgrid exe executables are missing probably the path to the WRFV3 directory structure is incorrect found inside the configure wps file e if the ungrib exe is missing probably the Grib2 libraries are not linked or built correctly e if the plotfmt exe or the plotgrids exe programs are missing probably the NCAR Graphics path is set incorrectly WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 2 6 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION Building the WRFDA Code WREDA uses the same build mechanism as WRF and as a consequence this mechanism must be instructed to configure and build the code for WRFDA rather than WRF Additionally the paths to libraries needed by WRFDA code must be set as described in the steps below e Get the WRFDA zipped tar file WRFDAV3 TAR gz from http www mmm ucar edu wrf users download get_source html e Unzip and untar the WRFDA c
329. n gt Downloads gt NetCDF Most of the WRF post processing packages assume that the data from the WRF model the WPS package or the WRFDA program is using the netCDF libraries One may also need to add path to netcdf netcdf bin to your path so that one may execute netCDF utility commands such as nedump WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 2 2 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION Note 1 If one wants to compile WRF system components on a Linux system that has access to multiple compilers link the correct external libraries For example do not link the libraries built with PathScale when compiling the WRF components with gfortran Even more the same options when building the netCDF libraries must be used when building the WRF code 32 vs 64 bit assumptions about underscores in the symbol names etc Note 2 If netCDF 4 is used be sure that it is installed without activating the new capabilities such as parallel I O based on HDF5 The WRF modeling system currently only uses its classic data model supported in netCDF 4 If you are going to be running distributed memory WRF jobs you need a version of MPI You can pick up a version of mpich but you might want your system group to install the code A working installation of MPI is required prior to a build of WRF using distributed memory Either MPI 1 or MPI 2 are acceptable Do you already have an MPI lying around Try which mpif90 which mpicc which mpirun If these are all defined executables in
330. n a model s native level then no vertical interpolation is performed WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 37 POST PROCESSING e Computes diagnostic output quantities e g convective available potential energy helicity radar reflectivity A list of fields that can be generated by wrfpost is shown in Table 2 e Outputs the results in NWS and WMO standard GRIB1 format for GRIB documentation see http www nco ncep noaa gov pmb docs e De staggers the WRF ARW forecasts from a C grid to an A grid e Outputs two navigation files copygb_nav txt and copygb_hwrf txt these are ONLY used for WRF NMM copygb e Since wrfpost de staggers WRF ARW from a C grid to an A grid WRF ARW data can be displayed directly without going through copygb e No de staggering is applied when posting WRF NMM forecasts Therefore the posted WRF NMM output is still on the staggered native E grid and must go through copygb to be interpolated to a regular non staggered grid e copygb is mainly used by WRF NMM see the WRF NMM User s Guide http www dtcenter org wrf nmm users docs user_guide WP S index php An additional utility called ndate is distributed with the WRF Postprocessor tar file This utility is used to format the dates of the forecasts to be posted for ingestion by the codes Computational Aspects and Supported Platforms The WRF Postprocessor v3 0 has been tested on IBM and LINUX platforms Only wrfpost step 1 is parallelized
331. n hydrostatic and hydrostatic runtime option One way two way nesting and moving nest Three dimensional analysis nudging Observation nudging Regional and global applications Digital filter initialization Other References e WRF tutorial presentation http www mmm ucar edu wrf users supports tutorial html e WRF ARW Tech Note http www mmm ucar edu wrtf users pub doc html e Chapter 2 of this document for software requirement Installing WRF Before compiling WRF code on a computer check to see if the netCDF library is installed This is because one of the supported WRF I O options is netCDF and it is the one commonly used and supported by the post processing programs If the netCDF is installed in a directory other than usr local1 then find the path and use the environment variable NETCDF to define where the path is To do so type setenv NETCDF path to netcdf library Often the netCDF library and its include directory are collocated If this is not the case create a directory link both netCDF lib and include directories in this directory and use environment variable to set the path to this directory For example netcdf links lib gt netcdf lib dir lib netcdf links include gt where include dir is include setenv NETCDF directory where netcdf links is netcdf links If the netCDF library is not available on the computer it needs to be installed first NetCDF source code or pre built binary may
332. n real exe fora nested run one must first run WPS and create data for all the nests Suppose WPS is run for a 24 hour period two domain nest case starting 1200 UTC Jan 24 2000 and these files should be generated in a WPS directory met_em d01 2000 01 24 12 00 00 met_em d01 2000 01 24 18 00 00 met_em d01 2000 01 25 00 00 00 met_em d01 2000 01 25 06 00 00 met_em d01 2000 01 25 12 00 00 met_em d02 2000 01 24 12 00 00 Typically only the first time period of the nest input file is needed to create nest wrfinput file Link or move all these files to the run directory Edit the namelist input file and set the correct values for all relevant variables described on the previous pages in particular set max dom 2 for the total number of domains to run as well as physics options Type the following to run real exe gt amp real out or mpirun np 4 real exe If successful this will create all input files for coarse as well as nest domains For a two domain example these are WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 13 MODEL wrfinput_d0l wrfinput_d02 wrfbdy dqd01 To run WRF type wrf exe or mpirun np 4 wrf exe If successful the model should create wrfout files for both domain 1 and 2 wrfout_d01 2000 01 24 12 00 00 wrfout_d02 2000 01 24 12 00 00 e One way Nested Run Using ndown WRE supports two separate one way nested option In this section one way nesting is defined as a finer grid resolution run mad
333. n t amp wrfvar19 needs to be set together with amp wrfvar15 pseudo_var e Set the name of the OBS variable u X direction component of wind y Y direction component of wind t Temperature p Prerssure q Specific humidity pw total precipitable water ref refractivity ztd zenith total delay amp wrfvar20 documentation url http www m mm ucar edu p eo ple wrfhelp wrf var code trunk WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 53 WRF Data Assimilation amp wrfvar21 time_window_min 2002 08 start time of assimilation time window used for 02_21 00 00 000b_format 1 and radiances to select observations 00 inside the defined time_window Note Start from V3 1 this variable is also used for ob_format 2 to double check if the obs are within the specified time window amp wrfvar22 time_window_max 2002 08 end time of assimilation time window used for 03_03 00 00 000b_format 1 and radiances to select observations 00 inside the defined time_window Note Start from V3 1 this variable is also used for ob_format 2 to double check if the obs are within the specified time window amp wrfvar23 settings related to the 4D Var penalty term option which controls the high frequency gravity waves using a digital filter jcdfi_use false true Include JcDF term in cost function False Ignore JcDF term in cost function jcdfi_io false true Read JcDF output from WRF Even jcdfi_use false Use
334. n the simulation configuration 1 The integration sequence in ARW changes when the positive definite or monotonic options are used When the options are not activated the timestep tendencies from the physics excluding microphysics are used to update the scalar mixing ratio at the same time as the transport advection and the microphysics is computed and moisture is updated based on the transportt physics update When the monotonic or positive definite options are activated the scalar mixing ratio is first updated with the physics tendency and the new updated values are used as the starting values for the transport scheme The microphysics update occurs after the transport update using these latest values as its starting point It is important to remember that for any scalars the local and global conservation properties positive definiteness and monotonicity depend upon each update possessing these properties 2 Some model filters may not be positive definite i diff_6th_opt 1 is not positive definite nor monotonic Use diff_6th_opt 2 if you need this diffusion option diff_6th_opt 2 is monotonic and positive definite We have encountered cases where the departures from monotonicity and positive definiteness have been very noticeable ii diff_opt 1 and km_opt 4 a commonly used real data case mixing option is not guaranteed to be positive definite nor monotonic due to the variable eddy diffusivity K We have not observed sig
335. n the source code the next time the code is compiled The WRF Registry has two components the Registry file which the user may edit and the Registry program The Registry file is located in the Registry directory and contains the entries that direct the auto generation of WRF code by the Registry program There is more than one Registry in this directory with filenames such as Registry EM for builds using the Eulerian Mass ARW core and Registry NMM for builds using the NMM core The WRF Build Mechanism copies one of these to the file Registry Registry and this file is used to direct the Registry program The syntax and semantics for entries in the Registry are described in detail in WRF Tiger Team Documentation The Registry on http www mmm ucar edu wrf WG2 Tigers Registry The Registry program is distributed as part of WRF in the tools directory It is built automatically if necessary when WRF is compiled The executable file is tools registry This program reads the contents of the Registry file Registry Registry and generates files in the inc directory These include files are inserted with cpp include commands into WRF Fortran source files prior to compilation Additional information on these is provided as an appendix to WRE Tiger Team Documentation The Registry DRAFT The Registry program itself is written in C The source files and makefile are in the tools directory WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8
336. name Default value is an empty list i e no constant fields 3 IO FORM METGRID The WRF I O API format that the output created by the metgrid program will be written in Possible options are for binary 2 for NetCDF 3 for GRIB1 When option 1 is given output files will have a suffix of int when option 2 is given output files will have a suffix of nc when option 3 is given output files will have a suffix of gr1 Default value is 2 NetCDF 4 OPT OUTPUT_FROM METGRID PATH A character string giving the path either relative or absolute to the location where output files from metgrid should be written to The default value is the current working directory 1 e the default value is 5 OPT METGRID_TBL PATH A character string giving the path either relative or absolute to the METGRID TBL file the path should not contain the actual file name as METGRID TBL is assumed but should only give the path where this file is located Default value is metgrid WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 42 WPS 6 OPT IGNORE DOM CENTER A logical value either TRUE or FALSE specifying whether for times other than the initial time interpolation of meteorological fields to points on the interior of the simulation domain should be avoided in order to decrease the runtime of metgrid This option currently has no effect Default value is FALSE Description of GEOGRID TBL Options The GEOGRID TBL file is a text file that define
337. naries and documentation at the UNIDATA home page http www unidata ucar edu software netcdf Most users will select the NetCDF I O option for WPS due to the easy access to utility programs that support the NetCDF data format and before configuring the WPS users should ensure that the environment variable NETCDF is set to the path of the NetCDF installation Where WRF adds a software layer between the model and the communications package the WPS programs geogrid and metgrid make MPI calls directly Most multi processor machines come preconfigured with a version of MPI so it is unlikely that users will need to install this package by themselves Three libraries are required by the ungrib program for GRIB Edition 2 compression support Users are encouraged to engage their system administrators for the installation of these packages so that traditional library paths and include paths are maintained Paths to user installed compression libraries are handled in the configure wps file by the COMPRESSION LIBS and COMPRESSION_INC variables 1 JasPer an implementation of the JPEG2000 standard for lossy compression http www ece uvic ca mdadams jasper Go down to JasPer software one of the click here parts is the source gt configure gt make gt make install Note The GRIB2 libraries expect to find include files in jasper jasper h so it may be necessary to manually create a jasper subdirectory in the include direc
338. ncies of the python scripts described below because it may not be easy or even possible to meet these requirements on a shared parallel computer WREF ARW V3 User s Guide A 6 FIRE Fire variables in namelist wps The simulation domain is described in the file namelist wps This namelist contains four sections one for each of the main binaries created in WPS and one shared among them all This file as distributed with WRF Fire is set up for a test case useful for testing but in general one needs to modify it for each simulation domain The following table lists namelist options that can be modified Other options in this file are generally not necessary to change for WRF Fire simulations See the WRF ARW User s Guide for more information Variable names amp share max dom start_date end dat e Subgrid ratio xy interval seconds amp geogrid parent _id parent Grid ratio ij parent start E we e_sn dx dy map_proj true lat TZ stand lon ref x ref y ref lon ref lat geog_data path Geogrid Description Shared namelist options Number of nested domains to use Starting ending date and time to process atmospheric data in the format YYYY MM DD_hh mmiss These times should coincide with reanalysis cycles for your atmospheric data hours 00 03 06 09 12 etc for 3 hour NARR data The simulation window in which you are interested in running must be inside this interval The refinement ratio from t
339. ncinaimeatachaanacembarbs pakteimaeaneeemana te Macnee de etusan 7 1 of 918 1621050 a 01 Sere ee eee ee ee ce ame err eee ee 7 2 Source of QDSCIV ANON S vids sadnicatusntmsatuartnswaesssunutndninsatnsnssanonendnalenets 7 3 Objective Analysis techniques in OBSGRID 0cceeeee 7 3 Quality Control for Observations cccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesessseeeeees 7 5 Additional Observations ccccccccesseeceeceeseeeeeceeseeseeseaeeeeneees 7 6 Surface FDDA option acc ccctecccocsiiantiescceccececcestaeetescieerectceniuensedactien 7 6 Objective Analysis on Model Nests cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 7 HOW 10 run OBSGRID wcisisiicssancseinsedadbcadeonsiivbecseoittacnssiebomsiatiennks 7 7 Output FileSend diid iaai 7 9 APIO CUMMINS Schatten ase ta cet a 7 11 Observations FORMAL aiccistensadsvianstioarnarideirannrcocsaniadshansaiusenaanind 7 12 OBSGRID Namelist cccccccccccesseeececeesseeeeeeeseeeeeseeneeeeees 7 15 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide CONTENTS a WRF Software DAEGU C WOM sociosctnitsesinnrtnsisdntududadnandicanduandnaednanceandnananaiionananananancuaiinanduant 8 1 WRF Build Mechanism ccccccccccccceecssceeeseeeeesseeeeseeeseeeaeeeeaes 8 1 SHB OISINY E E A E AES 8 4 lO Applications Program Interface I O API eeeeeee 8 14 TIMGRGS OWN seeiis terinin einet eieaa 8 14 Software Documentation ccc c
340. ndle data sets with any vertical coordinate and in particular output from the Weather Research and Forecast WRF modeling system It can also be used to visualize model input or analyses on model grids It has been under continuous development since 1991 primarily by Mark Stoelinga at both NCAR and the University of Washington The RIP users guide http Avww mmm ucar edu wrf users docs ripug htm is essential reading Code history Version 4 0 reads WRF ARW real output files Version 4 1 reads idealized WRF ARW datasets Version 4 2 reads all the files produced by WPS Version 4 3 reads files produced by WRF NMM model Version 4 4 add ability to output different graphical types Version 4 5 add configure compiler capabilities Version 4 6 current version only bug fix changes between 4 5 and 4 6 This document will only concentrate on running RIP4 for WRF ARW For details on running RIP4 for WRF NMM see the WRF NMM User s Guide http www dtcenter org wrf nmm users docs user_guide V3 index htm Necessary software RIP4 only requires low level NCAR Graphics libraries These libraries have been merged with the NCL libraries since the release of NCL version 5 hitp Awww ncl ucar edu so if you don t already have NCAR Graphics installed on your computer install NCL version 5 Obtain the code from the WRF ARW user s web site http www mmm ucar edu wrf users download get_source html Unzip and unta
341. ndle multiple domains at the same nest level no overlapping nest and multiple nest levels telescoping When preparing for a nested run make sure that the code is compiled with basic nest options option 1 Most of options to start a nest run are handled through the namelist All variables in the namelist input file that have multiple columns of entries need to be edited with caution Do start with a namelist template The following are the key namelist variables to modify start _ end start and end simulation times for the nest WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 11 MODEL input from file whether a nest requires an input file e g wrfinput d02 This is typically used for a real data case since the nest input file contains nest topography and land information fine input stream which fields from the nest input file are used in nest initialization The fields to be used are defined in the Registry EM Typically they include static fields such as terrain landuse and masked surface fields such as skin temperature soil moisture and temperature Useful for nest starting at a later time than the coarse domain max dom the total number of domains to run For example if you want to have one coarse domain and one nest set this variable to 2 grid_id domain identifier that is used in the wrfout naming convention The most coarse grid must have grid_id of 1 parent id used to indicate the parent domain of a nest grid_
342. ne ennei eaaa 5 25 Trouble SO OTING eri certcctidectccatdaicaensntetemesitneitinesuceceadiceementeescncaee 5 26 Physics and Dynamics Options ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 27 Description of Namelist Variables c ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 37 WRF Output FICIAS vessncvoncsnexcumnaieueneacacienenenguemanenaanemanacamien 5 62 Pet WRF Data Assimilation WAV OCI GTIOMN peiit ai i 6 1 Installing WREDA sess cntsinsncnncentnnusteudneneteuiunrdneuticudtentueybeaubumtucunees 6 3 Installing WRFNL and WRFPLUG cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 7 Running Observation Preprocessor OBSPROC eseese 6 9 gt AUN WFD A visa dacsaictenietssinedetendsiencsinededadnenddtade iadiethadateveldndeladeives 6 14 Radiance Data Assimilations in WRFDA ceecceeeeeeeeeeees 6 22 WRFDA Diagnostics 3 aciiicricoucercsdsetoctncdecaetinstsscnntideenananentecagtioggee 6 31 Updating WRF boundary conditions c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeees 6 34 Running GON DG icc ict ancteviectenadesecticndenecteedunnsi edeyedtdedeneptGsdeunatons 6 35 Additional WRFDA EXerciSes cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeneeees 6 38 Hybrid Data Assimilation cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 41 Description of Namelist Variables c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 44 7 Objective Analysis OBSGRID NA OG ONY secs seica nad cess oncsnasttoa citer ga
343. nerate the executable The only library that is required to build the WRF model is NetCDF The user can find the source code precompiled binaries and documentation at the UNIDATA home page http www unidata ucar edu software netcdf To successfully compile the utilities plot _level exe and plot _sounding exe NCAR Graphics needs to be installed on your system These routines are not necessary to run OBSGRID but are useful for displaying observations WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 7 OBSGRID To configure type configure Choose one of the configure options then compile compile If successful this will create the executable obsgrid exe Executables plot level exe and plot _sounding exe will be created if NCAR Graphics is installed Prepare the observations files Preparing observational files is a user responsibility A program is available for users with access to NCAR s computers to download archived observations and reformat them into the wrf_obs little_r format A program is also available for reformatting observations from the GTS stream unsupported The code expects to find one observational input file per analysis time Edit the namelist for your specific case The most critical information you ll be changing most often is the start date end date and file names Pay particularly careful attention to the file name settings Mistakes in observations file names can go unnoticed because OBSGRID will happily
344. nformation is available at http www mmm ucar edu wrf bench Run Time IO With the release of WRF version 3 2 IO decisions may now be updated as a run time option Previously any modification to the IO such as which variable is associated with which stream was handled via the Registry and changes to the Registry always necessitate a cycle of clean a configure and compile This compile time mechanism is still available and it is how most of the WRF IO is defined However should a user wish to add or remove variables from various streams that capability is available as a option First the user lets the WRF model know where the information for the run time modifications to the IO is located This is a single test file defined in the namelist input file located in the time_control namelist record amp time_control iofields_ filename my_file _d0O1 txt my file d02 txt Each entry is associated with a specific domain ID similar to the other multi column entries in the WRF namelist file The contents of the text file associates a stream ID 0 is WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 15 SOFTWARE the default history and input with a variable and whether the field is to be added or removed The state variables must already be defined in the Registry file Following are a few examples h 0 RAINC RAINNC would remove the fields case sensitive RAINC and RAINNC from the standard history file h 7 RAINC RAINNC
345. nications for parallel matrix transposes include Similar to a CPP include file WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 7 SOFTWARE These keywords appear as the first word in a line of the file Registry to define which type of information is being provided Following are examples of the more likely Registry types that users will need to understand Registry Dimspec The first set of entries in the Registry is the specifications of the dimensions for the fields to be defined To keep the WRF system consistent between the dynamical cores and Chemistry a unified registry dimspec file is used located in the Registry directory This single file is included into each Registry file with the keyword include In the example below three dimensions are defined i j and k If you do an nedump h ona WRF file you will notice that the three primary dimensions are named as west_east south_north and bottom_top That information is contained in this example the example is broken across two lines but interleaved lt Table gt lt Dim gt lt Order gt lt How defined gt dimspec i 1 standard_domain dimspec j 3 standard _ domain dimspec k 2 standard domain lt Coord axis gt lt Dimname in Datasets gt x west_east y south_north Zz bottom_top The WRF system has a notion of horizontal and vertical staggering so the dimension names are extended with a _stag suffix for the staggered sizes The list of na
346. nificant departures from positive definiteness or monotonicity when this filter is used with these transport options iii The diffusion option that uses a user specified constant eddy viscosity is positive definite and monotonic iv Other filter options that use variable eddy viscosity are not positive definite or monotonic 3 Most of the model physics are not monotonic nor should they be they represent sources and sinks in the system All should be positive definite although we have not examined and tested all options for this property 4 The monotonic option adds significant smoothing to the transport in regions where it is active You may want to consider turning off the other model filters for WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 33 MODEL variables using monotonic transport filters such as the second and sixth order horizontal filters At present it is not possible to turn off the filters for the scalars but not the for the dynamics using the namelist one must manually comment out the calls in solver In the next release we will make this capability available through the namelist Other Dynamics Options a The model can be run hydrostatically by setting non_hydrostatic switch to false b Coriolis term can be applied to wind perturbation pert_coriolis true only idealized only c For diff_opt 2 only vertical diffusion may act on full fields not just on perturbation from 1D base profile mix_full_f
347. nput diagnostics false off print obs error diagnostics false off print obs nudge diagnostics false off enable obs init warning messages l no wind nudging within pbl 1 no temperature nudging within pbl 1 no moisture nudging within pbl Vert infl full weight height for LML obs regime 1 winds Vert infl ramp to zero height for LML obs regime 1 winds Vert infl full weight height for LML obs regime 2 winds Vert infl ramp to zero height for LML obs regime 2 winds Vert infl full weight height for LML obs regime 4 winds Vert infl ramp to zero height for LML obs regime 4 winds Vert infl full weight height for LML obs regime 1 temperature Vert infl ramp to zero height for LML obs regime 1 temperature Vert infl full weight height for LML obs regime 2 temperature Vert infl ramp to zero height for LML obs regime 2 temperature Vert infl full weight height for LML obs regime 4 temperature Vert infl ramp to zero height for LML obs regime 4 temperature Vert infl full weight height for LML obs regime 1 moisture Vert infl ramp to zero height for LML obs regime 1 moisture Vert infl full weight height for LML obs regime 2 moisture Vert infl ramp to zero height for LML obs regime 2 moisture WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 54 MODEL obs nudgezfullr4 q obs nudgezrampr4 q obs_ nudgezfullmin obs nudgezrampmin obs nudgezmax obs _sfcfact obs_sfcfacr obs_dpsmx
348. ns must be used Suppose you would like to compile and run the 2 dimensional squall case type compile em_squall2d_x gt amp compile log After a successful compilation you should have two executables created in the main directory ideal exe and wrf exe These two executables will be linked to the corresponding test case_ name and run directories cd to either directory to run the model It is a good practice to save the entire compile output to a file When the executables were not present this output is useful to help diagnose the compile errors WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 6 MODEL b Real data case For a real data case type compile em_real gt amp compile log amp When the compile is successful it will create three executables in the main directory ndown exe real exe and wrf exe real exe for WRF initialization of real data cases ndown exe for one way nesting wrf exe WRF model integration Like in the idealized cases these executables will be linked to test em_real and run directories cd to one of these two directories to run the model Running WRF One may run the model executables in either the run directory or the test case name directory In either case one should see executables ideal exe or real exe and ndown exe and wrf exe linked files mostly for real data cases and one or more namelist input files in the directory Hint If you would like to run the model execut
349. ntaining configure and compilation control e clean a script to clean compiled code e compile a script to compile the code e configure a script to configure the compilation for your system e namelist ARWpost namelist to control the running of the code e src directory containing all source code e scripts directory containing some grads sample scripts WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 28 POST PROCESSING e gribinfo txt amp gribmap txt files needed to process GRIB1 data Do not edit these files e util a directory containing some utilities Environment Variables Set the environment variable NETCDF to the location where your netCDF libraries are installed Typically for cshrc shell setenv NETCDF usr local netcdf Configure ARWpost WRFV3 must be compiled and available on your system Type configure You will see a list of options for your computer below is an example for a Linux machine Will use NETCDF in dir usr local netcdf pgi Please select from among the following supported platforms 1 PC Linux i486 i586 i686 PGI compiler no vis5dd 2 PC Linux i486 i586 i686 PGI compiler vis5d 3 PC Linux i486 i586 i686 Intel compiler no vis5d 4 PC Linux i486 i586 1686 Intel compiler vis5d Enter selection 1 4 Make sure the netCDF path is correct Pick compile options for your machine if you do not have Vis5D or if you do not plan on using it pi
350. ntation of time instants and intervals as integer numbers of years months hours days minutes seconds and fractions of a second numerator and denominator are specified separately as integers All time computations involving these objects are performed exactly by using integer arithmetic with the result that there is no accumulated time step drift or rounding even for fractions of a second The WRF implementation of the ESMF Time Manger is distributed with WRF in the external esmf_time_f90 directory This implementation is entirely Fortran90 as opposed to the ESMF implementation in C and it is conformant to the version of the ESMEF Time Manager API that was available in 2009 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 14 SOFTWARE WRE source modules and subroutines that use the ESMF routines do so by use association of the top level ESMF Time Manager module esmf_mod USE esmf_mod The code is linked to the library file Libesmf_time a in the external esmf_time_ 90 directory ESME timekeeping is set up on a domain by domain basis in the routine setup_timekeeping share set_timekeeping F Each domain keeps track of its own clocks and alarms Since the time arithmetic is exact there is no problem with clocks on separate domains getting out of synchronization Software Documentation Detailed and comprehensive documentation aimed at WRF software is available at http www mmm ucar edu wrf WG2 software_2 0 Performance Benchmark i
351. ntegration WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 60 MODEL dfi_fwdstop year dfi_fwds dfi_fwds dfi_fwds dfi_fwds dfi _fwds top_month top day top hour top minute top second dfi_ radar amp scm scm_force scm_force dx num force layers scm_lu_index scm_isltyp scm_vegfra scm_canwat scm_lat scm_lon scm_th_adv scm_wind_adv scm_qv_adv scm_vert_adv amp tc insert _bogus_storm remove storm num_storm latc_loc lonc_loc 2001 06 11 12 30 00 4000 4 0 5 0 0 37 96 true true true true four digit year of stop time for forward DFI integration For a model that starts at 2001061112 this specifies 30 minutes of forward integration two digit month of stop time for forward DFI integration two digit day of stop time for forward DFI integration two digit hour of stop time for forward DFI integration two digit minute of stop time for forward DFI integration two digit second of stop time for forward DFI integration DFI radar DA switch for single column model option only switch for single column forcing 0 off DX for SCM forcing in meters number of SCM input forcing layers SCM landuse category 2 is dryland cropland and pasture SCM soil category 4 is silt loam SCM vegetation fraction SCM canopy water SCM latitude SCM longitude turn on theta advection in SCM turn on wind advection in SCM turn on
352. o be directly copied or linked under the working directory for CRTM option Current release is RTTOV9 while there is no plan to incorporate RTTOV9 into WREDA WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 24 WRF Data Assimilation CRTM coefficient files are to be copied or linked to a sub directory crtm_coeffs under the working directory Only coefficients listed in namelist are needed Potentially WREDA can assimilate all sensors as long as the corresponding coefficient files are pro vided with RTTOV and CRTM In addition necessary developments on corresponding data interface quality control and bias correction are also important to make radiance data assimilated properly However a modular design of radiance relevant routines al ready facilitates much to add more instruments in WRFDA RTTOV packages are not distributed with WRFDA due to license and support issues Users are encouraged to contact the corresponding team for obtaining RTMs See follow ing links for more information http www metoffice gov uk research interproj nwpsaf rtm index html CRTM pakages are now distributed with WRFDA which locate in the WRFDA Var external crtm Users can still find it on the following link Stp ftp emc ncep noaa gov jcsda CRTM d Channel Selection Channel selection in WRFDA is controlled by radiance info files located in the sub directory radiance_info under the working directory These files are separated by satel lites
353. o run the WRF 4D Var parallel As an example to launch the three WRF 4D Var executables as a concurrent parallel job on a 16 processor cluster use gt mpirun np 4 da_wrfvar exe np 8 ad wrfplus exe np 4 nl wrf exe In the above example 4 processors are assigned to run WRFDA 4 processors are as signed to run WRFNL and 8 processors for WRFPLUS due to high computational cost in adjoint code WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 21 WRF Data Assimilation The file wrfda log or rsl out 0000 if running in parallel mode contains important WRF 4DVar runtime log information Always check the log after a WRF 4DVar run Radiance Data Assimilations in WRFDA This section gives a brief description for various aspects related to radiance assimilation in WRFEDA Each aspect is described mainly from the viewpoint of usage rather than more technical and scientific details which will appear in separated technical report and scientific paper Namelist parameters controlling different aspects of radiance assimila tion will be detailed in the following sections It should be noted that this section does not cover general aspects of the WRFDA assimilation These can be found in other sections of chapter 6 of this users guide or other WRFDA documentation a Running WRFDA with radiances In addition to the basic input files LANDUSE TBL fg ob ascii be dat mentioned in Running WREDA section the following extra files are required for radianc
354. o the source code in the file WPS geogrid src interp_options F WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 51 WPS 1 four_pt Four point bi linear interpolation The four point bi linear interpolation method requires four valid source points aj 1 lt i 7 lt 2 surrounding the point x y to which geogrid or metgrid must interpolate as illustrated in the figure above Intuitively the method works by linearly interpolating to the x coordinate of the point x y between a and a12 and between a2 and a22 and then linearly interpolating to the y coordinate using these two interpolated values 2 sixteen_pt Sixteen point overlapping parabolic interpolation a4 ay a4 Ay e e e e a3 a3 a 33 a34 a e e e xy e a ay a gt Ay J e e e a a a a 11 The sixteen _pt overlapping parabolic interpolation method requires sixteen valid source points surrounding the point x y as illustrated in the figure above The method works by fitting one parabola to the points aj an and az and another parabola to the points az a and aja for row i 1 lt i lt 4 then an intermediate interpolated value p within row i at the x coordinate of the point is computed by taking an average of the values of the two parabolas evaluated at x with the average being weighted linearly by the distance of x from an and aj3 Finally the interpolated value at x y is found by performing the same operations as for a row of points but for the column of interp
355. oa 3D type Cressman Set upper air scheme to Cressman regardless of the scheme used at the surface oa_3D option O How to switch between MQD and Cressman if not enough observations are available to perform MQD WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 21 OBSGRID mqd minimum num obs 30 il number of observations for mgd maximum _num_obs 1000 aximum number of observations for radius influence 5 4 3 2 Radius of influence in grid units for Cressman scheme oa min switch TRUE T switch to Cressman if too few observations for MQD F no analysis if too few observations oa max switch TRUE T switch to Cressman if too many observations for MOD F no analysis if too many observation When oa_type is set to Cressman then the Cressman scheme will be performed on all data When oa_type is set to MQD there is a wide variety of options available controlling when the code will revert back to the Cressman scheme e oa max switch mqd_maximum_num_obs The code will revert back to Cressman if the switch is set to true and the maximum number of observations is exceeded This is reduce the time the code run and not for physical reasons Recommended to left switch set to true and just set the maximum number large e oa min switch mqd minimum num obs The code will revert back to Cressman if the switch is set to true and there are too few observations How and when the code reverts back to C
356. obs nudging input replace with _ in output file names write input formatted data as output for 3DVAR application interval in minutes when writing input formatted data Output file name from 3DVAR beginning year to write 3DVAR data beginning day to write 3DVAR data beginning hour to write 3DVAR data beginning minute to write 3DVAR data beginning second to write 3DVAR data ending year to write 3DVAR data ending day to write 3DVAR data ending hour to write 3DVAR data ending minute to write 3DVAR data ending second to write 3DVAR data The above example shows that the input formatted data are output starting from hour 3 to hour 12 in 180 min interval output wrfinput file for all time periods WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 40 MODEL amp domains time step time step fract num time step fract den time step dfi max dom s_ we max dom e we max_dom s_sn max _dom e sn max_dom s vert max_dom e vert max_dom dx max_dom dy max_dom ztop max_dom grid_id max_dom parent _id max_dom i_parent_start max_dom j_parent_start max_dom parent _grid_ratio max_ dom 60 60 91 82 28 10000 10000 19000 domain definition dimensions nesting parameters time step for integration in integer seconds recommended 6 dx in km for a typical case numerator for fractional time step denominator for fractional time step Example if you want
357. ode o gzip cd WRFDAV3 TAR gz tar xf o This will create a directory WRFDA e cd WREDA o In addition to NETCDF set up environment variables pointing to additional libraries required by WRFDA o Please note only NETCDF library is mandatory to compile basic WRFDA system all other libraries are optional o Only if you intend to use PREPBUFR observation data from NCEP environment variable BUFR has to be set with setenv BUFR 1 o Only if you intend to use satellite radiance data either CRTM or RTTOV V8 7 has to be installed The latest available CRTM version 2 0 2 is included in this release version and it will be compiled automatically when appropriate environmental variable is set Users do not need to download the CRTM and install it However RTTOV still need to be downloaded http www metoffice gov uk science creating wor king _together nwpsaf_public htm1 and installed using the same compiler as will be used to build WRFDA since the library produced by one compiler may not be compatible with code compiled with another e Assuming CRTM will be used to assimilate radiance data the necessary environment variable should be set with o setenv CRTM 1 CRTM will be compiled and installed under var external crtm directory automatically OR AND for example that RTTOV have been installed in subdirectories of usr local the necessary environment variable should be set with o setenv RTTOV usr local rttov87 make sure librttov a is
358. ode Table 1 3 of the grib2 manual This is octet 20 of Section 1 in the grib2 record The compression method to encode the output grib2 message Only 40 for jpeg2000 or 41 for PNG are supported DFI radar data assimilation switch digital filter option control does not yet support nesting 3 true false 3600 1000 2001 06 11 11 00 00 which DFI option to use 0 no digital filter initialization 1 digital filter launch DFL 2 diabatic DFI DDFI 3 twice DFI TDFI recommended digital filter type 0 uniform 1 Lanczos 2 Hamming 3 Blackman 4 Kaiser 5 Potter 6 Dolph window 7 Dolph recommended 8 recursive high order whether to write wrfinput file with filtered model state before beginning forecast whether to write wrfout files during filtering integration cutoff period in seconds for the filter Should not be longer than the filter window maximum number of time steps for filtering period this value can be larger than necessary four digit year of stop time for backward DFI integration For a model that starts from 2001061112 this specifies 1 hour backward integration two digit month of stop time for backward DFI integration two digit day of stop time for backward DFI integration two digit hour of stop time for backward DFI integration two digit minute of stop time for backward DFI integration two digit second of stop time for backward DFI i
359. ode be returned to the original unbuilt status with the clean a command The other very typical activity for users is to define new run time options which are handled via a Fortran namelist file namelist input in WRF As with the model WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 6 SOFTWARE state arrays and variables the entire model configuration is described in the Registry As with the model arrays adding a new namelist entry is as easy as adding a new line in the Registry While the model state and configuration are by far the most commonly used features in the Registry the data dictionary has several other powerful uses The Registry file provides input to generate all of the communications for the distributed memory processing halo interchanges between patches support for periodic lateral boundaries and array transposes for FFTs to be run in the X Y or Z directions The Registry associates various fields with particular physics packages so that the memory footprint reflects the actual selection of the options not a maximal value Together these capabilities allow a large portion of the WRF code to be automatically generated Any code that is automatically generated relieves the developer of the effort of coding and debugging that portion of software Usually the pieces of code that are suitable candidates for automation are precisely those that are fraught with hard to detect errors such as communications indexing and IO w
360. olated values p to the y coordinate of x y WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 52 WPS 3 average_4pt Simple four point average interpolation The four point average interpolation method requires at least one valid source data point from the four source points surrounding the point x y The interpolated value is simply the average value of all valid values among these four points 4 wt_average_4pt Weighted four point average interpolation The weighted four point average interpolation method can handle missing or masked source data points and the interpolated value is given as the weighted average of all valid values with the weight w for the source point ay 1 lt i j lt 2 given by w max 0 1 x x y y Here x is the x coordinate of aj and y is the y coordinate of aj 5 average_1l6pt Simple sixteen point average interpolation The sixteen point average interpolation method works in an identical way to the four point average but considers the sixteen points surrounding the point x y 6 wt_average_16pt Weighted sixteen point average interpolation The weighted sixteen point average interpolation method works like the weighted four point average but considers the sixteen points surrounding x y the weights in this method are given by Wj max 0 2 x x y y gt where x and y are as defined for the weighted four point method and 1 lt i j lt 4 7 nearest_neighbor Nearest neig
361. omain and 3 degribbing and interpolating meteorological data from another model to this simulation domain Its main features include e GRIB 1 2 meteorological data from various centers around the world e USGS 24 category and MODIS 20 category land datasets e Map projections for 1 polar stereographic 2 Lambert Conformal 3 Mercator and 4 latitude longitude e Nesting e User interfaces to input other static data as well as met data WRFDA This program is optional but can be used to ingest observations into the interpolated analyses created by WPS It can also be used to update WRF model s initial condition when WRF model is run in cycling mode Its main features are as follows e Itis based on incremental variational data assimilation technique and has both 3D Var and 4D Var capabilities e It also include the capability of hybrid data assimilation Variational Ensemble e Conjugate gradient method is utilized to minimized the cost function in analysis control variable space e Analysis is performed on un staggered Arakawa A grid e Analysis increments are interpolated to staggered Arakawa C grid and it gets added to the background first guess to get final analysis at WRF model grid e Conventional observation data input may be supplied both in ASCII or PREPBUFR format via obsproc utility e Multiple satellite observation data input may be supplied BUFR format e Multiple radar data reflectivity amp radial veloc
362. ompilation of Map exe requires pre installed NCARG Graphics libraries under NCARG_ ROOT lib Modify the script Map csh to set the time window and full path of input observation file obs_gts_ 2008 02 05 12 00 00 3DVAR You will need to set the following strings in this script as follows Map plot users noname WRFDA var obsproc MAP plot TIME WINDOW MIN 2008020511 TIME ANALYSIS 2008020512 TIME WINDOW MAX 2008020513 OBSDATA obs gts 2008 02 05 12 00 00 3DVAR WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 11 WRF Data Assimilation Next type gt Map csh When the job has completed you will have a gmeta file gmeta analysis time corre sponding to analysis _time 2008020512 This contains plots of data distribution for each type of observations contained in the OBS data file obs_gts_2008 02 05_12 00 00 3DVAR To view this type gt idt gmeta 2008020512 It will display panel by panel geographical distribution of various types of data Follow ing is the geographic distribution of sonde observations for this case 4 ery tho ya Ys 34 a a al iy gt A a A 7 PaE NN There is an alternative way to plot the observation by using ncl script WRFDA var graphics ncl plot_ob_ascii_loc ncl However with this way you need to provide the first guess file to the ncl script and have ncl installed in your system b Prepare observational data for 4D Var To prepare the
363. on this function is seldom needed as a stand alone wrf_user_intrp3d var3d H plot_type loc_param angle res This function is used for both horizontal and vertical interpolation var3d The variable to interpolate This can be a array of up to 5 dimensions The 3 right most dimensions must be bottom_top x south_north x west_east WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 11 POST PROCESSING H The field to interpolate to Either pressure Pa or Pa or z m Dimensionality must match var3d plot_type h for horizontally and v for vertically interpolated plots loc_param Can be a scalar or an array holding either 2 or 4 values For plot_type k This is a scalar representing the level to interpolate too Must match the field to interpolate too H When interpolating to pressure this can be in hPa or Pa e g 500 to interpolate to 500 hPa When interpolating to height this must in in m e g 2000 to interpolate to 2 km For plot_type v This can be a pivot point though which a line is drawn in this case a single x y point 2 values is required Or this can be a set of x y points 4 values indicating start x y and end x y locations for the cross section angle Set to 0 for plot_type h or for plot_type v when start and end locations of cross section were supplied in loc_param If a single pivot point was supplied in oc_param angle is the angle of the line that will pass thro
364. on start x1 1000 fire ignition start _yl 500 fire ignition end xl 1000 fire ignition end y1 1900 fire ignition _radiusl 18 fire ignition timel 2 fire ignition start x2 fire ignition time5 fire prin meg 1 fire prin 212 0 Fire control The fire model skipped The fire model runs How to set the fuel data 1 real data from WPS 0 set to fire fuel cat everywhere 1 vegetation by altitude Number of ignition lines max 5 allowed x coordinate of the start point of the ignition line 1 All ignition coordinates are given in m from the lower left corner of the innermost domain x coordinate of the start point of the ignition line 1 y coordinate of the end point of the ignition line 1 Point ignition actually a small circle is obtained by specifying the end point the same as the start point y coordinate of the end point of the ignition line 1 Everything within 18 meters from the ignition location will be ignited Time of ignition in s since the start of the run Up to 5 ignition lines may be given Ignition parameters with the number higher than fire num_ignitions are ignored 0 no messages from the fire scheme 1 progress messages from the fire scheme 0 no files written leave as is 1 fire model state written every 10 s into files that can be read in Matlab See wrf doc README vis txt inthe developers version There are several more variables in the namelist for
365. ons at y start south symmetric boundary conditions at y end north open boundary conditions at y start south open boundary conditions at y end north nested boundary conditions must be set to true for nests polar boundary condition v 0 at polarward most v point for global application constant boundary condition used with DFI Option for asynchronized I O for MPI applications default value is 0 no quilting gt 0 the number of processors used for IO quilting per IO group default 1 Maybe set to higher value for nesting IO or history and restart IO Background generating process identifier typically defined by the originating center to identify the background data that was used in creating the data This is octet 13 of Section 4 in the grib2 message Analysis or generating forecast process identifier typically defined by the originating center to identify the forecast process that was used to generate the data This is octet 14 of Section 4 in the grib2 message WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 59 MODEL production status compression dfi_ radar amp dfi_control dfi_ opt dfi nfilter dfi_ write filtered_ input dfi_ write dfi_ history dfi cutoff seconds dfi time dim dfi bckstop year dfi_bckstop_month dfi_bckstop day dfi bckstop hour dfi _ bckstop minute dfi _ bckstop second 255 40 Production status of processed data in the grib2 message See C
366. ons created are the transformed ensemble perturbations The gen_be code has been designed to work with either forecast difference or ensemble based perturbations The former is illustrated in this tutorial example It is important to include forecast differences from at least 00Z and 12Z through the pe riod to remove the diurnal cycle i e do not run gen_be using just OOZ or 12Z model per turbations alone The inputs to gen_be are NetCDF WRF forecast output wrfout files at specified fore cast ranges To avoid unnecessary large single data files it is assumed that all forecast ranges are output to separate files For example if we wish to calculate BE statistics us ing the NMC method with T 24 T 12 forecast differences default for regional then by setting the WRF namelist input options history_interval 720 and frames per outfile 1 we get the necessary output datasets Then the forecast output files should be arranged as follows directory name is the forecast initial time time info in the file name is the forecast valid time 2008020512 wrfout_d01_2008 02 06 00 00 00 mean a 12 hour forecast valid at 2008020600 initialized at 2008020512 Example dataset for a test case 90 x 60 x 41 gridpoints can be downloaded from http www mmm ucar edu wrf users wrfda download testdata html untar the gen_be forecasts 20080205 tar gz you will have gt ls FC_DIR Yw r r 1 users 11556492 2008020512 wrfout_d01_2008 02 06 00 00 00
367. opts ValidTime Plot valid time on graphic Default is True A user must set opts TimeLabel to the correct time opts TimeLabel Time to plot as valid time opts TimePos Time position Left Right Default is Right opts ContourParameters A single value is treated as an interval Three values represent Start End and Interval opts FieldTitle Overwrite the field title if not set the field description is used for the title opts UnitLabel Overwrite the field units seldom needed as the units associated with the field will be used opts PlotLevelID Use to add level information to the field title General NCL resources most standard NCL options for cn and lb can be set by the user to overwrite the default values opts cnFillOn Set to True for shaded plots Default is False opts cnLineColor Color of line plot opts lbTitleOn Set to False to switch the title on the label bar off Default is True opts cnLevelSelectionMode opts cnLevels opts cnFillColors optr cnConstFLabelOn Can be used to set contour levels and colors manually wrf_vector nc_file wks data_u data_y res Usage vector wrf_vector a wks ua va opts Returns a graphic vector of the data This graphic is only created but not plotted to a wks This enables a user to generate many graphics and overlay them before plotting the resulting picture to a wks The returned graphic vector does not contain map in
368. or mixing ratio unit s 1 whether to nudge surface pressure not used nudging coefficient for surface pressure unit s 1 not used horizontal radius of influence in km vertical radius of influence in eta half period time window over which an observation will be used for nudging the unit is in hours freq in coarse grid timesteps for diag prints freq in coarse grid timesteps for obs input and err calc for dynamic initialization using a ramp down function to gradually turn off the FDDA before the pure forecast 1 on time period in minutes over which the nudging is ramped down from one to zero maximum allowed obs entries in diagnostic printout frequency in obs index for diagnostic printout WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 53 MODEL obs _ipf in4dob obs _ipf errob obs_ipf nudob obs ipf init obs no pbl nudge uv max_dom obs no pbl nudge max_dom obs no pbl nudge max_dom obs nudgezfullrl obs nudgezramprl _ obs nudgezfullr2_ obs nudgezrampr2 _ obs _nudgezfullr4 obs nudgezrampr4 _ obs nudgezfullrl t obs nudgezramprl _ obs nudgezfullr2_ obs nudgezrampr2 _ obs nudgezfullr4 obs nudgezrampr4 _ obs nudgezfullrl obs nudgezramprl obs nudgezfullr2 obs nudgezrampr2 t q q q q q true true true true 50 50 50 50 5000 50 50 50 50 50 5000 50 50 50 50 50 print obs i
369. or this surface analysis lagtem FALSE WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 20 OBSGRID Namelist record8 The data in record8 concern the smoothing of the data after the objective analysis The differences observation minus first guess of the analyzed fields are smoothed not the full fields Namelist Variable Value Description 1 smooth type 1 five point stencil of 1 2 1 smoothing 2 smoother desmoother smooth sfc wind 0 Number of smoothing passes for surface winds smooth sfc temp 0 Number of smoothing passes for surface temperature smooth sfc rh 0 Number of smoothing passes for surface relative humidity smooth sic alp 0 Number of smoothing passes for sea level pressure smooth upper wind 0 Number of smoothing passes for upper air winds smooth upper temp 0 Number of smoothing passes for upper air temperature smooth upper rh 0 Number of smoothing passes for upper air relative humidity Namelist record9 The data in record9 concern the objective analysis options There is no user control to select the various Cressman extensions for the radius of influence circular elliptical or banana If the Cressman option is selected ellipse or banana extensions will be applied as the wind conditions warrant Namelist Variable Variable Value Description oa_type Cressman MQD for multiquadric Cressman for the Cressman type scheme this string is case sensitive
370. ories in the Static Data The default land use and soil category data sets that are provided as part of the WPS static data tar file contain categories that are matched with the USGS categories described in the VEGPARM TBL and SOILPARM TBL files in the WRF run directory Descriptions of the 24 land use categories and 16 soil categories are provided in the tables below WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 54 Table 1 USGS 24 category Land Use Categories Land Use Category Land Use Description 1 Urban and Built up Land 2 Dryland Cropland and Pasture 3 Irrigated Cropland and Pasture 4 Mixed Dryland Irrigated Cropland and Pasture 5 Cropland Grassland Mosaic 6 Cropland Woodland Mosaic 7 Grassland 8 Shrubland 9 Mixed Shrubland Grassland 10 Savanna 11 Deciduous Broadleaf Forest 12 Deciduous Needleleaf Forest 13 Evergreen Broadleaf 14 Evergreen Needleleaf 15 Mixed Forest 16 Water Bodies 17 Herbaceous Wetland 18 Wooden Wetland 19 Barren or Sparsely Vegetated 20 Herbaceous Tundra 21 Wooded Tundra 22 Mixed Tundra 23 Bare Ground Tundra 24 Snow or Ice Table 2 IGBP Modified MODIS 20 category Land Use Categories Land Use Category Land Use Description 1 Evergreen Needleleaf Forest 2 Evergreen Broadleaf Forest 3 Deciduous Needleleaf Forest 4 Deciduous Broadleaf Forest 5 Mixed Forests 6 Closed Shrubl
371. orking Edit the wrf_cntrl parm file to reflect the fields and levels you want wrfpost to output 4 Copy the script WPPV3 scripts run_wrfpost of your choice to the postprd 5 Edit the run script as outlined below Once these directories are set up and the edits outlined above are completed the scripts can be run interactively from the postprd directory by simply typing the script name on the command line Overview of the WPP run scripts Note It is recommended that the user refer to the script while reading this overview 1 Set up environmental variables TOP_DIR top level directory for source codes WPPV3 and WRFV3 DOMAINPATH top level directory of WRF model run Note The scripts are configured such that wrfpost expects the WRF history files wrfout files to be in subdirectory wrfprd the wrf_cntrl parm file to be in the subdirectory parm and the postprocessor working directory to be a subdirectory called postprd under DOMAINPATH 2 Specify dynamic core being run ARW for the WRF ARW model 3 Specify the forecast cycles to be post processed startdate YY YYMMDDHH of forecast cycle Shr first forecast hour lastfhr last forecast hour incrementhr increment in hours between forecast files 4 Define the location of the post processor executables 5 Link the microphysical table WRFPATH run ETAMP_DATA and the control file parm wrf_control parm to the working directory 6 Set up how many domains will b
372. ortwave A new shortwave scheme with the MCICA method of random cloud overlap 4 New in Version 3 1 f Held Suarez relaxation A temperature relaxation scheme designed for idealized tests only 31 g Slope and shading effects slope_rad 1 modifies surface solar radiation flux according to terrain slope topo_shad 1 allows for shadowing of neighboring grid cells Use only with high resolution runs with grid size less than a few kilometers Since Version 3 2 these are available for all shortwave options 3 1 Surface Layer sf_sfclay_physics a MMS similarity Based on Monin Obukhov with Carslon Boland viscous sub layer and standard similarity functions from look up tables sf_sfclay_physics 1 b Eta similarity Used in Eta model Based on Monin Obukhov with Zilitinkevich thermal roughness length and standard similarity functions from look up tables 2 c Pleim Xiu surface layer 7 New in Version 3 0 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 28 MODEL d QNSE surface layer Quasi Normal Scale Elimination PBL scheme s surface layer option 4 New in Version 3 1 e MYNN surface layer Nakanishi and Niino PBL s surface layer scheme 5 New in Version 3 1 f izOtlnd 1 for sf_sfclay_physics 1 or 2 Chen Zhang thermal roughness length over land which depends on vegetation height 0 original thermal roughness length in each sfclay option New in Vserion 3 2 3 2 Land Surface sf_surface_physics a 5 layer ther
373. ost package reads in WRF ARW model data and creates output in either GrADS or VisSD format Although conversion to Vis5D are currently still supported more advance 3D visualization tools like VAPOR and IDV has been developed over the last couple of years and users are encouraged to explore those before starting new with VisSD The converter can read in WPS geogrid and metgrid data and WRF ARW input and output files The package makes use of the WRF IO API The netCDF format has been tested extensively GRIB 1 format has been tested but not as extensively BINARY data cannot be read at the moment Necessary software GrADS software you can download and install GrADS from http grads iges org grads The GrADS software is not needed to compile and run ARWpost VisSD software http www ssec wisc edu billh vissd html VisSD libraries must be installed to compile and run the ARWpost code when creating VisSD input data If Vis5D files are not being created these libraries are NOT needed to compile and run ARWpost Obtain the ARWpost TAR file from the WRF Download page http www mmm ucar edu wrf users download get_source html WRFV3 must be installed and available somewhere as ARWpost makes use of the common IO API libraries from WRFV3 Unzip and untar the ARWpost tar file The tar file contains the following directories and files e README a text file containing basic information on running ARWpost e arch directory co
374. ounit startloc startlat startlon dx dy amp xlonc truelatl truelat2 earth _radius Gaussian else if iproj 4 then write unit ounit hdate xfcst map_source field amp units desc xlvl nx ny iproj write unit ounit startloc startlat startlon amp nlats deltalon earth radius Polar stereographic else if iproj 5 then write unit ounit hdate xfcst map_source field amp units desc xlvl nx ny iproj write unit ounit startloc startlat startlon dx dy amp xlonc truelatl earth _radius end if 3 WRITE WIND ROTATION FLAG write unit ounit is wind _grid_rel 4 WRITE 2 D ARRAY OF DATA write unit ounit slab Creating and Editing Vtables Although Vtables are provided for many common data sets it would be impossible for ungrib to anticipate every possible source of meteorological data in GRIB format When a new source of data is to be processed by ungrib exe the user may create a new Vtable either from scratch or by using an existing Vtable as an example In either case a basic knowledge of the meaning and use of the various fields of the Vtable will be helpful Each Vtable contains either seven or eleven fields depending on whether the Vtable is for a GRIB Edition 1 data source or a GRIB Edition 2 data source respectively The fields of a Vtable fall into one of three categories fields that describe how the data are identified within the GRIB file fields that describe how the data
375. output times Since V3 2 one must also specify io form _auxinput2 2 to run ndown successfully Run ndown exe with inputs from the coarse grid wrfout file s and wrfndi_d02 file generated from Step 2 above This will produce wrfinput d02 and wrfbdy d02 files If one desires to refine vertical resolution when running ndown set vert refine fact integer new in V3 2 There are no other changes required in the namelist or in the procedure Another way to refine vertical resolution is to use utility program v_interp see chapter for Utilities and Tools for details Note that program ndown may be run serially or in MPI depending on the selected compile option The ndown program must be built to support nesting however To run the program type ndown exe or mpirun np 4 ndown exe WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 15 MODEL Step 4 Make the fine grid WRF run Rename wrfinput d02 andwrfbdy d02 towrfinput_d0O1 and wrfbdy qd01 respectively Edit namelist input one more time and it is now for the fine grid domain only Run WRF for this grid The figure on the next page summarizes the data flow for a one way nested run using program ndown WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 16 MODEL met_em d01 wrfinput_d01 wrfbdy_d01 met_em d02 0 wrfout_d01_ may be multiple files ndown exe wrfinput_d02 wrfbdy_d02 Y T rename wrfinput_d01 wrfbdy_d01
376. parent_id No default value 12 MAP_PROJ A character string specifying the projection of the simulation domain For ARW accepted projections are lambert polar mercator and lat lon for NMM a projection of rotated_11 must be specified Default value is lambert 13 REF_LAT A real value specifying the latitude part of a latitude longitude location whose i j location in the simulation domain is known For ARW ref_lat gives the latitude of the center point of the coarse domain by default 1 e when ref_x and ref_y are not specified For NMM ref_lat always gives the latitude to which the origin is rotated No default value 14 REF_LON A real value specifying the longitude part of a latitude longitude location whose i j location in the simulation domain is known For ARW ref_lon gives the longitude of the center point of the coarse domain by default i e when ref_x and ref_y are not specified For NMM ref_1lon always gives the longitude to which the origin is rotated For both ARW and NMM west longitudes are negative and the value of ref_1on should be in the range 180 180 No default value 15 REF_X A real value specifying the 1 part of an i j location whose latitude longitude location in the simulation domain is known The i j location is always given with respect to the mass staggered grid whose dimensions are one less than the dimensions of the unstaggered grid Default value is E_WE 1 1
377. pressure and height fields both set to 777777 After all the data records and the end data record an end report record must appear The end report record is simply three integers which really aren t all that important Format of end_report records Variable Fortran I O Description _ num num vld fla fld 17 OY Number of valid fields in the Number of valid fields in the report num error I Number of errors encountered during the decoding of the report num warning I7 Number of warnings encountered during the decoding the report QCFlags In the observations files most of the meteorological data fields also have space for an additional integer quality control flag The quality control values are of the form 2n where n takes on positive integer values This allows the various quality control flags to be additive yet permits the decomposition of the total sum into constituent components Following are the current quality control flags that are applied to observations pressure interpolated from first guess height 2 1 2 temperature and dew point both 0 2 4 16 wind speed and direction both 0 2 5 32 wind speed negativ 2 6 64 wind direction lt 0 or gt 360 2 TJ 128 level vertically interpolated 2 8 256 value vertically extrapolated from single level 2 9 512 Sign of temperature reversed 2 10 1024 superadiabatic leve
378. pressure nx ny nz theta nx ny nz C NCLEND C Local Variables integer i j k real pi DO k 1 nz DO j 1 ny DO i 1 nx pi pressure i j k 1000 287 1004 tk i j k pi theta i j k ENDDO ENDDO ENDDO return end Now compile this code using the NCL script WRAPIT WRAPIT myTK f NOTE If WRAPIT cannot be found make sure the environment variable NCARG_ROOT has been set correctly If the subroutine compiles successfully a new library will be created called myTK so This library can be linked to an NCL script to calculate TK See how this is done in the example below load NCARG_ROOT lib ncarg nclscripts csm gsn_code ncl load NCARG_ROOT lib ncarg nclscripts wrf WRFUserARW ncl external myTK myTK so begin t wrf_user_getvar a T 5 theta t 300 p wrf_user_getvar a pressure 5 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 17 POST PROCESSING dim dimsizes t tk new dim 0 dim 1 dim 2 float myTK compute_tk tk p theta dim 2 dim 1 dim 0 end Want to use the FORTRAN 90 program It is possible to do so by providing an interface block for your FORTRAN 90 program Your FORTRAN 90 program may also not contain any of the following features pointers or structures as arguments missing optional arguments keyword arguments or if the procedure is recursive Interface block for FORTRAN 90 code called myTK90 stub
379. ption Mapfactor on U grid APFAC MX Time south _north west_east AAPFAC MX units none AAPFAC MX description Mapfactor x dir on mass grid MAPFAC VX Time south_north_ stag west_east AAPFAC VX units none APFAC VX description Mapfactor x dir on V grid MAPFAC UX Time south_north west_east_ stag AAPFAC UX units none AAPFAC UX description Mapfactor x dir on U grid APFAC MY Time south _north west_east AAPFAC MY units none AAPFAC MY description Mapfactor y dir on mass grid MAPFAC VY Time south _north_stag west_east APFAC VY units none APFAC VY description Mapfactor y dir on V grid MAPFAC UY Time south north west_east_ stag AAPFAC UY units none AAPFAC UY description Mapfactor y dir on U grid E Time south _north west_east E units E description Coriolis E parameter F Time south _north west_east F units F description Coriolis F parameter SINALPHA Time south_north west_east SINALPHA units none User s Guide 3 57 WPS Loat Loat Loat Loat Loat WRF ARW V3 t LAND t LU INDEX Time t SOILTEMP Time t SOILCTOP Time t SOILCBOT Time SINALPHA description Sine of rotation angle COSALPHA Time south_north west_east COSALPHA units none COSALPHA description Cosine of rotation angle ASK Time south_north west_east LANDMASK units none LANDMAS
380. ption is given for a field then ungrib will not write that field out to the intermediate files The final group of fields which provide GRIB2 specific information are found under the column headings below GRIB2 GRIB2 GRIB2 GRIB2 Discp Catgy Param Level The GRIB2 fields are only needed in a Vtable that is to be used for GRIB Edition 2 data sets although having these fields in a Vtable does not prevent that Vtable from also being used for GRIB Edition 1 data For example the Vtable GFS file contains GRIB2 Vtable fields but is used for both 1 degree GRIB1 GFS and 0 5 degree GRIB2 GFS data sets Since Vtables are provided for most known GRIB Edition 2 data sets the corresponding Vtable fields are not described here at present Writing Static Data to the Geogrid Binary Format The static geographical data sets that are interpolated by the geogrid program are stored as regular 2 d and 3 d arrays written in a simple binary raster format Users with a new source for a given static field can ingest their data with WPS by writing the data set into this binary format The geogrid format is capable of supporting single level and multi level continuous fields categorical fields represented as dominant categories and categorical fields given as fractional fields for each category The most simple of these field types in terms of representation in the binary format is a categorical field given as a dominant category at each source gri
381. quall2d_y transpose of above problem em_scm_xy single column model 4 km full physics WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 4 1 INITIALIZATION e Real data cases initialization program named real exe o em_real examples from 4 to 30 km full physics The selection of the type of forecast is made when issuing the compile statement When selecting a different case to study the code must be re compiled to choose the correct initialization for the model For example after configuring the setup for the architecture with the configure command if the user issues the command compile em_real then the initialization program is built using module_initialize_real F as the target module one of the WRFV3 dyn_em module_initialize F files Similarly if the user specifies compile em_les then the Fortran module for the large eddy simulation module_initialize_les F is automatically inserted into the build for ideal exe Note that the WRF forecast model is identical for both of these initialization programs In each of these initialization modules the same sort of activities goes on e compute a base state reference profile for geopotential and column pressure e compute the perturbations from the base state for geopotential and column pressure e initialize meteorological variables u v potential temperature vapor mixing ratio e define a vertical coordinate e interpolate data to the model s vertical coordinate
382. r r 1 1075 namelist wps global rw r r 1 652 namelist wps nmm rw r r 1 4786 README drwxr xr x 4 4096 ungrib lrwxrwxrwx 1 21 ungrib exe gt ungrib src ungrib exe drwxr xr x 3 4096 util Running the WPS There are essentially three main steps to running the WRF Preprocessing System Define a model coarse domain and any nested domains with geogrid Extract meteorological fields from GRIB data sets for the simulation period with ungrib 3 Horizontally interpolate meteorological fields to the model domains with metgrid NO When multiple simulations are to be run for the same model domains it is only necessary to perform the first step once thereafter only time varying data need to be processed for each simulation using steps two and three Similarly if several model domains are being run for the same time period using the same meteorological data source it is not necessary to run ungrib separately for each simulation Below the details of each of the three steps are explained Step 1 Define model domains with geogrid In the root of the WPS directory structure symbolic links to the programs geogrid exe ungrib exe and metgrid exe should exist if the WPS software was successfully installed In addition to these three links a namelist wps file should exist Thus a listing in the WPS root directory should look something like gt 1s drwxr xr x 2 4096 arch rwxr xr x 1 1672 clean rwxr xr x 1 3510 compile rw r r
383. r a single processor serial compilation shared memory parallel smpar compilation distributed memory parallel dmpar compilation and distributed memory with shared memory par allel sm dm compilation For example on a Macintosh computer the above steps look like gt configure wrfda checking for perl5 no checking for perl found usr bin perl perl Will use NETCDF in dir users noname work external g95 netcdf 3 6 1 PHDF5 not set in environment Will configure WRF for use without SJASPERLIB or SJASPERINC not found in environment configuring to build without grib2 I O Please select from among the following supported platforms 1 Darwin MACOS PGI compiler with pgcc serial 2 Darwin MACOS PGI compiler with pgcc smpar 3 Darwin MACOS PGI compiler with pgcc dmpar 4 Darwin MACOS PGI compiler with pgcc dm sm 5 Darwin MACOS intel compiler with icc serial 6 Darwin MACOS intel compiler with icc smpar 7 Darwin MACOS intel compiler with icc dmpar Bs Darwin MACOS intel compiler with icc dm sm 9 Darwin MACOS intel compiler with cc serial 10 Darwin MACOS intel compiler with cc smpar 11 Darwin MACOS intel compiler with cc dmpar 12 Darwin MACOS intel compiler with cc dm sm 13 Darwin MACOS g95 with gcc serial 14 Darwin MACOS g95 with gcc dmpar 15 Darwin MACOS xlf serial 16 Darwin MACOS xlf dmpar Enter selection 1 10 13 Compile for nestin
384. r build da_bias_scan exe rwxr xr x 1 noname users 686652 Mar 23 09 29 var build da_bias_ sele exe rwxr xr x 1 noname users 700772 Mar 23 09 29 var build da_bias verif exe Ywxr xr x 1 noname users 895300 Mar 23 09 29 var build da_rad_diags exe rwxr xr x 1 noname users 742660 Mar 23 09 29 var build da_tune_obs_desroziers exe Ywxr xr x 1 noname users 942948 Mar 23 09 29 var build da_tune_obs_hollingsworth1 exe Ywxr xr x 1 noname users 913904 Mar 23 09 29 var build da_tune_obs_hollingsworth2 exe rwWXr xr Xx noname users 943000 Mar 23 09 28 var build da_update_bc exe rWXr Xxr Xx noname users 1125892 Mar 23 09 29 var build da_verif_anal exe YWXY XY x noname users 705200 Mar 23 09 29 var build da_verif_obs exe rwxr xr x YwWXYr Xr X YwxXr Xr X Ywxr xXr X YwWxXr Xr X SEW E 08 Ywxr xXr X YwWxXr Xr X YwxXr Xr X Ywxr xXr X YwxXr Xr X SWE oC oe Ywxr xXr X YwxXr Xr X YWXr Xr X Ywxr Xr X YwWxXr Xr X YwxXr Xr X noname users 46602708 Mar 23 09 28 var build da_wrfvar exe noname users 1938628 Mar 23 09 29 var build gen be cov2d exe noname users 1938628 Mar 23 09 29 var build gen be cov3d exe noname users 1930436 Mar 23 09 29 var build gen be diags exe noname users 1942724 Mar 23 09 29 var build gen be diags_read exe noname users 1941268 Mar 23 09 29 var build gen_be ensmean exe noname users 1955192 Mar 23 09 29 var build gen be ensrf exe noname users 1979588 Mar 23 09 28 var build gen be epl exe noname users
385. r input file UIF The syntax for the executable rip is as follows rip f model data set name rip execution name In the above model data set name is the same model data set name that was used in creating the RIP data set with the program ripdp rip execution name is the unique name for this RIP execution and it also defines the name of the UIF that RIP will look for The f option causes the standard output i e the textual print out from RIP to be written to a file called rip execution name out Without the f option the standard output is sent to the screen e g rip f RIPDP arw rip sample If this is successful the following files will be created rip_sample TYPE metacode file with requested plots rip_sample out log file if f used view this file if a problem occurred The default output TYPE is cgm metacode file To view these use the command idt WRE ARW V3 User s Guide 9 26 POST PROCESSING e g idt rip sample cgm For high quality images create pdf or ps images directly ncarg_type pdf ps See the Tools section in Chapter 10 of this User s Guide for more information concerning other types of graphical formats and conversions between graphical formats Examples of plots created for both idealized and real cases are available from http www mmm ucar edu wrf users graphics RIP4 RIP4 htm WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 27 POST PROCESSING ARWpost The ARWp
386. r metgrid then make sure you have downloaded all of the necessary atmospheric data and that the variable table and namelist are configured properly See the WRF ARW User s Guide and the user s forum at http forum wrfforum com for many helpful hints at using various datasets Running real case and WRF Fire First copy or link the met_em files generated by metgrid into test em_real If the simulation is being done locally this can be accomplished by running in wr f fire WRFV3 test em real In sf if sa oad WES met em The namelist for WRF in the file namelist input must now be edited to reflect the domain configured in WPS In addition to the fire specific settings listed in Section 4 3 regarding the ideal simulation a number of other settings must be considered as listed below See Chapter 5 for more details on these settings Variable Description amp time control start_xxx end_ xxx These describe the starting and ending date and time of the simulation They must coincide with the start_date end_ date given in namelist wps run XXX The amount of time to run the simulation interval seconds Must coincide with interval seconds from namelist wps WRFEF ARW V3 User s Guide A 10 FIRE restart interval A restart file will be generated every x minutes The simulation can begin from a restart file rather than wrfinput This is controlled by the namelist variable restart amp do
387. r model fields such as state and i1 the lt Type gt column assigns the Fortran kind of the variable integer real or logical The name of the variable in ARW is given in the lt Sym gt column and is part of the derived data type structure as are the state fields There are a number of Fortran namelist records in the file namelist input Each namelist variable is a member of one of the specific namelist records The previous example shows that run_days and start_year are both members of the time_control record The lt Nentries gt column refers to the dimensionality of the namelist variable number of entries For most variables the lt Nentries gt column has two eligible values either 1 signifying that the scalar entry is valid for all domains ormax_domains signifying that the variable is an array with a value specified for each domain Finally a default value is given This permits a namelist entry to be removed from the namelist input file if the default value is acceptable The registry program constructs two subroutines for each namelist variable one to retrieve the value of the namelist variable and the other to set the value For an integer variable named my_nml_ var the following code snippet provides an example of the easy access to the namelist variables INTEGER my_nml_var dom_id CALL nl_get_my_nml_var dom_id my_nml_var The subroutine takes two arguments The first is the input integer domain identifier
388. r plotting observations These programs are called plot _soundings exe and plot _levels exe These optional programs use NCAR Graphics and are built Both programs get additional input options from the namelist oa file WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 11 OBSGRID plot_soundings exe Program plot _soundings exe plots soundings This program generates soundings from the qc_obs_raw dn Y Y Y Y MM DD_HH mm ss tttt and qc_obs_used dn Y Y Y Y MM DD_HH mm ss tttt data files Only data that are on the requested analysis levels are processed The program uses information from amp recordl amp record2 and amp plot_souding in the namelist oa file to generate the required output The program create output file s sounding lt file_type gt lt date gt cgm plot_level exe Program plot _level exe creates station plots for each analysis level These plots contain both observations that have passed all QC tests and observations that have failed the QC tests Observations that have failed the QC tests are plotted in various colors according to which test failed The program uses information from amp recordl and amp recordz2 in the namelist oa file to generate plots from the observations in the file plotobs_out dn YY YY MM DD_HH mm ss tttt The program creates the file s levels lt date gt cgm or levels sfc fdda lt date gt cgm depending on which file type is plotted Observations Format To make the best use of the OBSGRID progra
389. r so and stretches to constant 6z Other options for use to assist vertical interpolation are use surface whether to use surface input data extrap type vertical extrapolation of non temperature fields t_extrap type vertical extrapolation for potential temperature use levels below ground use levels below input surface level force sfc_in vinterp force vertical interpolation to use surface data lowest lev from sfc place surface data in the lowest model level p_top requested pressure top used in the model default is 5000 Pa interp type vertical interpolation method linear in p default or log p lagrange_ order vertical interpolation order linear default or quadratic zap close levels allow surface data to be used if it is close to a constant pressure level smooth cg topo smooth topography on the outer rows and columns in domain 1 use tavg for tsk whether to use diurnally averaged surface temp as skin temp The diurnall averaged surface temp can be computed using WPS utility avg_tsfc exe May use this option when SKINTEMP is not present Other minimum set of namelist variables to edit are start end start and end times for data processing and model integration interval seconds input data interval for boundary conditions time step model time step and can be set as large as 6 DX in km e ws e sn e vert domain dimensions in west east south north and vertical dx dy model grid distance in meters
390. r the RIP4 tar file The tar file contains the following directories and files e CHANGES a text file that logs changes to the RIP tar file e Doc a directory that contains documentation of RIP most notably the Users Guide ripug WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 19 POST PROCESSING e README a text file containing basic information on running RIP e arch directory containing the default compiler flags for different machines e clean script to clean compiled code e compile script to compile code e configure script to create a configure file for your machine e color tbl a file that contains a table defining the colors you want to have available for RIP plots e eta_micro_lookup dat a file that contains look up table data for the Ferrier microphysics scheme e psadilookup dat a file that contains look up table data for obtaining temperature on a pseudoadiabat e sample_infiles a directory that contains sample user input files for RIP and related programs e src a directory that contains all of the source code files for RIP RIPDP and several other utility programs e stationlist a file containing observing station location information Environment Variables An important environment variable for the RIP system is RIP_ROOT RIP_ROOT should be assigned the path name of the directory where all your RIP program and utility files color tbl stationlist lookup tables etc reside Typically for cshre shell
391. r y directions In case a field has more than 99999 data points in either dimension the user can simply split the data set into several smaller data sets which will be identified separately to geogrid For example a very large global data set may be split into data sets for the Eastern and Western hemispheres WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 36 WPS Besides the binary data files geogrid requires one extra metadata file per data set This metadata file is always named index and thus two data sets cannot reside in the same directory Essentially this metadata file is the first file that geogrid looks for when processing a data set and the contents of the file provide geogrid with all of the information necessary for constructing names of possible data files The contents of an example index file are given below type continuous signed yes projection regular 11 dx 0 00833333 dy 0 00833333 known_x 1 0 known_y 1 0 H known _ lat 89 99583 known_lon 179 99583 wordsize 2 tile x 1200 tile y 1200 tile z 1 tile bdr 3 units meters MSL description Topography height 1 oueou For a complete listing of keywords that may appear in an index file along with the meaning of each keyword the user is referred to the section on index file options Description of the Namelist Variables A SHARE section This section describes variables that are used by more than one WPS program For example the wrf_core
392. ra Average variables and write to a new file e g ncra v OLR wrfout OLR nc ncks nc kitchen sink Combination of NCO tools all in one handy one tool for multiple operations One specifically handy use of this tool is to split large files into smaller files e g necks A F d Time 1 1 wrfout o wrfout_timel nc GRIB data Documentation http dss ucar edu docs formats grib gribdoc Guide to GRIB 1 http www nco ncep noaa gov pmb docs grib2 grib2_doc shtml Guide to GRIB2 http www nco ncep noaa gov pmb docs grib2 GRIB2_parmeter_conversion_tabl e html GRIB2 GRIB1 parameter conversion table GRIB codes It is important to understand the GRIB codes to know which fields are available in your dataset For instance NCEP uses the GRIB1 code 33 for the U component of the wind and 34 for the V component Other centers may use different codes so always obtain the GRIB codes from the center you get your data from GRIB2 uses 3 codes for each field product category and parameter We would most often be interested in product 0 Meteorological products Category refers to the type of field e g category 0 is temperature category is moisture and category 2 is momentum Parameter is the field number So whereas GRIB1 only uses code 33 for the U component of the wind GRIB2 will use 0 2 2 for the U component and 0 2 3 for the V component Display GRIB header field information GRIB1 data WPS util g 1 print exe we
393. ran g95 PathScale Intel PGI COTS IA64 Opteron Linux gfortran PathScale Mac Power Series Darwin xIf g95 PGI Intel Mac Intel Darwin g95 PGI Intel Commercial Off The Shelf systems The WRF model may be built to run on a single processor machine a shared memory machine that use the OpenMP API a distributed memory machine with the appropriate MPI libraries or on a distributed cluster utilizing both OpenMP and MPI The WREDA and WPS packages run on the above listed systems Required Compilers and Scripting Languages The majority of the WRF model WPS and WRFDA codes are written in Fortran what many refer to as Fortran 90 The software layer RSL which sits between WRF and WREDA and the MPI interface is written in C WPS makes direct calls to the MPI libraries for distributed memory message passing There are also ancillary programs that are written in C to perform file parsing and file construction which are required for default building of the WRF modeling code Additionally the WRF build mechanism uses several scripting languages including perl Cshell and Bourne shell The traditional UNIX text file processing utilities are used make m4 sed and awk See Chapter 8 WRE Software Required Software for a more detailed listing of the necessary pieces for the WRF build Required Optional Libraries to Download The only library that is almost always required is the netCDF package from Unidata logi
394. ration Wind and other vector fields can be animated in the probe plane e Two dimensional variable visualization 2D horizontal WRF variables can be color mapped and visualized in the 3D scene They can be viewed on a horizontal plane in the scene or mapped onto the terrain surface WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 50 POST PROCESSING e Animation Control the time stepping of the data for interactive replaying and for recording animated sequences e Image display Tiff images can be displayed in the 3D scene If the images are georeferenced i e geotiffs then they can be automatically positioned at the correct latitude longitude coordinates Images can be mapped to the terrain surface or aligned to an axis aligned plane VAPOR also provides several utilities for obtaining geo referenced images Images can be downloaded from various Web Mapping Services WMS s obtaining political boundary maps rivers and satellite images VAPOR also supports georeferencing and display of NCL plots from WRF output files Images with transparency can be overlayed enabling combining multiple layers of information e Analysis capabilities Derived variables can be calculated in IDL and interactively visualized in the 3D scene Variables can also be calculated in other languages e g NCL and adjoined to the 3D visualization VAPOR requirements VAPOR is supported on Linux Mac and Windows VAPOR works best with a recent graphics card say 1 2 y
395. re summarized in the following table Map projection value of map_proj Projection parameters Lambert Conformal lambert truelatl truelat2 optional stand_lon Mercator mercator truelatl Polar stereographic polar truelatl stand_lon Regular latitude longitude or cylindrical pore_t at T ole on equidistant lat lon Ai and lon In the illustrations of the Lambert conformal polar stereographic and Mercator projections it may be seen that the so called true latitude or true latitudes in the case of the Lambert conformal is the latitude at which the surface of projection intersects or is tangent to the surface of the earth At this latitude there is no distortion in the distances in the map projection while at other latitudes the distance on the surface of the earth is related to the distance on the surface of projection by a map scale factor Ideally the map projection and its accompanying parameters should be chosen to minimize the maximum distortion within the area covered by the model grids since a high amount of distortion evidenced by map scale factors significantly different from unity can restrict the model time step more than necessary As a general guideline the polar stereographic projection is best suited for high latitude WRF domains the Lambert conformal projection is well suited for mid latitude domains and the Mercator projection is good for low latitude domains or domains
396. re the same However lt IO gt entry h1 outputs the field to the first auxiliary stream but does not output the field to the default history stream The lt IO gt entry h01 outputs the field to both the default history stream and the first auxiliary stream Nesting support for the model is also handled by the lt IO gt column The letters that are parsed for nesting are u up as in feedback up d down as in downscale from coarse to fine grid forcing how the lateral boundaries are processed and s smoothing As with other entries the best coarse of action is to find a field nearly identical to the one that you are inserting into the Registry file and copy that line The user needs to make the determination whether or not it is reasonable to smooth the field in the area of the coarse grid where the fine grid feeds back to the coarse grid Variables that are defined over land and water non masked are usually smoothed The lateral boundary forcing is primarily for dynamics variables and is ignored in this overview presentation For non masked fields such as wind temperature pressure the downward interpolation controlled by d and the feedback controlled by u use default routines Variables that are land fields such as soil temperature TSLB or water fields such as sea ice XICE have special interpolators as shown in the examples below again interleaved for readability lt Table gt lt Type gt lt Sym gt lt Dims gt
397. re themselves perturbed by the fire Once the fireline has passed by WREF ARW V3 User s Guide A 1 FIRE the ignited fuel continues to burn the mass of fuel is assumed to decay exponentially with time after ignition the rate depending on the size of the fuel particles making up the fuel complex The fuel burned in each time step is converted to sensible and latent heat source terms for the lowest levels of the WRF atmospheric model state where the water vapor source arises from the intrinsic moisture in cellulosic fuels and the additional moisture the fuel moisture content held by fuels The fire may not progress to locations where the local fuel moisture content is greater than the moisture content of extinction Additional parameters and datasets beyond a standard WRF atmospheric simulation are required and are described here The surface fuel available to be burned at each point is categorized using the Anderson classification system for fuel models 3 grass dominated types 4 shrub dominated types 3 types of forest litter and 3 levels of logging slash which we will henceforth refer to as fuel categories to limit confusion Each of these fuel categories is assigned a set of typical properties consisting of the fuel load the mass per unit area and numerous physical properties having to do with fuel geometry arrangement and physical makeup The user may make the fuels spatially homogeneous by using one fuel category
398. required true together with use_varbc false keep the VarBC bias parameters constant in time In this case the bias correction is read and applied to the innovations but it is not updated during the minimization for scaling the VarBC preconditioning defines the minimum number of observations required for the computation of the predictor statistics during the first assimilation cycle If there are not enough data according to VARBC_NOBSMIN on the first cycle the next cycle will perform a coldstart again true uses the observation brightness tempera ture forAIRS Window channel 914 as criterion for GSI thinning with a higher amplitude than the distance from the observation location to the nearest grid point climatology reference profile used above model top for CRTM Radiative Transfer Model up to 0 01hPa 0 Invalid default use U S Standard Atmos phere 1 Tropical 2 Midlatitude summer 3 Midlatitude winter 4 Subarctic summer 5 Subarctic winter 6 U S Standard Atmosphere true use CRTM K matrix rather than calling CRTM TL and AD routines for gradient calcu lation which reduces runtime noticeably amp wrfvar15 needs to be set together with amp wrfvar19 num_pseudo pseudo x pseudo _y pseudo z pseudo val 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 Set the number of pseudo observations either 0 or 1 single ob Set the x position I of the OBS in unit of grid point Set the y pos
399. ressman under these conditions are controlled by the oa_3D_option parameter Recommended to left switch set to true and start with the default minimum settings e oa 3D type Cressman All upper air levels will use Cressman scheme regardless of other settings Surface will use MQD as long as there are enough observations to do so mqd maximum num obs mqd_minimum_num_obs else it will also revert to the Cressman scheme Note that if some time periods have enough observations and others does not the code will only revert to Cressman for the times without sufficient observations e oa 3D option There are three options 0 1 2 For all these options the surface will use MQD as long as there are enough observations to do so mqd_maximum num obs mqd minimum num_ obs else it will also revert to the Cressman scheme Note that if some time periods have enough observations and others does not the code WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 22 OBSGRID will only revert to Cressman for the times without sufficient observations The upper air will react as follows 0 default MQD is performed in the upper air as long as there are enough observations to do so mqd maximum num obs mqd minimum_num_obs As soon as this is on longer the case the code will STOP with suggestions as to which parameters to set to run the code correctly 1 The code will first check to see if for a given time all levels and variables in the upper air have su
400. rib hitp www cpc ncep noaa gov products wesley wgrib html WREF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 16 UTILITIES AND TOOLS GRIB2 data WPS util g2print exe werib2 hitp www cpc ncep noaa gov products wesley wgrib2 Convert GRIB1 data to netCDF format nel_grib2nc hitp www ncl ucar edu Document Tools Model Verification MET is designed to be a highly configurable state of the art suite of verification tools It was developed using output from the Weather Research and Forecasting WRF modeling system but may be applied to the output of other modeling systems as well MET provides a variety of verification techniques including e Standard verification scores comparing gridded model data to point based observations e Standard verification scores comparing gridded model data to gridded observations e Object based verification method comparing gridded model data to gridded observations http www dtcenter org met users index php WREF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 17 UTILITIES AND TOOLS WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 18 FIRE Appendix A WRF Fire Table of Contents Introduction WRF Fire in idealized cases Fire variables in namelist input namelist fire Running WRF Fire on real data o Building the code o Fire variables in namelist wps o Geogrid Conversion to geogrid format Editing GEOGRID TBL o Ungrib and Metgrid o Running real case and WRF Fire e Fire state variables e WRF Fire software
401. rid and wrf input output files Only 3 basic diagnostics are available pressure height tk these can be activated with the diag option these are only available for wrfout files Obtain the read_wrf_nce utility from the WRF Download page http www mmm ucar edu wrf users download get_source html WREF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 1 UTILITIES AND TOOLS Compile The code should run on any machine with a netCDF library If you port the code to a different machine please forward the compile flags to wrfhelp ucar edu To compile the code use the compile flags at the top of the utility e g fora LINUX machine you need to type pgf90 read wrf_nc f L usr local netcdf lib lnetcdf 1m I usr local netcdf include Mfree 0o read wrt ne If successful this will create the executable read_wrf nc Run vead_wrf nc wrf data file name options options h help att m M z s S x y z v VAR V VAR w VAR t t1 t2 times ts xy X Y VAR VAR ts ll lat lon VAR VAR lev z rot diag Options Note options att t and diag can be used with other options h help Print help information att Print global attributes M Print list of fields available for each time plus the min and max values for each field Mz Print list of fields available for each time plus the min and max values for each field
402. rmation r Get variables slp wrf_user getvar a slp it Get slp wrf smooth _2d slp 3 Smooth slp t2 wrf user getvar a T2 it Get T2 deg K tc2 t2 273 16 Convert to deg C tf2 1 8 tc2 32 Convert to deg F tf2 description Surface Temperature tf2 units F ul0 wrf user getvar a U10 it Get U10 v10 wrf user getvar a V10 it Get V10 ul0 ul0 1 94386 Convert to knots v10 v10 1 94386 ul0 units kts vl0 units kts WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 5 PO ST PROCESSING op op op op co de op op op op op co de op op op ve de Plotting options for T ts res Add basic resources ts cnFillOn True Shaded plot ts ContourParameters 20 90 5 Contour intervals ts gsnSpreadColorEnd 3 ntour tc wrf contour a wks tf2 opts Create plot lete opts Plotting options for SLP ts res Add basic resources ts cnLineColor Blue Set line color ts cnHighLabelsOn True Set labels ts cnLowLabelsOn Tru ts ContourParameters 900 1100 4 Contour intervals ntour psl wrf contour a wks slp opts Create plot lete opts Plotting options for Wind Vectors ts res Add basic resources ts FieldTitle Winds Overwrite the field title ts NumVectors 47 Density of wind barbs ctor wrf vector a wks ul0 vl10 opts Create plot
403. rom either WPS real cold start or WRF forecast warm start b Observations in ASCII format PREBUFR or BUFR for radiance c A background error statistics file containing background error covariance The following table summarizes the above info Input Data Format Created By WRF Preprocessing System Piet tanes NETCDF WPS and eae or WRF Giseeeations ASCII l Observation Preprocessor PREPBUFR also possible OBSPROC Background Error Binaty WREDA gen_be utility Statistics Default CV3 In the test case you will store data in a directory defined by the environment variable DAT_DIR This directory can be at any location and it should have read access Type gt setenv DAT DIR your_choice of dat_dir Here your_choice of dat dir is the directory where the WRFDA input data is stored Create this directory if it does not exist and type gt cd DAT DIR Download the test data for a Tutorial case valid at 12 UTC 5 February 2008 from http www mmm ucar edu wrf users wrfda download testdata html WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 14 WRF Data Assimilation Once you have downloaded wRFDAV3 2 testdata tar gz file to SDAT_DIR extract it by typing gt gunzip WRFDAV3 2 testdata tar gz gt tar xvf WRFDAV3 2 testdata tar Now you should find the following three sub directories files under DAT_DIR ob 2008020512 ob 2008020512 gz Observation data in little r format rc 2
404. rough ending date at 6 h increments WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 4 5 INITIALIZATION e met_em d01 2000 01 24 12 00 00 nc e met_em d01 2000 01 24 18 00 00 nc e met_em d01 2000 01 25 00 00 00 nc e met_em d01 2000 01 25 06 00 00 nc e met_em d01 2000 01 25 12 00 00 nc The convention is to use met to signify data that is output from the WPS metgrid exe program and input into the real exe program The d01 portion of the name identifies to which domain this data refers which permits nesting The next set of characters is the validation date time UTC where each WPS output file has only a single time slice of processed data The file extension suffix nc refers to the output format from WPS which must be in netCDF for the real exe program For regional forecasts multiple time periods must be processed by real exe so that a lateral boundary file is available to the model The global option for WRF requires only an initial condition The WPS package delivers data that is ready to be used in the WRF system by the real exe program e The data adheres to the WRF IO API Unless you are developing special tools stick with the netCDF option to communicate between the WPS package and real exe e The data has already been horizontally interpolated to the correct grid point staggering for each variable and the winds are correctly rotated to the WRF model map projection e 3 D meteorological data r
405. rovided here for reference They may provide a good starting point for testing the model in your application Also note that other factors will affect the outcome For example the domain setup the distributions of vertical model levels and input data a 1 4 km grid distances convection permitting runs for 1 3 days run as used for NCAR spring real time convection forecast over US mp physics 8 ra lw physics 1 ra sw physics 2 radt 10 sf sfclay physics sf surface physics bl pbl physics bldt cu physics OONN N x WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 23 MODEL plop requested e vert 5000 35 b 20 30 km grid distances 1 3 day runs e g NCAR daily real time runs over US mp physics 4 ra_lw_physics 1 ra_sw_physics 2 radt 10 sf sfclay physics 2 sf surface physics 2 bl pbl physics 2 blidt 0 cu_physics 5 cudt 0 ptop requested 5000 e vert 30 c Cold region 15 45 km grid sizes e g used in NCAR s Antarctic Mesoscale Prediction System mp physics 4 ra lw physics 1 ra sw physics 2 radt 10 sf sfclay physics 2 sf surface physics 2 bl pbl physics 2 bldt 0 cu physics 1 cudt 5 fractional seaice 1 seaice threshold 0 0 plop requested 1000 e vert 44 d Hurricane applications e g 12 4 and 1 33 km nesting used by NCAR s real time hurricane runs mp
406. rpolate soil categories land use category terrain height annual mean deep soil temperature monthly vegetation fraction monthly albedo maximum snow albedo and slope category to the model grids by default Global data sets for each of these fields are provided through the WRF download page and because these data are time invariant they only need to be downloaded once Several of the data sets are available in only one resolution but others are made available in resolutions of 30 2 5 and 10 here denotes arc seconds and denotes arc minutes The user need not download all available resolutions for a data set although the interpolated fields will generally be more representative if a resolution of data near to that of the simulation domain is used However users who expect to work with domains having grid spacings that cover a large range may wish to eventually download all available resolutions of the static terrestrial data Besides interpolating the default terrestrial fields the geogrid program is general enough to be able to interpolate most continuous and categorical fields to the simulation domains New or additional data sets may be interpolated to the simulation domain through the use of the table file GEOGRID TBL The GEOGRID TBL file defines each of the fields that will be produced by geogrid it describes the interpolation methods to be used for a field as well as the location on the file system where the data set for th
407. rtical levels To run the program for wrfinput file type v_interp wrfinput_d01 wrfinput_d0l_new For wrfbdy file type v_interp wrfbdy_d01 wrfbdy_d0l1_new namelists amp newlevels nvert Number of new vertical levels statggered nlevels Values of new model levels Program Notes When adding vertical levels please keep the first and the last half levels the same as in the input file itself Problem may occur if levels are added outside the range For wrfbdy file please keep the input file name as wrfbdy_ since the program keys on the file name in order to do the interpolation for special boundary arrays WREF ARW V3 User s Guide 10 11 UTILITIES AND TOOLS proc_oml f This utility may be used to process 3D HYCOM http www hycom org ocean model temperature data in netCDF format to produce initial ocean mixed layer depth field HOML for use in WRF simulation that uses the simple ocean mixed layer model option omlcall 1 and oml_hm10 lt 0 The program estimates two fields from the HYCOM data 1 effective mixed layer depth based on the idea of ocean heat content HOML and 2 mean ocean temperature in the top 200 m depth TMOML This is used as lower limit for cooling SST in the wake of a hurricane To download the proc_oml f utility please see http www mmm ucar edu wrf users hurricanes util html Compile To compile the code use the compile flags shown at the top of the
408. s p _ a gt A D gt S v Version 3 Modeling System User s Guide July 2010 Foreword This User s Guide describes the Advanced Research WRF ARW Version 3 2 modeling system released in April 2010 As the ARW is developed further this document will be continuously enhanced and updated Please send feedback to wrfhelp ucar edu This document is complementary to the ARW Tech Note http www mmm ucar edu wrf users docs arw_v3 pdf which describes the equations numerics boundary conditions and nesting etc in greater detail Highlights of updates to WRFV3 2 include e New physics options O O O O O Q 0 0 O Milbrandt Yau double moment microphysics Building Energy Model BEM a new urban physics option Vegetation height dependent thermal roughness length for MM5 and MYJ surface layer physics options Sea ice consideration in RUC and PX LSMs Slope shading effects extend to all shortwave radiation options Use of semi Lagrangian fall term calculation in WSM and WDM schemes Shallow convection option with G3 scheme Garratt enthalpy flux formulation for tropical storm application Single column ocean mixed layer model extends to all surface physics options e Nonlinear Backscatter Anisotropic NBA sub grid turbulence stress for LES e Wildland fire module e ndown vertical nesting using constant refinement factor e WRF Chem updates e WRF DA updates o Improvement on multiple outer loop minimization
409. s most standard NCL options for vc can be set by the user to overwrite the default values opts vcGlyphStyle Wind style WindBarb is default wrf_map_overlays nc_file wks graphics pltres mpres Usage plot wrf_map_overlays a wks contour vector pltres mpres Overlay contour and vector plots generated with wrf_contour and wrf_vector Can overlay any number of graphics Overlays will be done in order give so always list shaded plots before line or vector plots to ensure the lines and vectors are visible and not hidden behind the shaded plot A map background will automatically be added to the plot Map details are controlled with the mpres resource Common map resources you may want to set are mpres mpGeophysicalLineColor mpres mpNationalLineColor mpres mpUSStateLineColor mpres mpGridLineColor mpres mpLimbLineColor mpres mpPerimLineColor If you want to zoom into the plot set mpres ZoomIn to True and mpres Xstart mpres Xend mpres Ystart mpres Yend to the corner x y positions of the zoomed plot pltres NoTitles Set to True to remove all field titles on a plot pltres CommonTitle Overwrite field titles with a common title for the overlaid plots Must set pltres PlotTitle to desired new plot title If you want to generate images for a panel plot set pltres PanelPot to True WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 10 POST PROCESSING If you want to add text lines to the plot
410. s the file emcwf_coeffs would contain something like 0 0 000000 0 000000000 1 5000 000000 0 000000000 2 9890 519531 0 001720764 3 14166 304688 0 013197623 4 17346 066406 0 042217135 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 28 WPS 5 19121 152344 0 093761623 6 19371 250000 0 169571340 7 18164 472656 0 268015683 8 15742 183594 0 384274483 9 12488 050781 0 510830879 10 8881 824219 0 638268471 LL 5437 539063 0 756384850 12 2626 257813 0 855612755 13 783 296631 0 928746223 14 0 000000 0 972985268 15 0 000000 0 992281914 16 0 000000 1 000000000 Additionally if soil height or soil geopotential 3 d temperature and 3 d specific humidity fields are available calc_ecmwf_p exe computes a 3 d geopotential height field which is required to obtain an accurate vertical interpolation in the real program Given a set of intermediate files produced by ungrib and the file ecmwf_coeffs calc_ecmwf_p loops over all time periods in namelist wps and produces an additional intermediate file PRES YYYY MM DD_HH for each time which contains pressure and geopotential height data for each full sigma level as well as a 3 d relative humidity field This intermediate file should be specified to metgrid along with the intermediate data produced by ungrib by adding PRES to the list of prefixes in the g_name namelist variable D height_ukmo exe The real program requires 3 d pressure and geopotential height fields to vertically interpolate the outpu
411. s and write out in netCDF format one instrument in one file with prefix diags followed by in strument name analysis date and suffix nc for easier data viewing handling and plotting with netCDF utilities and NCL scripts 4 Radiance diagnostics plotting NCL scripts WREDA var graphics ncl plot_rad_diags ncl and WRFDA Var graphics ncl advance_cymdh ncl are used for plotting The NCL script can be run from a shell script or run stand alone with interactive ncl com WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 29 WRF Data Assimilation mand need to edit the NCL script and set the plot options Also the path of ad vance_cymdh ncl a date advancing script loaded in the main NCL plotting script may need to be modified Step 3 and 4 can be done by running a single ksh script WRFDA var scripts da_rad_diags ksh with proper settings In addition to the settings of directories and what instruments to plot there are some useful plotting options explained below export OUT_TYPE ncgm export PLOT_STATS_ONLY false export PLOT_OPT sea_only export PLOT_QCED false export PLOT_HISTO false export PLOT_SCATT true export PLOT_EMISS false export PLOT_SPLIT false export PLOT_CLOUDY false export PLOT_CLOUDY_OPT si export CLWP_VALUE 0 2 export SI_VALUE 3 0 ncgm or pdf pdf will be much slower than ncgm and generate huge output if plots are not split But pdf has higher resolution than ncgm true or false true only statist
412. s case sensitive If not one of these strings the returning array will be unchanged wrf_wps_dom wks mpres Inres txres A function has been built into NCL to preview where a potential domain will be placed similar to plotgrids exe from WPS The Inres and txres resources are standard NCL Line and Text resources These are used to add nests to the preview The mpres are used for standard map background resources like mpres mpFillOn mpres mpFillColors mpres mpGeophysicalLineColor mpres mpNationalLineColor mpres mpUSStateLineColor mpres mpGridLineColor mpres mpLimbLineColor mpres mpPerimLineColor But its main function is to set map resources to preview a domain These resources are similar to the resources set in WPS Below is an example to display 3 nested domains on a Lambert projection The output is shown below mpres max_ dom 3 mpres parent id Sty Ty 1 2 mpres parent_grid_ratio 1 EP 3 mpres i parent start S07 aly Sy T5 7 mpres j parent start 1 17 20 mpres e we Sif Fa 112 L337 mpres e_ sn 61 97 133 mpres dx 30000 mpres dy 30000 mpres map proj lambert mpres ref lat 34 83 mpres ref lon 81 03 mpres truelatl 30 0 mpres truelat2 60 0 mpres stand_lon 98 0 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 14 POST PROCESSING aan 40 N 38 N 36 N oan 30 N NCL built in Functions A number of NCL built in functions have
413. s given domain files will have a suffix of gr1 Default value is 2 NetCDF 16 OPT_OUTPUT_FROM_ GEOGRID PATH A character string giving the path either relative or absolute to the location where output files from geogrid should be written to and read from Default value is WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 38 WPS 17 DEBUG_LEVEL An integer value indicating the extent to which different types of messages should be sent to standard output When debug_level is set to 0 only generally useful messages and warning messages will be written to standard output When debug_level is greater than 100 informational messages that provide further runtime details are also written to standard output Debugging messages and messages specifically intended for log files are never written to standard output but are always written to the log files Default value is 0 B GEOGRID section This section specifies variables that are specific to the geogrid program Variables in the geogrid section primarily define the size and location of all model domains and where the static geographical data are found 1 PARENT ID A list of MAX DOM integers specifying for each nest the domain number of the nest s parent for the coarsest domain this variable should be set to 1 Default value is 1 2 PARENT GRID RATIO A list of MAX DOM integers specifying for each nest the nesting ratio relative to the domain s parent No default value 3 1 PARENT S
414. s is so that the fire code can be easily run standalone or coupled with another weather code All variables in the fire code are based at grid centers Grid dimensions are passed in argument lists as ifds ifde j fds jfde ifms ifme jfms jfme ifps ifpe jfps jfpe Lfts Lite ECS JEC fire domain dims fire memory dims fire patch dims may be omitted fire tile dims QR RR Atmosphere grid 2D variables are declared with dimension ims ime jms jme Fire grid variables are declared with dimension ifms ifme jfms jfme Loops on the fire grid are always over a tile The index variable names the order of the loops and the bounds are required exactly as in the code fragment below do j jfts jfte do i ifts ifte fire variable i In loops that need to index more than one grid at the same time such as computations on a submesh or interpolation between atmosphere and fire the index variable names must always begin with i j WRF ARW V3 User s Guide A 12 FIRE Parallel execution In the fire code all computational subroutines are called from a thread that services a single tile There is no code running on a patch Loops may update only array entries within in the tile but they may read other array entries in adjacent tiles for example for interpolation or finite differences The values of arrays that may be read between adjacent tiles are synchronized outside of the computational routines Consequent
415. s parameters of each of the data sets to be interpolated by geogrid Each data set is defined in a separate section with sections being delimited by a line of equality symbols e g Within each section there are specifications each of which has the form of keyword value Some keywords are required in each data set section while others are optional some keywords are mutually exclusive with other keywords Below the possible keywords and their expected range of values are described 1 NAME A character string specifying the name that will be assigned to the interpolated field upon output No default value 2 PRIORITY An integer specifying the priority that the data source identified in the table section takes with respect to other sources of data for the same field If a field has n sources of data then there must be n separate table entries for the field each of which must be given a unique value for priority in the range 1 n No default value 3 DEST_TYPE A character string either categorical or continuous that tells whether the interpolated field from the data source given in the table section is to be treated as a continuous or a categorical field No default value 4 INTERP_OPTION A sequence of one or more character strings which are the names of interpolation methods to be used when horizontally interpolating the field Available interpolation methods are average 4pt average 16pt wt_average 4pt wt_aver
416. s the time the restart file is written The other namelist variable one must set is restart this variable should be set to true for a restart run In summary these namelists should be modified start end start and end times for restart model integration restart logical to indicate whether the run is a restart or not Hint Typically the restart file is a lot bigger in size than the history file hence one may find that even it is ok to write a single model history output time to a file in netCDF format frame per outfile 1 it may fail to write a restart file This is because the basic netCDF file support is only 2Gb There are two solutions to the problem The first is to simply set namelist option io form restart 102 instead of 2 and this will force the restart file to be written into multiple pieces one per processor As long as one restarts the model using the same number of processors this option works well and one should restart the model with the same number of processors in any case The second solution is to recompile the code using the netCDF large file support option see section on Installing WRF in this chapter d Two way Nested Runs A two way nested run is a run where multiple domains at different grid resolutions are run simultaneously and communicate with each other The coarser domain provides boundary values for the nest and the nest feeds its calculation back to the coarser domain The model can ha
417. s to BEP building energy budget with heating and cooling systems Works with same options as BEP New in Version 3 2 4 Planetary Boundary layer bl_pbl_physics a Yonsei University scheme Non local K scheme with explicit entrainment layer and parabolic K profile in unstable mixed layer bl_pbl_physics 1 b Mellor Yamada Janjic scheme Eta operational scheme One dimensional prognostic turbulent kinetic energy scheme with local vertical mixing 2 c MRF scheme Older version of a with implicit treatment of entrainment layer as part of non local K mixed layer 99 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 29 MODEL d ACM2 PBL Asymmetric Convective Model with non local upward mixing and local downward mixing 7 New in Version 3 0 e Quasi Normal Scale Elimination PBL 4 A TKE prediction option that uses a new theory for stably stratified regions New in Version 3 1 f Mellor Yamada Nakanishi and Niino Level 2 5 PBL 5 Predicts sub grid TKE terms New in Version 3 1 g Mellor Yamada Nakanishi and Niino Level 3 PBL 6 Predicts TKE and other second moment terms New in Version 3 1 h BouLac PBL 8 Bougeault Lacarr re PBL A TKE prediction option New in Version 3 1 Designed for use with BEP urban model i LES PBL A large eddy simulation LES boundary layer is available in Version 3 For this bl_pbl_physic 0 isfflx 1 and sf_sfclay_physics and sf_surface_physics are selected This uses diffusion for ver
418. se Set to true if mercator plots are distorted output_type grads Options are grads or v5d split_output False Use if you want to split our GrADS output files into a number of smaller files a common ctl file will be used for all dat files frames_per_outfile 1 If split_output is True how many time periods are required per output dat file WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 30 POST PROCESSING plot all Which fields to process all all fields in WRF file list only fields as listed in the fields variable all_list all fields in WRF file and all fields listed in the fields variable Order has no effect i e all_list and list_all are similar If list is used a list of variables must be supplied under fields Use list to calculate diagnostics fields Fields to plot Only used if list was used in the plot variable amp interp interp_method 0 0 sigma levels 1 code defined nice height levels 1 user defined height or pressure levels interp_levels Only used if interp_method 1 Supply levels to interpolate to in hPa pressure or km height Supply levels bottom to top extrapolate false Extrapolate the data below the ground if interpolating to either pressure or height Available diagnostics cape 3d cape cin 3d cin mcape maximum cape
419. ser s Guide http www dtcenter org wrf nmm users docs user_guide V3 index htm Necessary software The WRF Postprocessor requires the same Fortran and C compilers used to build the WRE model In addition to the netCDF library the WRF I O API libraries which are included in the WRF model tar file are also required The WRF Postprocessor has some visualization scripts included to create graphics using either GrADS http grads iges org home html or GEMPAK http my unidata ucar edu content software gempak index html These packages are not part of the WPP installation and would need to be installed The WRF Postprocessor package can be downloaded from http www dtcenter org wrf nmm users downloads Note Always obtain the latest version of the code if you are not trying to continue a pre existing project WPPV3 is just used as an example here Once the far file is obtained gunzip and untar the file tar xvf WPPV3 tar gz WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 35 POST PROCESSING This command will create a directory called WPPV3 Under the main directory there are five subdirectories e sorc contains source codes for wrfpost ndate and copygb e scripts contains sample running scripts run_wrfpost run wrfpost and copygb run_wrfpostandgempak run wrfpost copygb and GEMPAK to plot various fields run_wrfpostandgrads run wrfpost copygb and GrADS to plot various fields run_wrfpost_frames run wrfpost
420. set is accessible from the WRF download page Under the WRF Model Test Data list select the January data This is a 74x61 30 km domain centered over the eastern US e Make sure you have successfully built the code fine grid nested initial data is available in the download so the code may be built with the basic nest option WRFV3 main real exe and WRFV3 main wrf exe must both exist e Inthe WRFV3 test em_real directory copy the namelist for the January case to the default name o cp namelist input jan0OO namelist input e Link the WPS files the met_em files from the download into the WRFV3 test em_real directory e Fora single processor to execute the real program type real exe this should take less than a minute for this small case with five time periods e After running the real exe program the files wrfinput_d01 and wxrfbdy_d01 should be in this directory these files will be directly used by the WRF model e The wrf exe program is executed next type wrf exe this should take a few minutes only a 12 h forecast is requested in the namelist file e The output file wefout_d01 2000 01 24 12 00 00 should contain a 12 h forecast at 3 h intervals WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 4 7 INITIALIZATION WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 4 8 MODEL Chapter 5 WRF Model Table of Contents e Introduction e Installing WRF e Running WRF o Idealized Case Real Data Case Restart
421. st be given in the WRF namelist input file The remaining changes are to the geogrid namelist record In this record the parent of each nest must be specified with the parent_id variable Every nest must be a child of exactly one other nest with the coarse domain being its own parent Related to the identity of a nest s parent is the nest refinement ratio with respect to its parent which is WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 19 WPS given by the parent_grid_ratio variable this ratio determines the nominal grid spacing for a nest in relation to the grid spacing of the its parent j 17 j_parent_start i 31 i_parent_start Next the lower left corner of a nest is specified as an i j location in the nest s parent domain this is done through the i_ parent start and j_parent_start variables and the specified location is given with respect to the unstaggered grid Finally the dimensions of each nest in grid points are given for each nest using the s_we e_we s_sn and e_sn variables The nesting setup in our example namelist is illustrated in the figure above where it may be seen how each of the above mentioned variables is determined Currently the starting grid point values in the south north s_sn and west east s_we directions must be specified as 1 and the ending grid point values e_sn and e we determine essentially the full dimensions of the nest to ensure that the upper right corner of the nest s gr
422. supported shortwave radiation option no shortwave radiation Dudhia scheme Goddard short wave CAM scheme rrtmg scheme GFDL Eta longwave semi supported minutes between radiation physics calls Recommend 1 minute per km of dx e g 10 for 10 km grid use the same value for all nests CO2 transmission function flag for GFDL radiation only Set it to 1 for ARW which allows generation of CO2 function internally CAM clear sky longwave absorption calculation frequency recommended minimum value to speed scheme up for CAM radiation input ozone levels for CAM radiation input aerosol levels for CAM absorption save array for CAM 2nd absorption save array The above 5 variables for CAM are automatically set in V3 2 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 46 MODEL sf sfclay physics max dom 0 1 2 3 4 5 T izOtind 0 sf_surface_physics max_dom 0 1 2 3 7 sf urban physics max_dom 0 1 2 bl pbl physics max_dom 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 surface layer option no surface layer Monin Obukhov scheme Monin Obukhov Janjic Eta scheme NCEP GFS scheme NMM only QNSE MYNN Pleim Xiu ARW only only tested with Pleim Xiu surface and ACM2 PBL thermal roughness length for sfclay and myjsfc 0 old 1 veg dependent Czil land surface option set before running real also set correct num_soil_ layers no surface temp prediction thermal diffusion scheme unified Noah land surface model RUC land sur
423. t of the metgrid program however data sets from the UKMO Unified Model contain a 3 d pressure field but do not contain a geopotential height field Accordingly the height ukmo exe program may be used to compute a geopotential height field for data sets from the UKMO Unified Model The height _ukmo exe program requires no command line arguments but reads the metgrid namelist record to get the prefix of the intermediate files created by ungrib exe the intermediate files indicated by the first prefix in the fg_name variable of the smetgrid namelist record are expected to contain a SOILHGT field from which the height ukmo exe program computes with the aid of an auxiliary table the 3 d geopotential height field The computed height field is written to a new intermediate file with the prefix HGT and the prefix HGT should then be added to the fg_name namelist variable in the amp met grid namelist record before running metgrid exe The name of the file containing the auxiliary table is currently hard wired in the source code of the height_ukmo exe program and it is the responsibility of the user to change this file name in WPS util src height_ukmo F to the name of the table with the same number of levels as the GRIB data processed by ungrib exe tables for data with 38 50 and 70 levels are provided in the WPS util directory with file names vertical grid 38 20m_G3 txt vertical grid 50 20m_63km txt and vertical grid 70 20m _80km txt respect
424. t restart file is valid at For DM distributed memory parallel systems some form of mpirun command will be needed to run the executables For example on a Linux cluster the command to run MPI code and using 4 processors may look like mpirun np 4 real exe mpirun np 4 wrf exe On some IBMs the command may be poe real exe poe wrf exe for a batch job and poe real ex rmpool 1 procs 4 poe wrf exe rmpool 1 procs 4 for an interactive run Interactive MPI job is not an option on NCAR IBM bluefire c Restart Run A restart run allows a user to extend a run to a longer simulation period It is effectively a continuous run made of several shorter runs Hence the results at the end of one or more restart runs should be identical to a single run without any restart In order to do a restart run one must first create restart file This is done by setting namelist variable restart interval unit is in minutes to be equal to or less than WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 10 MODEL the simulation length in the first model run as specified by run_ variables or start _ and end _ times When the model reaches the time to write a restart file a restart file named wrfrst_d lt domain gt lt date gt will be written The date string represents the time when the restart file is valid When one starts the restart run edit the namelist input file so that yourstart time will be set to the restart time which i
425. t the model can use while keeping the model numerically stable The model time step is adjusted based on the domain wide horizontal and vertical stability criterion The following set of values would typically work well use adaptive time step true step to output time true but nested domains may still be writing output at the desired time Try to use adjust output _times true to make up for this target cfl 1 2 1 2 1 2 max step increase pct 5 51 51 a large percentage value for the nest allows the time step for the nest to have more freedom to adjust starting time step use 1 means 6 DX at start time max time step use fixed values for all domains e g 8 DX min time step use fixed values for all domains e g 4 DX adaptation domain which domain is driving the adaptive time step Also see the description of these options in the list of namelist on page 5 35 m Output Time Series There is an option to output time series from a model run To active the option a file called t slist must be present in the WRF run directory The tslist file contains a list of locations defined by their latitude and longitude along with a short description and an abbreviation for each location A sample file looks something like this WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 22 MODEL fo SSS SSS S S55 55 SSS SSS SSS ase 5 SSeS eE Cape Hallett hallt 72 330 170 250 McMurdo Station mcm 77 851 166 713
426. tag ZNW description eta values on full w levels ZNW units float ZS Time soil layers stag ZS description DEPTHS OF CENTERS OF SOIL LAYERS ZS units m float DZS Time soil layers stag DZS description THICKNESSES OF SOIL LAYERS DZS units m float U Time bottom_top south_north west_east_stag U description x wind component U units m s 1 float V Time bottom_top south_north_stag west_east V description y wind component V units m s 1 float W Time bottom_top_ stag south_north west_east W description z wind component W units m s 1 float PH Time bottom_top_stag south_north west_east PH description perturbation geopotential PH units m2 s 2 float PHB Time bottom top_stag south north west_east WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 62 MODEL float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float float PHB description base state geopotential PHB units m2 s 2 T Time bottom top south north west_east T description perturbation potential temperature theta t0 T units K MU Time south_north west_east MU description perturbation dry air mass in column MU units Pa MUB Time south north west_east MUB description base state dry air mass
427. ted by ungrib here prefix refers to the string PREFIX in the filename PREFIX YYYY MM DD_HH of an intermediate file The prefix may contain path information either relative or absolute in which case the intermediate files will be written in the directory specified This option may be useful to avoid renaming intermediate files if ungrib is to be run on multiple sources of GRIB data Default value is FILE D METGRID section This section defines variables used only by the metgrid program Typically the user will be interested in the fg_name variable and may need to modify other variables of this section less frequently 1 FG_ NAME A list of character strings specifying the path and prefix of ungribbed data files The path may be relative or absolute and the prefix should contain all characters of the filenames up to but not including the colon preceding the date When more than one fg_name is specified and the same field is found in two or more input sources the data in the last encountered source will take priority over all preceding sources for that field Default value is an empty list i e no meteorological fields 2 CONSTANTS NAME A list of character strings specifying the path and full filename of ungribbed data files which are time invariant The path may be relative or absolute and the filename should be the complete filename since the data are assumed to be time invariant no date will be appended to the specified file
428. test there is a threshold for each variable These values are scaled for time of day surface characteristics and vertical level qc test error max TRUE Check the difference between the first guess and the observation Max error t 10 Maximum allowable temperature difference K max error uv 13 Maximum allowable horizontal wind component difference m s max_error_z Not used max error rh Maximum allowable relative humidity difference max error p Maximum allowable sea level pressure difference Pa Buddy Check Test For this test there is a threshold for each variable These values are similar to standard deviations qc test buddy TRUE Check the difference between a Single observation and neighboring observations max buddy t 8 Maximum allowable temperature difference K max buddy uv 8 Maximum allowable horizontal wind component difference m s max_buddy_zZ Not used max buddy rh Maximum allowable relative humidity difference max buddy p Maximum allowable sea o pressure difference buddy weight Value by which the thresholds are scale Spike removal qc test vert consistency FALSE Check for vertical spikes in temperature dew point wind speed and wind direction Removal of super adiabatic lapse rates qc test convective adj FALSE Remove any super adiabatic lapse rate in a sounding by conservation of
429. the coarse domain are determined by the variables dx and dy which specify the nominal grid distance in the x direction and y direction and e_we and e_sn which give the number of velocity points i e u staggered or v staggered points in the x and y directions for the lambert mercator and polar projections dx and dy are given in meters and for the lat lon projection dx and dy are given in degrees For nested domains only the variables e_we and e_sn are used to determine the dimensions of the grid and dx and dy should not be specified for nests since their values are determined recursively based on the values of the parent_grid_ratio and parent_id variables which specify the ratio of a nest s parent grid distance to the nest s grid distance and the grid number of the nest s parent respectively If the regular latitude longitude projection will be used for a regional domain care must be taken to ensure that the map scale factors in the region covered by the domain do not deviate significantly from unity This can be accomplished by rotating the projection such that the area covered by the domain is located near the equator of the projection since for the regular latitude longitude projection the map scale factors in the x direction are given by the cosine of the computational latitude For example in the figure above showing the unrotated and rotated earth it can be seen that in the rotated aspect New Zealand is located along
430. the computational equator and thus the rotation used there would be suitable for a domain covering New Zealand As a general guideline for rotating the latitude longitude projection for regional domains the namelist parameters pole lat pole lon and stand_lon may be chosen according to the formulas in the following table ref_lat ref_lon in N H ref_lat ref_lon in S H pole_lat 90 0 ref lat 90 0 ref lat pole_lon 180 0 0 0 stand_lon ref lon 180 0 ref lon For global WRF simulations the coverage of the coarse domain is of course global so ref lat and ref_londo not apply and dx and dy should not be specified since the nominal grid distance is computed automatically based on the number of grid points Also it should be noted that the latitude longitude or cylindrical equidistant projection map proj lat lon is the only projection in WRF that can support a global domain Nested domains within a global domain must not cover any area north of computational latitude 45 or south of computational latitude 45 since polar filters are applied poleward of these latitudes although the cutoff latitude can be changed in the WRF namelist Besides setting variables related to the projection location and coverage of model domains the path to the static geographical data sets must be correctly specified with the WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 12 WPS geog_data_path variable Also the user may select w
431. the installation prefix Run the configure script in the main WPS directory pick a configuration option from the list and then run compile Note that WRE itself must be built prior to compiling WPS In addition the build process assumes that WRF exists in WRFV3 WRF should be configured as described in Section 3 and compiled with the command compile em_real gt amp compile log The WPS can be configured from inside the top level directory wrf fire WPS with the command configure and compiled in the same directory with the command compile gt amp compile log Upon successful completion the three binaries listed above should exist in the current directory Because the WPS programs are for the most part not processor intensive it is not generally necessary to compile these programs for parallel execution even if they do support it Typical usage of WRF with real data involves doing all of the preprocessing work either locally on a workstation or on the head node of a supercomputer The intermediate files are all architecture independent so they can be transferred between computers safely If you intend to use a supercomputer for the main simulation it is advisable to generate the WPS output locally and transfer the met_em files to the computer you will be using for WRF Fire The met_em files are much smaller than the wrfinput and wrfbdy files and can be transported easily This also eases the process of dealing with the depende
432. the interested model domain geogrid exe WPS needs to be run for a slightly large domain that the domain of interest Setting trim domain to TRUE will cut all 4 directions of the input domain down by the number of grid points set in trim value In the example below the domain of interest is the inner white domain with a total of 100x100 grid points geogrid exe have be run for the outer domain 110x110 grid points By setting trim value to 5 the output domain will be trimmed by 5 grid points in each direction resulting in the white 100x100 grid point domain 110x110 100x100 Namelist record3 The data in the record3 concern space allocated within the program for observations These are values that should not frequently need to be modified Namelist Variable Value Description max number of obs 10000 jAnticipated maximum number of reports per time period fatal if exceed max obs TRUE T F flag allows the user to decide the severity of not having enough space to store all of the available observation Namelist record4 The data in record4 set the quality control options There are four specific tests that may be activated by the user An error max test a buddy test removal of spike and the removal of super adiabatic lapse rates For some of these tests a user have control over the tolerances as well WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 7 18 OBSGRID Namelist Variable Value Description Error Max Test For this
433. the nest s grid For each nest this string should contain a resolution matching a string preceding a colon in a rel_path or abs_path specification see the description of GEOGRID TBL options in the GEOGRID TBL file for each field If a resolution in the string does not match any such string ina rel_path or abs_path specification for a field in GEOGRID TBL a default resolution of data for that field if one is specified will be used If multiple resolutions match the first resolution to match a string in a rel_path or abs_path specification in the GEOGRID TBL file will be used Default value is default 10 DX A real value specifying the grid distance in the x direction where the map scale factor is 1 For ARW the grid distance is in meters for the polar lambert and mercator projection and in degrees longitude for the lat 1on projection for NMM the grid distance is in degrees longitude Grid distances for nests are determined recursively based on values specified for parent_grid_ratio and parent_id No default value 11 DY A real value specifying the nominal grid distance in the y direction where the map scale factor is 1 For ARW the grid distance is in meters for the polar lambert and mercator projection and in degrees latitude for the lat 1on projection for NMM the grid distance is in degrees latitude Grid distances for nests are determined recursively based on values specified for parent_grid_ratio and
434. therwise like WSM5S New in Version 3 1 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 27 MODEL 1 WRF Double Moment 6 class scheme 16 This scheme has double moment rain Cloud and CCN for warm processes but is otherwise like WSM6 New in Version 3 1 m Thompson et al 2007 scheme 98 This is the older Version 3 0 Thompson scheme that used to be option 8 2 1 Longwave Radiation ra_lw_physics a RRTM scheme Rapid Radiative Transfer Model An accurate scheme using look up tables for efficiency Accounts for multiple bands trace gases and microphysics species ra_lw_physics 1 b GFDL scheme Eta operational radiation scheme An older multi band scheme with carbon dioxide ozone and microphysics effects 99 c CAM scheme from the CAM 3 climate model used in CCSM Allows for aerosols and trace gases 3 d RRTMG scheme A new version of RRTM added in Version 3 1 4 It includes the MCICA method of random cloud overlap 2 2 Shortwave Radiation ra_sw_physics a Dudhia scheme Simple downward integration allowing efficiently for clouds and clear sky absorption and scattering ra_sw_physics 1 b Goddard shortwave Two stream multi band scheme with ozone from climatology and cloud effects 2 c GFDL shortwave Eta operational scheme Two stream multi band scheme with ozone from climatology and cloud effects 99 d CAM scheme from the CAM 3 climate model used in CCSM Allows for aerosols and trace gases 3 e RRTMG sh
435. tical mixing and must use diff_opt 2 and km_opt 2 or 3 see below Alternative idealized ways of running the LESPBL are chosen with isfflx 0 or 2 New in Version 3 0 5 Cumulus Parameterization cu_physics a Kain Fritsch scheme Deep and shallow convection sub grid scheme using a mass flux approach with downdrafts and CAPE removal time scale cu_physics 1 b Betts Miller Janjic scheme Operational Eta scheme Column moist adjustment scheme relaxing towards a well mixed profile 2 c Grell Devenyi ensemble scheme Multi closure multi parameter ensemble method with typically 144 sub grid members 3 d Grell 3d ensemble cumulus scheme Scheme for higher resolution domains allowing for subsidence in neighboring columns 5 New in Version 3 0 e Old Kain Fritsch scheme Deep convection scheme using a mass flux approach with downdrafts and CAPE removal time scale 99 f ishallow shallow convection option 1 option on Works together with Grell 3D scheme cu_physics 5 6 Other physics options a Options to use for tropical storm and hurricane applications omlcall 1 Simple ocean mixed layer model 1 1 D ocean mixed layer model following that of Pollard Rhines and Thompson 1972 Two other namelist options are available to specify the initial mixed layer depth although one may ingest real mixed layer depth data oml_hml0 and temperature lapse rate below the mixed layer oml_gamma Since V3 2 this opt
436. time 1 Print forecast lead time in hours on plot ivalidtime 1 Print valid date and time in both UTC and local time on plot inearesth 0 This allows you to have the hour portion of the initial and valid time be specified with two digits rounded to the nearest hour rather than the standard 4 digit HHMM specification timezone 7 0 Specifies the offset from Greenwich time iusdaylightrule 1 Flag to determine if US daylight saving should be applied ptimes 9 0E 09 Times to process This can be a string of times e g 0 3 6 9 12 or a series in the form of A B C which means times from hour A to hour B every C hours e g 0 12 3 Either ptimes or iptimes can be used but not both You can plot all available times by omitting both ptimes and iptimes from the namelist or by setting the first value negative ptimeunits Time units This can be h hours m minutes or s seconds Only valid with ptimes iptimes 99999999 Times to process This is an integer array that specifies desired times for RIP to plot but in the form of 8 digit WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 23 POST PROCESSING mdate times i e YYMMDDHH Either ptimes or iptimes can be used but not both You can plot all available times by omitting both ptimes and iptimes from the namelist or by setting the first value negative tacc 1
437. time two digit day of ending time two digit hour of ending time two digit minute of ending time two digit second of ending time Note all end times also control when the nest domain integrations end All start and end times are used by real exe One may use either run_days run_hours etc or end_year month day hour etc to control the length of model integration But run_days run_hours takes precedence over the end times Program real exe uses start and end times only time interval between incoming real data which will be the interval between the lateral boundary condition file for real only logical whether nested run will have input files for domains other than 1 selected fields from nest input all fields from nest input are used only nest input specified from input stream 2 defined in the Registry are used In V3 2 this requires ic form _auxinput2 to be set history output file interval in minutes integer only history output file interval in days integer used as alternative to history_interval history output file interval in hours integer used as alternative to history_interval history output file interval in minutes integer used as alternative to history_interval and is equivalent to history_interval history output file interval in seconds integer used as alternative to history_interval output times per history output file used to WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 38 restart MODE
438. tion for Ideal Data Cases e Initialization for Real Data Cases Introduction The WRE model has two large classes of simulations that it is able to generate those with an ideal initialization and those utilizing real data The idealized simulations typically manufacture an initial condition file for the WRF model from an existing 1 D or 2 D sounding and assume a simplified analytic orography The real data cases usually require pre processing from the WPS package which provides each atmospheric and static field with fidelity appropriate to the chosen grid resolution for the model The WRF model executable itself is not altered by choosing one initialization option over another idealized vs real but the WRF model pre processors the real exe and ideal exe programs are specifically built based upon a user s selection The real exe and ideal exe programs are never used together Both the real exe and ideal exe are the programs that are processed just prior to the WRF model run The ideal vs real cases are divided as follows e Ideal cases initialization programs named ideal exe o 3d em_b_wave baroclinic wave 100 km em_heldsuarez global case with polar filtering 625 km em les large eddy simulation 100 m em_quarter_ss super cell 2 km em_grav2d_x gravity current 100 m em_hill2d_x flow over a hill 2 km em_seabreeze2d_x water and land 2 km full physics em_squall2d_x squall line 250 m em_s
439. tions in LITTLE_R format a legendary ASCII format in use since MMS era Please refer to the documentation at http www mmm ucar edu mm5 mm5v3 data how_to_get_rawdata html for LITTLE_R format description For your applications you will have to prepare your own observation files Please see http www mmm ucar edu mm5 mm5v3 data free_data html for the sources of some freely available observations and the program for converting the obser vations to LITTLE_R format Because the raw observation data files could be in any of formats such as ASCII BUFR PREPBUFR MADIS HDF etc Further more for each of formats there may be the different versions To make WRFDA system as general as possible the LITTLE_R format ASCII file was adopted as an intermediate observation data format for WRFDA system Some extensions were made in the LITTLE_R format for WRFDA applications More complete description of LITTLE_R format and conven tional observation data sources for WRFDA could be found from the web page 2010 Winter Tutorial by clicking Observation Pre processing The conversion of the user specific source data to the LITTLE_R format observation data file is the users task The purposes of OBSPROC are e Remove observations outside the time range and domain horizontal and top e Re order and merge duplicate in time and location data reports e Retrieve pressure or height based on observed information using the hydrostatic assumption
440. tive adjustment check in file obs_qcl diag WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 55 WRF Data Assimilation print_qce lid print _uncomplete user defined area amp record6 x left x right y_ bottom y_top ptop ps0 base pres ts0 base temp tlp base lapse pis0 base tropo_ pres tis0d base start_temp amp record7 IPROJ HIC RUELAT1 P XLONC T T RUELAT2 MOAD_CEN LAT STANDARD _ LON amp records IDD MAXNES NESTIX NESTJUX TRUE will write diagnostic on the above model lid height check in file obs_qc2 diag TRUE will write diagnostic on the uncompleted obs removal in file obs_uncomplete diag TRUE read in the record6 x_left x_right y_top y_bottom FALSE not read in the record6 West border of sub domain not used East border of sub domain not used South border of sub domain not used North border of sub domain not used Reference pressure at model top Reference sea level pressure Same as ps0 User must set either psO or base_pres Mean sea level temperature Same as tsO User must set either tsO or base_temp Temperature lapse rate Same as tlp User must set either tlp or base_lapse Tropopause pressure the default 20000 0 Pa Same as pisO User must set either pisO or base_tropo_pres Isothermal temperature above tropopause K the default 215 K Same as tisO User must set either tisO or base_start_temp Map projection
441. tives ifdef DM PARALLEL include HALO EM D2 3 inc endif WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 8 12 SOFTWARE The parallel communications are only required when the ARW code is built for distributed memory parallel processing which accounts for the surrounding ifdef The period communications are required when periodic lateral boundary conditions are selected The Registry syntax is very similar for period and halo communications but the stencil size refers to how many grid cells to communicate in a direction that is normal to the periodic boundary lt Table gt lt CommName gt lt Core gt lt Stencil varlist gt period PERIOD_EM COUPLE_A dyn_em 2 mub mu_1 mu_2 The xpose a data transpose entry is used when decomposed data is to be re decomposed This is required when doing FFTs in the x direction for polar filtering for example No stencil size is necessary lt Table gt lt CommName gt lt Core gt lt Varlist gt xpose XPOSE_POLAR_FILTER_T dyn_em t_2 t_xxx dum_yyy It is anticipated that many users will add to the the parallel communications portion of the Registry file halo and period It is unlikely that users will add xpose fields Registry Package The package option in the Registry file associates fields with particular physics packages Presently it is mandatory that all 4 D arrays be assigned Any 4 D array that is not associated with the selected physics option at run time is neither allocated used for I
442. tly supports 3DVAR 4DVAR and hybrid data assimilation capabilities e Numerous physics packages contributed by WRF partners and the research community e Several graphics programs and conversion programs for other graphics tools And these are the subjects of this document WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 1 1 OVERVIEW The WRF modeling system software is in the public domain and is freely available for community use The WRF Modeling System Program Components The following figure shows the flowchart for the WRF Modeling System Version 3 WRF Modeling System Flow Chart WRF Post Bepi Pre Processing WRF Model System Alternative Obs Data Ideal Data 2D Hill Grav Squall Line amp Seabreeze C ti 3D Supercell LES onventiona amp Baroclinic Waves NCL Obs Data Global heldsuarez ARWpost OBSGRID WRF Terrestrial VAPOR il GrADS Vis5D Data WPP GrADS GEMPAK re MET Gridded Data NAM GFS RUC NNRP AGRMET soil As shown in the diagram the WRF Modeling System consists of these major programs e The WRF Preprocessing System WPS e WRE Var e ARW solver e Post processing amp Visualization tools WPS This program is used primarily for real data simulations Its functions include 1 defining simulation domains 2 interpolating terrestrial data such as terrain landuse and soil WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 1 2 OVERVIEW types to the simulation d
443. to FFTPACK Contained within the WRF system is the WRFDA component which has several external libraries that the user must install for various observation types and linear algebra solvers Similarly the WPS package separate from the WRF source code has additional external libraries that must be built in support of Grib2 processing The one external package that all of the systems require is the netCDF library which is one of the supported I O API packages The netCDF libraries or source code are available from the Unidata homepage at http www unidata ucar edu select DOWNLOADS registration required There are three tar files for the WRF code The first is the WRF model including the real and ideal pre processors The second is the WRFDA code The third tar file is for WRF chemistry In order to run the WRF chemistry code both the WRF model and the chemistry tar file must be combined The WRF model has been successfully ported to a number of Unix based machines We do not have access to all of them and must rely on outside users and vendors to supply the required configuration information for the compiler and loader options Below is a list of the supported combinations of hardware and software for WRF Vendor Hardware OS Compiler Cray X1 UniCOS vendor Cray AMD Linux PGI WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 2 1 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION IBM Power Series AIX vendor SGI 1A64 Opteron Linux Intel Intel PGI COTS I A32 Linux gfort
444. to process all of the ideal exe programs should be run on a single processor The Makefile for the 2 D cases will not allow the user to build the code with distributed memory parallelism For large 2 D cases if the user requires OpenMP the variables nproc_x and nproc_y must be set in the domains portion of the namelist filenamelist input nproc_y must be set to 1 and nproc_x then set to the number of processors Initialization for Ideal Cases The program ideal exe is the program in the WRF system to run for a controlled scenario Typically this program requires no input except for the namelist input and the input_sounding files except for the b_wave case which uses a 2 D binary sounding file The program outputs the wrfinput_d01 file that is read by the WRF model executable wrf exe Since no external data is required to run the idealized cases even for researchers interested in real data cases the idealized simulations are an easy way to insure that the model is working correctly on a particular architecture and compiler Idealized runs can use any of the boundary conditions except specified and are not by default set up to run with sophisticated physics other than from microphysics Most have are no radiation surface fluxes or frictional effects other than the sea breeze case LES and the global Held Suarez The idealized cases are mostly useful for dynamical studies reproducing converged or otherwise known sol
445. to turn them on for production runs the purpose of print_detail_grad is changed as of V3 1 true to print out detailed gradient of each observa tion type at each iteration and write out detailed cost function and gradient into files called cost_fn and grad_fn obsolete only used by Radar seconds if time difference between namelist setting analysis_date and date info read in from first guess is larger than analysis_accu WRFDA will issue a warning message gt Wrong xb WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 44 WRF Data Assimilation calc_w_increment dt_cloud_model wrfvar3 fg_format ob_ format num_fgat_time amp wrfvar4 thin conv thin mesh conv use _synopobs use _shipsobs use _metarobs use _soundobs use pilotobs use _airepobs use _geoamvobs use polaramvobs time found but won t abort false true the increment of the vertical velocity W will be diagnosed based on the increments of other fields If there is information of the W from obser vations assimilated such as the Radar radial veloc ity the W increments are always computed no matter calc_w_increment true or false false the increment of the vertical velocity W is zero if no W information assimilated false Not used 1 fg_format_wrf_arw_regional default 2 fg_format_wrf_nmm_regional 3 fg_format_wrf_arw_global 4 fg_format_kma_global 2 1 ob_format_bufr NCEP PREPBUFR read in data
446. to use 60 3 sec as your time step set time step 60 time step fract num 3 and time step fract den 10 time step for DFI may be different from regular time_step number of domains set it to gt 1 if it is a nested run start index in x west east direction leave as is end index in x west east direction staggered dimension start index in y south north direction leave as is end index in y south north direction staggered dimension start index in z vertical direction leave as 1S end index in z vertical direction staggered dimension this refers to full levels Most variables are on unstaggered levels Vertical dimensions need to be the same for all nests grid length in x direction unit in meters grid length in y direction unit in meters height in meters used to define model top for idealized cases domain identifier id of the parent domain starting LLC I indices from the parent domain starting LLC J indices from the parent domain parent to nest domain grid size ratio for real data cases the ratio has to be odd for WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 41 MODEL parent time step ratio max_dom feedback smooth option 0 options for program real num_metgrid levels 40 num metgrid soil_ 4 levels eta_levels 1 0 0 99 0 0 force_sfc_in_vinterp p_top_requested 5000 interp_type 2 extrap_ type 2 t_extrap_type 2 use levels below _groun true d
447. tory created by the JasPer installation and manually link header files there 2 PNG compression library for lossless compression http www libpng org pub png libpng html Scroll down to Source code and choose a mirror site gt configure gt make check gt make install 3 zlib a compression library used by the PNG library http www zlib net Go to The current release is publicly available here section and download gt configure gt make gt make install WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 5 WPS To get around portability issues the NCEP GRIB libraries w3 and g2 have been included in the WPS distribution The original versions of these libraries are available for download from NCEP at http www nco ncep noaa gov pmb codes GRIB2 The specific tar files to download are g2lib and w3lib Because the ungrib program requires modules from these files they are not suitable for usage with a traditional library option during the link stage of the build Required Compilers and Scripting Languages The WPS requires the same Fortran and C compilers as were used to build the WRF model since the WPS executables link to WRF s I O API libraries After executing the configure command in the WPS directory a list of supported compilers on the current system architecture are presented WPS Installation Steps e Download the wesv3 TAR gz file and unpack it at the same directory level as WRFYV3 as shown below gt
448. tude are acceptable for ordinary atmospheric simulations these datasets are too coarse for a high resolution fire simulation In particular a WRF Fire simulation will require two additional data sets not present in the standard data tarball NFUEL_CAT The variable NFUEL_CAT contains Anderson 13 fuel category data This data can be obtained for the US from the USGS seamless data access server at http landfire cr usgs gov viewer Using the zooming and panning controls the user can select the desired region with LANDFIRE 13 Anderson Fire Behavior Fuel Models box selected This will open a new window where the user can request the data in specific projections and data formats ZSF The variable ZSF contains high resolution terrain height information similar to that in the HGT variable present in atmospheric simulations however the standard topographical data set is only available at a maximum resolution of 30 arc seconds about 900 meters For a WRF Fire simulation data resolution of at least 1 3 of an arc second is desirable Such a dataset is available for the US at http seamless usgs gov This is another USGS seamless data access server similar to that of LANDFIRE The desired dataset on this server is listed under elevation and is called 1 3 NED Conversion to geogrid format Once one has collected the necessary data from USGS servers or elsewhere it is necessary to convert it from the given format such as geotiff arcgrid etc
449. ugh the pivot point Where 0 is SN and 90 is WE res Set to False for plot_type h or for plot_type v when a single pivot point is supplied Set to True if start and end locations are supplied wrf_user_intrp2d var2d loc_param angle res This function interpolates a 2D field along a given line var2d Is the 2D field to interpolate This can be a array of up to 3 dimensions The 2 right most dimensions must be south_north x west_east loc_param An array holding either 2 or 4 values This can be a pivot point though which a line is drawn in this case a single x y point 2 values is required Or this can be a set of x y points 4 values indicating start x y and end x y locations for the cross section angle Set to 0 when start and end locations of the line was supplied in loc_param If a single pivot point was supplied in oc_param angle is the angle of the line that will pass through the pivot point Where 0 is SN and 90 is WE res Set to False when a single pivot point is supplied Set to True if start and end locations is supplied WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 12 POST PROCESSING wrf_user_ll_to_ij nc_file lons lats res Usage loc wrf_user_latlon_to_ij a 100 40 res Usage loc wrf_user_latlon_to_ij a 100 120 40 50 res Convert a lon lat location to the nearest x y location This function makes use of map information to find the closest point so th
450. uld be interpreted as a continuous field or as discrete indices For categorical data represented by a fractional field for each possible category type should be set to continuous No default value 3 SIGNED Either yes or no indicating whether the values in the data files which are always represented as integers are signed in two s complement form or not Default value is no 4 UNITS A character string enclosed in quotation marks specifying the units of the interpolated field the string will be written to the geogrid output files as a variable time independent attribute No default value 5 DESCRIPTION A character string enclosed in quotation marks giving a short description of the interpolated field the string will be written to the geogrid output files as a variable time independent attribute No default value 6 DX A real value giving the grid spacing in the x direction of the data set If projection is one of lambert polar mercator albers nad83 Or polar_wgs84 dx gives the grid spacing in meters if projection is regular_11 dx gives the grid spacing in degrees No default value 7 DY A real value giving the grid spacing in the y direction of the data set If projection is one of lambert polar mercator albers_ nad83 Or polar _wgs84 dy gives the grid spacing in meters if projection is regular_11 dy gives the grid spacing in degrees No default value 8 KNOWN_X A real value specifying the i coordin
451. ument names WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 22 WRF Data Assimilation i e each file for one type instrument and each file contains global radiance generally converted to brightness temperature within 6 hour assimilation window from multi platforms For running WRFDA users need to rename NCEP corresponding BUFR files table 1 to hirs3 bufr including HIRS data from NOAA 15 16 17 hirs4 bufr including HIRS data from NOAA 18 METOP 2 amsua bufr including AMSU A data from NOAA 15 16 18 METOP 2 amsub bufr including AMSU B data from NOAA 15 16 17 mhs bufr including MHS data from NOAA 18 and METOP 2 airs bufr in cluding AIRS and AMSU A data from EOS AQUA and ssmis bufr SSMIS data from DMSP 16 AFWA provided for WRFDA filename convention Note that airs bufr file contains not only AIRS data but also AMSU A which is collocated with AIRS pixels 1 AMSU A pixels collocated with 9 AIRS pixels Users must place these files in the work ing directory where WRFDA executable is located It should also be mentioned that WREDA reads these BUFR radiance files directly without use if any separate pre processing program is used All processing of radiance data such as quality control thin ning and bias correction and so on is carried out inside WRFDA This is different from conventional observation assimilation which requires a pre processing package OB SPROC to generate WRFDA readable ASCII files For reading the radiance BUFR
452. un the fine grid simulation To compile choose an option that supports nesting WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 5 14 MODEL Step 1 Make a coarse grid run This is no different than any of the single domain WRF run as described above Step 2 Make a temporary fine grid initial condition file The purpose of this step is to ingest higher resolution terrestrial fields and corresponding land water masked soil fields Before doing this step WPS should be run for one coarse and one nest domains this helps to line up the nest with the coarse domain and for the one time period the one way nested run is to start This generates a WPS output file for the nested domain domain 2 met_em d02 lt date gt Rename met _em d02 to met dqd01 for the single requested fine grid start time Move the original domain 1 WPS output files before you do this Edit the namelist input file for fine grid domain pay attention to column 1 only and edit in the correct start time grid dimensions Run real exe for this domain This will produce awrfinput_d01 file Rename this wrfinput_d01 file towrfndi_ d02 Step 3 Make the final fine grid initial and boundary condition files Edit namelist input again and this time one needs to edit two columns one for dimensions of the coarse grid and one for the fine grid Note that the boundary condition frequency namelist variable interval seconds is the time in seconds between the coarse grid model
453. un with the observation data processed by OB SPROC and cannot work with PREPBUFR format data Although WRF 4DVar is able to assimilate satellite radiance BUFR data but this capability is still under testing Assume the working directory is gt setenv WORK DIR SWRFDA DIR var test 4dvar Then follow the steps below 1 Link the executables cd SWORK DIR ln fs SWRFDA_ DIR var da da_wrfvar exe cd WORK_DIR nl In fs SWRFNL DIR main wrf exe cd SWORK_DIR ad ln fs SWRFPLUS DIR main wrfplus exe cd SWORK_DIR t1l ln fs SWRFPLUS DIR main wrfplus exe VVVVVV VV WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 19 WRF Data Assimilation 2 Link the observational data first guess and BE Currently only LITTLE_R formatted observational data is supported in 4D Var PREPBUFR observational data is not sup ported VVVVVV VV MN NN v B SWORK DIR fs S DATA_DIR ob 2008020512 ob ascii ob01 fs SDATA DIR ob 2008020513 ob ascii ob02 fs SDATA DIR ob 2008020514 ob ascii ob03 fs SDATA DIR ob 2008020515 ob ascii ob04 fs DATA DIR ob 2008020516 0b ascii ob05 fs DATA DIR ob 2008020517 0b ascii ob06 fs DATA DIR ob 2008020518 0b ascii ob07 fs SDATA _DIR rc 2008020512 wrfinput _ dol fs SDATA _DIR rce 2008020512 wrfbdy_ dol fs wrfinput_d01 fg fs wrfinput d01 fg01 fs DATA DIR be be dat 3 Establish the miscellaneous links cd ln v Vvvvvvyv H 5 5 VVVVVV VVVVVV VV SWORK DIR fs fs fs
454. urface temperature fields A avg_tsfc exe The avg _tsfc exe program computes a daily mean surface temperature given input files in the intermediate format Based on the range of dates specified in the share namelist section of the namelist wps file and also considering the interval between intermediate files avg_tsfc exe will use as many complete days worth of data as possible in computing the average beginning at the starting date specified in the namelist If a complete day s worth of data is not available no output file will be written and the program will halt as soon as this can be determined Similarly any intermediate files for dates that cannot be used as part of a complete 24 hour period are ignored for example if there are five intermediate files available at a six hour interval the last file would be ignored The computed average field is written to a new file named TAVGSFC using the same intermediate format version as the input files This daily mean surface temperature field can then be ingested by metgrid by specifying TAVGSFC for the constants_name variable in the metgrid namelist section B mod_levs exe The mod_levs exe program is used to remove levels of data from intermediate format files The levels which are to be kept are specified in new namelist record in the namelist wps file amp mod_levs press pa 201300 200100 100000 95000 90000 85000 80000 75000 70000 65000 60000 55000
455. utions and idealized cloud modeling There are 1 D 2 D and 3 D examples of idealized cases with and without topography and with and without an initial thermal perturbation The namelist can control the size of domain number of vertical levels model top height grid size time step diffusion and damping properties boundary conditions and physics options A large number of existing namelist settings are already found within each of the directories associated with a particular case The input_sounding file already in appropriate case directories can be any set of levels that goes at least up to the model top height zt op in the namelist The first line is the surface pressure hPa potential temperature K and moisture mixing ratio g kg Each subsequent line has five input values height meters above sea level potential temperature K vapor mixing ratio g kg x direction wind component m s y direction wind component m s The ideal exe program interpolates the data from the input_sounding file and will extrapolate if not enough data is provided The base state sounding for idealized cases is the initial sounding minus the moisture and so does not have to be defined separately Note for the baroclinic wave case a 1 D input sounding is not used because the initial 3 D arrays are read in from the file input_Jjet WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 4 3 INITIALIZATION This means for the baroclinic wave case the namel
456. value Default value is no mask 12 INTERP_WATER_ MASK The name of the field to be used as an interpolation mask when interpolating to land points determined by the static LANDMASK field along with the value within that field which signals water points A specification takes the form field maskval where field is the name of the field and maskval is a real value Default value is no mask 13 FILL_MISSING A real number specifying the value to be assigned to model grid points that received no interpolated value for example because of missing or incomplete meteorological data Default value is 1 E20 14 Z DIM NAME For 3 dimensional meteorological fields a character string giving the name of the vertical dimension to be used for the field on output Default value is num_metgrid_levels 15 DERIVED Either yes or no indicating whether the field is to be derived from other interpolated fields rather than interpolated from an input field Default value is no 16 FILL_LEV The i11_lev keyword which may be specified multiple times within a table section specifies how a level of the field should be filled if that level does not already exist A generic value for the keyword takes the form DLEVEL FIELD SLEVEL where DLEVEL specifies the level in the field to be filled FIELD specifies the source field from which to copy levels and SLEVEL specifies the level within the source field to use DLEVEL may either be an integer or the strin
457. variable specifies whether the WPS is to produce data for the ARW or the NMM core information which is needed by both the geogrid and metgrid programs 1 WRF_CORE A character string set to either ARW or NwM that tells the WPS which dynamical core the input data are being prepared for Default value is ARw 2 MAX DOM An integer specifying the total number of domains nests including the parent domain in the simulation Default value is 1 3 START_YEAR A list of MAX DOM 4 digit integers specifying the starting UTC year of the simulation for each nest No default value 4 START MONTH A list of MAX DOM 2 digit integers specifying the starting UTC month of the simulation for each nest No default value WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 37 WPS 5 START_DAY A list of MAX DOM 2 digit integers specifying the starting UTC day of the simulation for each nest No default value 6 START_HOUR A list of MAX DOM 2 digit integers specifying the starting UTC hour of the simulation for each nest No default value 7 END_YEAR A list of MAX DOM 4 digit integers specifying the ending UTC year of the simulation for each nest No default value 8 END MONTH A list of MAX DOM 2 digit integers specifying the ending UTC month of the simulation for each nest No default value 9 END DAY A list of MAX DOM 2 digit integers specifying the ending UTC day of the simulation for each nest No default value 10 END_HOUR A list of MAX
458. varying simulation results Post a feature request to the VAPOR SourceForge website http sourceforge net projects vapor or e mail vapor ucar edu if you have requests or suggestions about improving VAPOR capabilities Basic steps for using VAPOR to visualize WRF ARW data 1 Install VAPOR VAPOR installers for Windows Macintosh and Linux are available on the VAPOR download page ittp www vapor ucar edu download For most users a binary installation is fine Installation instructions are also provided in the VAPOR documentation pages http www vapor ucar edu docs install After VAPOR is installed it is necessary to perform user environment setup on Unix or Mac before executing any VAPOR software These setup instructions are provided on the VAPOR binary install documentation pages http www vapor ucar edu docs install 2 Convert WRF output data to VAPOR This process is described in detail in the VAPOR WREF Data and Image Preparation Guide http www vapor ucar edu docs usage wrfprep WRFsupport pdf VAPOR datasets consist of 1 a metadata file file type vdf that describes an entire VAPOR data collection and 2 a directory of multi resolution data files where the actual data is stored The metadata file is created by the command wrfvdjfcreate and the multi resolution data files are written by the command wrf2vdf The simplest way to create a VAPOR data collection is as follows First issue the command
459. version is applied to positive elements Finally the resulting positive integral array is written as in the case of a dominant category field Multi level continuous fields are handled much the same as single level continuous fields For an n x m x r array conversion to a positive integral field is first performed as described above Then each n x m sub array is written contiguously to the binary file as before beginning with the smallest r index Categorical fields that are given as fractional fields for each possible category can be thought of as multi level continuous fields where each level k 1 lt k lt r is the fractional field for category k When writing a field to a file in the geogrid binary format the user should adhere to the naming convention used by the geogrid program which expects data files to have names of the form xstart xend ystart vend where xstart xend ystart and yend are five digit positive integers specifying respectively the starting x index of the array contained in the file the ending x index of the array the starting y index of the array and the ending y index of the array here indexing begins at 1 rather than 0 So for example an 800 x 1200 array i e 800 rows and 1200 columns might be named 00001 01200 00001 00800 When a data set is given in several pieces each of the pieces may be formed as a regular rectangular array and each array may be written to a separate file In this case the rel
460. vert the input data to the correct format expected by this program using the program ripdp ripcomp This program reads in two rip data files and compares their contents ripdp_mm5 RIP Data Preparation program for MM5 data ripdp_wrfarw_ RIP Data Preparation program for WRF data ripdp_wrfnmm ripinterp This program reads in model output in rip format files from a coarse domain and from a fine domain and creates a new file which has the data from the coarse domain file interpolated bi linearly to the fine domain The header and data dimensions of the new file will be that of the fine domain and the case name used in the file name will be the same as that of the fine domain file that was read in ripshow This program reads in a rip data file and prints out the contents of the header record showtraj Sometimes you may want to examine the contents of a trajectory position file Since it is a binary file the trajectory position file cannot simply be printed out showtraj reads the trajectory position file and prints out its contents in a readable form When you run WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 21 POST PROCESSING showtraj it prompts you for the name of the trajectory position file to be printed out tabdiag If fields are specified in the plot specification table for a trajectory calculation run then RIP produces a diag file that contains values of those fields along the trajectories
461. w each meteorological field is interpolated is provided by the METGRID TBL file The METGRID TBL file provides one section for each field and within a section it is possible to specify options such as the interpolation methods to be used for the field the field that acts as the mask for masked interpolations and the grid staggering e g U V in ARW H V in NMM to which a field is interpolated Output from metgrid is written in the WRF I O API format and thus by selecting the NetCDF I O format metgrid can be made to write its output in NetCDF for easy visualization using external software packages including the new version of RIP4 Installing the WPS The WRF Preprocessing System uses a build mechanism similar to that used by the WRF model External libraries for geogrid and metgrid are limited to those required by the WRF model since the WPS uses the WRF model s implementations of the WRF I O API consequently WRF must be compiled prior to installation of the WPS so that the I O API libraries in the WRF external directory will be available to WPS programs Additionally the ungrib program requires three compression libraries for GRIB Edition 2 support however if support for GRIB2 data is not needed ungrib can be compiled without these compression libraries WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 4 WPS Required Libraries The only library that is required to build the WRF model is NetCDF The user can find the source code precompiled bi
462. with predominantly west east extent The cylindrical equidistant projection is required for global ARW simulations although in its rotated aspect i e when pole lat pole _lon and stand_lon are changed from their default values it can also be well suited for regional domains anywhere on the earth s surface WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 9 WPS Polar Stereographic jie iatituse Lambert Conformal 90 True latitude 1 lt 75 60 pn True latitude 2 30 n orn WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 10 WPS When configuring a rotated latitude longitude grid the namelist parameters pole lat pole_lon and stand_lon are changed from their default values The parameters pole _lat and pole_lon specify the latitude and longitude of the geographic north pole within the model s computational grid and stand_lon gives the rotation about the earth s axis In the context of the ARW the computational grid refers to the regular latitude longitude grid on which model computation is done and on whose latitude circles Fourier filters are applied at high latitudes users interested in the details of this filtering are referred to the WRF Version 3 Technical Note and here it suffices to note that the computational latitude longitude grid is always represented with computational latitude lines running parallel to the x axis of the model grid and computational longitude lines
463. wnload the WRFDA source code from http www mmm ucar edu wrf users wrfda download get source html After the tar file is unzipped gunzip WRFDAV3 2 tar gz and untarred untar WRFDAV3 2 tar the directory WRFDA should be created this directory contains the WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 6 3 WRF Data Assimilation WREDA source external libraries and fixed files The following is a list of the system components and the content for each directory Directory Name Content var da WREDA source code var run Fixed input files required by WRFDA such as background error covariances and radiance related files CRTM coefficients radiance_info and VARBC in var external Library needed by WRFDA include crtm bufr lapack blas var obsproc Obsproc source code namelist and obser vation error file var gen_be Source code of generate background error var build Build all exe files b Compile WRFDA and Libraries Start with V3 1 1 to compile the WRFDA code it is necessary to have installed the NetCDF library The NetCDF library is the only mandatory library to install WRFDA if only conventional observational data from LITTLE_R format file is to be used Only if you intend to use observational data with PREPBUFR format an environment variables is needed to be set like using the C shell gt setenv BUFR 1 In addition to BUFR library if you intend to assimilate satellite radiance data
464. wrfvdfcreate wrf_files metadata_file vdf where wrf_files is a list of one or more wrf output files that you want to use metadata_file vdf is the name that you will use for your metadata file WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 52 POST PROCESSING For example if the entire data is in one wrfout d02 file one could issue the following command to create the metadata file wrfout vdf wrfvdfcreate wrrout qd02 2006 10 25 18 00 00 wrfout vdf Then to actually convert the data issue the command wrf2vdf metadata_file vdf wrf_files using the same arguments in reversed order as you used with wrfvdfcreate Note that wrf2vdf does most of the work and may take a few minutes to convert a large WRF dataset After issuing the above commands all of the 2D and 3D variables on the spatial grid in the specified WRF output files will be converted for all the time steps in the files If you desire more control over the conversion process there are many additional options that you can provide to wrfvdfcreate and wrf2vdf Type the command with the argument help to get a short listing of the command usage All data conversion options are detailed in section 1 of the VAPOR WRE Data and Image Preparation Guide http www vapor ucar edu docs usage wrfprep WRFsupport pdf Some of the options include Calculation of derived variables such as vertical vorticity temperature in Kelvin normalized pressure wind velocity Overriding def
465. y 30000 map proj lambert ref lat 34 83 ref lon 81 03 truelatl 30 0 truelat2 60 0 stand_lon 98 geog data_path mmm users wrfhelp WPS GEOG To summarize a set of typical changes to the share namelist record relevant to geogrid the WRF dynamical core must first be selected with wrf_core If WPS is being run for an ARW simulation wrf_core should be set to ARw and if running for an NUM simulation it should be set to nmm After selecting the dynamical core the total number of domains in the case of ARW or nesting levels in the case of NMM must be chosen with max_dom Since geogrid produces only time independent data the start_date end_date and interval_seconds variables are ignored by geogrid Optionally a location if not the default which is the current working directory where domain files WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 3 8 WPS should be written to may be indicated with the opt_output_from_geogrid_path variable and the format of these domain files may be changed with io form _geogrid In the geogrid namelist record the projection of the simulation domain is defined as are the size and location of all model grids The map projection to be used for the model domains is specified with the map_proj variable Each of the four possible map projections in the ARW are shown graphically in the full page figure below and the namelist variables used to set the parameters of the projection a
466. y 0 25 km and 2 km as levels to interpolate to when you run the bwave data through the converter the bwave gs script will not display any plots since it will specifically look for these to levels e Scripts must be copied to the location of the input data GENERAL SCRIPTS cbar gs Plot color bar on shaded plots from GrADS home page rgbset gs Some extra colors Users can add change colors from color number 20 to 99 WRF ARW V3 User s Guide 9 32 POST PROCESSING skew gs plot_all gs Program to plot a skewT TO RUN TYPE run skew gs needs pressure level TC TD U V as input User will be prompted if a hardcopy of the plot must be create 1 for yes and 0 for no If 1 is entered a GIF image will be created Need to enter lon lat of point you are interested in Need to enter time you are interested in Can overlay 2 different times Once you have opened a GrADS window all one needs to do is run this script It will automatically find all ctl files in the current directory and list them so one can pick which file to open Then the script will loop through all available fields and plot the ones a user requests SCRIPTS FOR REAL DATA real_surf gs Plot some surface data plevels gs rain gs CroSs_Z gs zlevels gs input gs Need input data on model levels Plot some pressure level fields Need model output on pressure levels Plot total rainfall Need a model output data set any vertical coordinate

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

1 Connaissances antérieures et théories naïves  LG 50PT250 Tv User Guide Manual Operating Instructions Pdf  Römer Kidfix Sict  M2TECH - Style Sound  non-brokerage account  Servos : 4 Please use common sense.  1 - Samson Doors  Manual de instrucciones ES Operating instructions EN  Catalogue installation entretien pompes série 2630  f55868 Progestogel  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file